Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - J2H

Pages: 1 [2] 3 4 ... 6
21
Supercard Archives / Re: J2H v KRIS RYANS - BATTLE OF THE GREATS
« on: November 04, 2021, 09:13:41 AM »
There's many reasons why J2H only ever wrestled in SCW. Every federation on the planet claimed to have the best talent in the world, but we know that is not true. Every company claimed to have the best people running the place, but again, we know that's not true. Most companies have generic wrestlers doing generic things, wearing one colored shorts, cutting the same old, uninspiring, uncreative bullshit promos, that last thirty seconds and claim their the greatest thing since sliced bread. SCW did have the biggest talent in the world, the best talent in the world, and eventually, the people worth a shit gravitated themselves towards SCW. Just look at Myra Rivers, she's been tweet happy lately saying how she is glad she came to SCW, and is SCW for life. Jessie Salco has been selling the company to every single person she could after that ridiculous stunt a certain other federation recently pulled. Look at this High Stakes card alone, Melody Grace returns, Mikah returns, debut from another bible basher, rumors of other returns and debuts.

SCW has the drawing power like no other, one of the reasons of why go anywhere else? Why go anywhere else when the talent that has been through the revolving door of SCW has been nothing short of phenomenal? Why go elsewhere when SCW can take a wrestler and mould them in to a star, and yes, I put J2H in that category.

That was one of many reasons. The schedule, the schedule was one of the most relaxed in the world. No house shows, just TV, work on the promo side, the public relations side a few hours a day and life was golden. SCW was smart in that sense. By all means go home for five days if you want but set you up with local things to help sell the company. It's a diverse strategy that appealed to J2H. SCW had wrestlers from all over the world, for a couple of hours a week, you could go do a signing, go work on a promo and you're hitting markets all over the world in one go. Asses on seats and eyes on screens is the easiest way to put it without too much effort. Smart business.

J2H was a huge asset in that sense when SCW wanted to put him to use, he was an ambassador for the company at times, his phone would go off, Christian or Mark on the other end offering him a couple of thousand for an hours work within short distance of his home and those offers came a lot. He lived in Beverly Hills, he was close to Los Angeles, one hell of a diverse place. There was countless places SCW could set him or Melody up with to sell the SCW brand. Store openings, club nights, sports events, pretty much anything.

Why be anywhere else when your health is respected in such a way, that for a physical sport, the company does everything it can to take it easy on you. So many places just want to take from wrestlers till they're beaten and broken, till they're nothing but a shell of who they were, all the juice taken out of them. Austin Parker once told J2H in one of his many rants on the ranch about SCW and the way he was treated, to stick with it, there was so many other shit holes out there that wouldn't give this level of respect to their guys.

Another reason, SCW operated close to home. California had a lot of SCW shows pre pandemic. Many within a very short distance. Vegas wasn't too far away either, both great places to work. Both had entertaining things going on, although J2H very rarely ventured out with people after shows, he was happy to do what he had to and go home, but still, there were life in those states. The tours around the world was incredible, paid to see the world and work one show, and some promotional stuff was amazing, especially when SCW would pay for most of it. Exotic places as well as die hard fans in locations was something that was hard to put in to words. Obviously, there was some drawbacks to this. Arizona, so many shows in Arizona and the place is boring as fuck. There's nothing special about Arizona, but the selling side is that it wasn't too far from home. It wasn't at the other end of the country, it wasn't a one of blood money show on the other side of the world. It was close, another selling point to work for SCW.

However, there was situations like the one he found himself in now. SCW had been on a celebration tour in a way, a celebration of life trying to get back to normal. SCW had arranged a tour of America, again, smart business when you consider the fans have been locked away for so long, starved of live entertainment. Vegas had seen the SCW and SCU stars week in and week out when the rules changed, but SCW was now hitting places that are hungry to see their favorite wrestlers. That is not a fun side for J2H.

He thought when he agreed this match, the show would be in Las Vegas, it's SCW biggest show of the year and he thought Vegas would be a great place to hold it. The MGM Grand would have been a great choice. He never expected this cycle to extend the tour, he thought Vegas was gonna be the one where the whole build up and show would likely be. He had even considered a penthouse suite in Vegas for two months with his wife, son and Simpson, to really get in to the High Stake spirit, but SCW had pissed in his drink so to speak.

Madison Square Garden, the home of so many things, but famous for huge wrestling shows, and I mean HUGE shows. A place where the greatest in our history have stepped in the ring in front of over eighteen thousand fans. It was by far the Mecca of wrestling, and one if the biggest shows SCW had ever done. Maybe this was a sign that SCW was about to step up their arena booking, no more shitty little nightclubs and after ten years, the evolution from small independent fed, to wrestling powerhouse was complete. J2H had no issue with the venue, although he'd never wrestled there, he had no issue with the fact that in a few days, Eighteen thousand plus fans would be in that building screaming his name, or cursing it. It didn't worry him that he will be put to sleep during Jake Sullivan's Hall of Fame acceptance speech, it didn't worry him at all about what famous faces he'd bump in to backstage. There was only one thing he didn't like about this whole thing...

... New York.

He hated New York with an absolute passion. He thought it was one of the worst cities in the world. The Big Apple was a rotting cesspit of human life, and tourists. He never understood why people would want to see the city that never sleeps. He never understood why people would waste their money and time in a place where the catchphrase should be "hey I'm walking here!" He through the city would be best served bulldozed and starting again, because to him, the place was rotten to the core of that apple, it was not worth his time to be in, but he knew his personal rules. If it was outside of California, Vegas or Arizona for a supercard, show up days before the event. There was more media shit to be done in the week building up to a supercard than any other time of the SCW cycle. You had to make yourself seen in public, you had to be relatively fan friendly, you had to be approachable even if in character. You had to make yourself a big deal and get media eyes on you. Social media makes that a hell of a lot easier. All you had to do was walk out of a nightclub at two in the morning, and wait for the camera flashes. That was the old J2H, that was not in New York. He didn't want to be around these people, he sure as hell didn't wanna be media friendly, but here he was, stuck in what he took to social media to call a rat hole. He didn't wanna be around the people, he wanted to avoid them as much as he could. He even considered going to New Jersey, and although his links in the past with Gianni Di Luca saw him in Jersey a few times in his life, he didn't consider that was much better.

While Melody loved to soak in the culture of different cities, J2H did not. This was gonna be a hard few days and he was gonna do everything he could to avoid being out, but something did get his curiosity up to leave the rented luxury Chelsea at 777 Sixth Avenue apartment. It was Madison Square Garden, it was the show, he didn't want to show up the day of the show and just look around like usual. He wanted to see what SCW had done with the place. He knew he wouldn't be the only one there, other wrestlers had the same thought, it had been flowing through the dressing room for a while that people wanted to see the place. He didn't know who he'd run in to and he didn't care, but he had to see it for himself.

It was time for a family trip.



There was a reason J2H chose the Chelsea at 777 Sixth Avenue apartment, for he and his family to base themselves out of, well, a few reasons actually. It was an apartment, not a hotel room, sounded by strangers and colleagues, it was just a place he, Melody, James Jr and Simpson could spend the week, without the nuisance of strangers waiting for them in the lobby, people trying to find their room number. It's a blessing and a curse to be that famous. He didn't want to teach his son about that side of fame just yet. the Chelsea apartment seemed to be the best place to be. Plus it way less than half a mile from Madison Square Garden and less than ten to the airport. This could be his safe haven without having to leave and be disturbed. Although that nagging feeling got the best of him and he had to see that arena. He'd promised his son he would take him there and show him some stuff.

James Jr was the biggest wrestling fan in the house. He watched SCW avidly and knew people's names without ever meeting them. He didn't spend much time backstage but when he did, it was often straight to a dressing room and hide away, not through shyness, because J2H didn't want to interact with people he didn't have to, but today, he promised to show his son the arena, hoping it would be quiet and that most of the other SCW wrestlers were out sightseeing. He knew there was a chance he would run in to some people, the bosses schedule meetings with wrestlers and behind the curtain staff at the arena all the time. It wasn't uncommon to have people there that you wouldn't expect.

J2H stood by the front door of the apartment, he had a baseball cap on his head, baggy pants and a zipped up hoodie, the hood over he hat.


J2H: I don't know why we just don't get a car to the arena.

He spoke to himself but Melody was behind him, with young James in tow. He didn't see them coming or even hear them, but Melody's voice caused him to jump out of his skin.

Melody: Because the arena is right across the way, we don't need to burn up gas when it's a nice day out there and we'll be there in a few minutes.

He cocked his head slightly to see Melody as he peered under the lower brim of the baseball cap, keeping his eyes shaded as he hoped not to be recognized on their few minute walk across down West 24th Street and right down 7th Avenue, towards Penn station and through to Madison Square Garden. He knew most of the SCW crew were staying at The Stewart, just across the road from Madison Square Garden and hoped there wouldn't be a crowd of people outside as he passed on the other side of the road.

J2H: Still, it's New York and people are idiots. I don't want them breathing on me.

Melody smiled, knowing her husbands dislike of New York, but she refused to let him get his way with this.

Melody: The fresh air will do you good. It's not too far, and you're doing all you can to cover your face, so let's go. Let's go see what SCW has done to Madison Square Garden.

He wanted to argue and call the whole thing off, screw it, he thought to himself but one look down on his eager sons face, excited to go and possibly meet some of the heroes he sees on TV, made J2H accept the fact of leaving the apartment and going.

J2H: Come on then, let's go to the arena.

He reluctantly opened the door and in to the crisp afternoon air he walked, holding his sons hand on the left side and Melody holding James Jr's hand on the right. J2H looked around apprehensively at the people walking past, his head down. Maybe he should have asked his wife to dress down, but the smile on her face, looking around at the shining city, embracing everything her eyes could see, knows she would never had done so.

Melody: This place is beautiful.

J2H refused comment on the beauty of the city and it wasn't long before they were crossing the road and turning right on 7th Avenue. He glanced his head up to see huge crowds waiting on the other side of the road at the hotel, hoping to catch a glimpse of their favorite SCW wrestler, maybe hoping some would stop for a selfie or an autograph. Moving past Starbucks, the crowd seemed to grow in numbers as security lined the doors in front of the lobby. People hurried past him, crossing the road to join the crowd, not noticing J2H. A few whispers came from the passing crowd that Melody Grace was right there in front of them but thankfully, none stopped the couple as they found their way to Penn station. The area was busy, people moved around bumping in to each other. It made J2H appreciate the quiet life in Beverly Hills where he could stay in his own little world and not have to worry. He looked down at his son, his eyes enthralled by the crowd around him.

J2H: I hate this place.

Although he muttered to himself, he doubted if he said it out loud, anyone would even hear it above the noise of people on cell phones trying to look like a big deal and the noise of the over the top New York traffic.

Melody: There it is.

Melody said to James Jr, as she pointed with her free hand towards the iconic Madison Square Garden. His eyes lit up wide, unable to hide his little smile, the complete opposite of his father, who groaned under his breathe as the three turned left and towards the arena. It wasn't took long before they were at the security office and instantly waved through. There they were, in the backstage area of Madison Square Garden.

J2H: Well, this is busier than I hoped.

And it really was. Not only was SCW's backstage personnel in full flow, but a lot of the SCW roster was backstage. J2H started to move through the building, following signs on the wall to locker rooms, and gorilla position. James Jr looked around excitedly, clinging to his mother's and father's hand as hard as he could as he could finally see some wrestlers that he was so used to seeing on TV.

JJ: Daddy! It's Bulldog and Bea!

J2H cocked his head to the left to see Bulldog Bill Barnhart and his wife Bea, walking out of a room and turning left, away from J2H.

J2H: Yeah, that's Bulldog, but we ain't gonna talk to him, he's probably got more fleas than Iris.

Melody couldn't stop her firing a look towards her husband, but he smiled back at her. He had no major dealings with the Barnhart's and was very unlikely to have in the future. James Jr's eyes grew wider as they rounded the corner, following the signs to the staging area to see none other than Mac Bane and Amber Ryan.... or was it Bane now? J2H didn't care but a certain little guy did.

JJ: Mac Bane!

Hearing his name, Mac turned his head to look down at James Jr, who beamed a bright smile back at the Texas native. Mac just reached up to the brim of his cowboy hat and tilted it towards the innocent James Jr. He didn't care if you were a good guy on television or a bad guy, these people were his heroes and more so knowing that they knew his parents. Mac put a fist out to J2H as they approached, J2H, finding Mac one of the few tolerable people in the SCW locker room, bump his fist back.

Mac: Who's the little guy?

J2H: This is our son James Jr.

J2H and Mac teamed for a match before Mac went on to become World champion. They were probably never gonna invite each other over for a BBQ or anything like that, but they had a healthy amount of respect for each other.

Mac: Good to meet ya kid.

Just hearing those words sent James Jr in to a state of happiness.

Mac: We gotta get going, but catch ya on Sunday.

J2H nodded and the two groups went either way, not before Amber gave James Jr a wave, putting the widest smile on his face that he could possible have, his eyes trailing Amber as he walked in one direction and looked in the other. When Amber and Mac were out of sight, he turned his attention to the front. 

JJ: Oh my God

Melody and James looked down at James Jr, following his eyes towards where he was looking.

JJ: It's Mercedes Vargas! She's won everything like a million times and going in the Hall of Fame again. She's the best Bombshell there's ever been after Mommy.

Melody appreciated her son saying that but no one could argue with Mercedes SCW achievements, she had been a staple in the women's division for so long, embodying what it take to be an SCW star. Mercedes turned to see the young boy, before looking up to see who he was with. Seeing Melody and J2H, Mercedes nodded towards them before waving at the grinning young boy. He looked up at his parents proudly.

Melody: She knows who you are now.

That brought a wider smile to his face. Melody was right, she and her husband had been around Mercedes long enough for Mercedes to know the history on them, and it didn't take a million guesses to work out that their son was the one holding on to them for dear life, or so it felt. Mercedes turned away and the group walked on, continuing down the hallway to where the black curtain is to walk through and in to the arena. James Jr's quickly let go of his father's hand and pointed towards the person who just walked through.

JJ: It's Myra! Mommy! It's Myra!

Myra Rivers walked down the steps behind the curtain, smiling in the direction she heard her name.

Myra: Hey there!

JJ: Hi Myra!

His eyes were swooning as he looked at the woman he'd seen in epic wars on his TV screen, only to see her walking towards him.

Myra: What's your name?

JJ: James, but Mommy and Daddy call me JJ.

Myra smiled at the little blonde boy as she rustled his hair, causing him to slightly turn away, first time his shyness had shone through.

Myra: JJ, that's a cool name, I mean really cool. I like it.

Myra looked up at J2H, locking eyes with him. She was another who he had never really had a conversation with but he knew who she was and his legend in SCW was known by everyone who stepped in to that ring and beyond.

J2H: He's a big fan.

His tone was dry, but he knew his son was a Myra Rivers fan. Myra smiled at J2H before looking down at James Jr.

Myra: Well JJ, how about a picture?

His eyes darted towards Melody, as if to ask for permission but Melody already had her phone in her hand and nodded to him. He moved next to Myra, but Myra reaches down and picks him up, holding him to her side as he smiles uncontrollable. A few seconds later, James Jr had picture proof of a memory that would last forever.

Melody: Thank you.

Myra: You're welcome. I'll see you soon JJ.

He grinned at his new friend as she rustled his hair once more and walked away, heading deeper in to the building. J2H looked down at his swoony eyed mini me.

J2H: Ok JJ, this area we are in is called the gorilla position.

James Jr looked at his father with slight confusion on his face.

JJ: Why is it called that?

J2H was just about to answer him, when he looked up to see someone just entering the area, and looking around.

J2H: Because there's always a gorilla like that in here.

J2H pointed his thumb to where his eyes were looking and James Jr looked up, jumping on the spot.

JJ: CAAAAAAASEY!

It was indeed friend, former tag team partner and sometimes enemy, Casey Williams. Casey had known J2H for a long time, enough to be considered one of the family. He was loyal to a tee and always had time for J2H and his family.

It didn't take a few seconds before James Jr was changing in the direction of Casey as he stood next to Hitamashii. Casey saw him out of the corner of his eye, lifting him up in the air as he approached.


Casey: Little man! Where's the old people?

James Jr let out a tiny laugh, knowing was Casey meant as he pointed towards where J2H and Melody were watching on. Casey and Hitamashii walked towards them, Casey carrying James Jr as he held his arms around Casey's neck.

Casey: This little monster belong to you.

J2H scratched the side of his head as he looked at Melody curiously.

J2H: I don't know, is that our little monster?

Melody looked at J2H with a mock thinking face of her own.

Melody: I don't know, it don't look like our little monster.

James Jr turned his head around to look at Melody.

JJ: It's me Mommy!

Melody smiled at James Jr and nodded her head.

Melody: It is our little monster!

He reached out towards Melody, grabbing her around the shoulders, to give her enough time to hold on to him.

Casey: Have you seen it out there?

Casey pointed in the direction of the arena, causing J2H to glance at the black curtain and back to Casey with a shake of his head.

J2H: No, but we're about to head out there now and look.

J2H casted his eye to the left of Casey to see Kate Steele running towards J2H.

J2H: Come any closer you bi polar idiot, and I swear to everything good and holy I will get Casey and his strange looking silent friend here to stomp you in to the ground.

Kate stops in her tracks and looks towards J2H.

Kate: But....

J2H: Shut up!

His yell took everyone by surprise except James Jr, who was now seeing his father in full pelt wrestling mode. He loved watching his father cut promos on the screen, the way he spoke to people. He knew Daddy as well as J2H and smiled.

J2H: I swear to God, in front of all these people, you come within 50ft of us while we're here today, I will make sure you don't make it to Sunday.

Kate frowned towards him, but a smart ass look crossed her face.

Kate: How about dinner tonight then?

Kate's frown turned in to a smirk as he looked eye to eye with him. They didn't like each other, countless times J2H had shot down Kate being Melody's best friend as fictitious and all in her head.

J2H covered his sons ears as he looked at her with a cold stare.


J2H: How about fuck off?

The two exchanged a smirk and J2H looked towards Casey.

J2H: We're going out there, if that one hundred and twenty whatever pounds, bag of horse shit comes anywhere near that curtain, throw her through the wall. Tell you weird Silent Bob friend there he can do the same. I am not letting that crazy ruin the first time my son steps through that black curtain.

Casey nodded his head, casting a weary glance towards Kate as she watched on and J2H removed his hands from his sons ears. He quickly nodded his head towards Melody, who nodded back and the two, Melody holding her son in her arms as they reached the steps and walked up. Melody places James Jr down just behind the curtain.

Melody: Ready to see what Mommy and Daddy see when we come out the curtain? Without the fans of course.

James Jr was excited as he waited for his father to pull back the curtain, as he did, he and Melody quickly moved through and J2H breathed deep, following them through. The three looked around in amazement, SCW has spared no expense at all in this themed setting. J2H looked around the seating area, his mind racing forward to what it will be like for eighteen thousand plus people filling this famous around. The noise was always loud at SCW shows but this would take the roof off the place. He could barely register the people around him, the technical people, set builders, other wrestlers. His couldn't even feel his legs as he walked down the ramp towards the ring, he was in a world of his own as he looked around and smiled. This was it, the venue to end all venues. Only one thing snapped him out of his dream like state, the sound of his son's voice.

JJ: UNCLE AUSTIN!!!

Uncle Austin? There's only one person he calls that and he's shovelling horse shit right now, somewhere on a ranch in Georgia. Surely he was mistaken.

Austin: Hey buddy.

J2H looked up to see his son speeding towards Austin Parker sitting on the steel ring step, the man who taught J2H everything about the wrestling business. Not only the wrestling business, but how to be a responsible human being. J2H was shocked to see James Jr jumping at his mentor and embracing him. J2H couldn't believe his eyes as Austin hugged Melody. Austin looked at the approaching J2H with a warm smile.

Austin: Howdy.

J2H was still in shock as he looked at Austin.

Austin: Close yer mouth boy, yer let the flies in.

That was definitely Austin Parker, now standing in front of him but he couldn't believe.

J2H: What the fu.... hell are you doing here?

Austin smiled at the shock on J2H's face as he peered under the brim of his cowboy hat.

Austin: Well, ah was minding mah own, sitting on the ranch and then mah phone rang and it was Mark, he asked me ta get on over here for this show. He figured ah could calm some nerves if anyone was about ta mess their pants backstage in an arena like this.

J2H: Well you are old and such, at the age where ya don't care what ya say to people.

It was a nice return from J2H. When J2H first went to a reluctant Austin for training, a jibe like that would have earned him a quick pop to the lip.

Austin: Imma let that slide because ya boy and all.

JJ: Mommy, can we get in the ring?

His eyes were not even up to the ring apron yet but Melody nodded and Austin placed him on the ring apron and Melody popped up the steps and in to the ring, before helping her little man in to the ring.

JJ: Are you gonna get in the ring Daddy?

J2H slowly shook his head as he looked up at his boy, peering through the ropes.

J2H: Daddy's gonna have a quick chat with Uncle Austin first.

James Jr nodded and turned to Melody in the ring as James turned away, finding a gap in the barricades for he and Austin to walk through and sit in the front row.

J2H: If I knew you were coming....

Austin: Ya'd have baked a cake?

J2H: Very funny. No, I would have invited you over, but I'm glad you're here actually.

This got Austin's interest but he wouldn't be Austin without a poker face.

Austin: Lemme guess, you were gonna talk to me about retiring. Ah'm not stupid, ah watched ya promo, y'all thinking this is gonna be your last match.

Austin had him. It was a call he considered making to Austin a few times lately.

J2H: I'm facing a guy going in the Hall of Fame on Sunday, we're at the home of wrestling, what better way to go out? I won't say retirement because you know, but I could happily stop answering the phone when wrestling calls. How did you know when it was time to go?

Austin: Ah didn't numbnuts, ah retired because of injury. That was mah problem, ah didn't know when to slow down, when to pack up an' go live a life without gettin' up in the mornin' an' feelin' like ah just been hit by a train. If ya decide this is where it ends, ya probably a wiser man than ah am.

It took a few moments to sink in but J2H understood what Austin was saying. He wasn't saying stay, he wasn't saying go. He was saying be your own man and do what's good for you.

J2H: Well just in case I do say this is it for me, I would be honored if you come down to this ring with me. Just like the old days. SCW might as well get some extra use out of ya.

Austin looked around the arena, only needing a few seconds before nodding his head.

Austin: Ah hell, ah got nothing else to do.

With that, the two men sat back, taking in the view as the camera faded out.



Central Park was usually alive with people, locals and tourists trekking their way through as a scenic way to work, or to look at the beauty and settings for many things they've seen on television. Today, it was silent, eerily silent, no chatter, just the birds in the trees on this November morning. No sounds of laughs or camera clicks, just silent. The camera saw the beauty but only one other person did, the camera moving in on J2H as he sat on a bench.


J2H: You are right at home, this is Central Park, but you notice something different about it?

He smirked at the silence around him.

J2H: It's completely quiet, not a stupid annoying New Yorker, not a stupid annoying hot dog guy selling diseased meat, just me and the cameraman in one of the most famous parks in the world. You see SCW know my hate for this city and it's people, so someone in the office said let's send J2H out in to New York and cut a promo, send the biggest star out in public and cut a promo. Well, here and I am and there's no one around and you know why?

He couldn't help but feel happy inside.

J2H: Because I have the power to make things go my way, I have the influence to shut this mother fucking place down and oh I did just that. See, real power ain't about money, real power is about influence and look around, this is my influence, this is my power. How did I get this power? Because I worked for it, I worked for every ounce of it. Must be wondering what that has to do with anything. It's real simple. Hard work pays off and on Sunday, two of the hardest working people in wrestling clash in Madison Square Garden, two of the hardest working people in the world get in that ring and go for it.

It's what the world wanted to see and he knew it.

J2H: Now I admit, I could go and watch Kris Ryans talk about me and cut him down, disproving everything he wants to fucking say about me, but I'm better than that. I ain't watched his shit and I ain't gonna until Saturday night, because you don't get that power by being cheap and lazy, you get the power, you get the eyes on you by being you and that's what I am doing. I'm sure it was absolutely lovely Kris, I'm sure it was great, really I am, but that was last week and this is this week and I've switched focus. There's no more Mikah jokes, there's no more of that, I ain't even gonna take petty shots like if it wasn't for Fenris banging the son of a preacher man, we all know who's bed you'll really be in, but no. My focus now is adding to the power and influence I already have and I know this is big night for you. Hall of Fame to start, a match against me later on, I mean this must be the feature of all your wet dreams. It's recognition for being a hard worker, it's recognition for being one of the most elite wrestlers in the world. Topping it off with a dream match, a chance to show you can take my crown as the most SCW wrestler there has ever been. I can't let that happen.

J2H valued his reputation highly as the man people think of when it came to SCW.

J2H: Congratulations by the way, Hall of Fame induction in the home of wrestling. That's something a lot of us can't claim to have done, that's something only the rare few can say and your one of them. Take comfort in that at High Stakes, take a lot of comfort in that, because the rest of your night, is about to slide downhill very fast.

There was an air of seriousness about J2H today, not his usual, vicious, rip the flesh off the bone style, something focused and serious. Maybe Austin Parker's return had focused his mind on wrestling rather than the city.

J2H: You're going to be on a high, you're going to be flying looking out in to that crowd of eighteen thousand plus, hanging from rafters and it's gonna be an emotion high, but what goes up, must come down and things like that seem to come down hard Kris. I've hit the highs and I've hit the lows, but I've rode that high well for a long time, but this, within hours of being verified as one of the all time SCW greats, another SCW great, the greatest SCW great is going to drag you down to earth with the biggest crash you've ever had. I know you've had low moments in your life and you're about to relive them. It's not about hitting that floor Kris, it's about how you respond, but think of it like this. You are not the first to talk yourself in to a match with me, you may very well be my last but you're not the first and you won't be the last and I have beaten them down time and time again.

He loved proving people wrong.

J2H: Back when I won the World championship, I remember walking to the back and seeing Rage and Goth complaining that I should never have one, I got more shitty looks thrown at me than anything else. I had doubts that I can be a champion and let's just say someone who is in the sister fed instantly dropped me a message telling me he was close with Mark Ward and we could do something where I dropped the belt to him, all because he overheard me on the phone to Austin. Austin told me many things that night and you know what I did? I went out there and I smacked Goth around, I went out there and constantly smacked Rage around, I beat Drake Green in a Match of the Year, I beat Despayre in a Match of the Year, hell I beat Despayre all the fucking time. Lord Raab, absolutely destroyed him every chance I got. Casey Williams, defended that title against him too. Why am I mentioning all these people? They'll all in the Hall of Fame Kris, or about to be and I beat them to prove to the world I am the best.

He moved forward, putting his hands together and resting his elbow on his legs.

J2H: So Mr Hall of Fame 2021, what are you gonna do that's different from these guys?

He leaned back as if he was waiting for an answer.

J2H: I'll tell you Kris, you're going the same way as them. I've taken those Hall of Fame names and I've beaten every single one of them. Do you see where my focus lies now? It lies with adding your name to that list, it lies with adding more power to my name, more influence. You may have set the ball rolling a year ago Kris, but to me, this is where I stop the ball, this is where I am going to add another Hall of Fame name to my list. You see that Kris, is what it's all about I mean cause let's be honest, money is money, I got a shit ton of it and I'm sure you have a few stacks put away. This is just about taking each others name and a pissing contest. It's what it is, but I'm determined not to possibly go out as a loser and I got the ace up my sleeve back in my corner.

He was talking about Austin Parker.

J2H: No one kept me more focused at the job in hand than Austin Parker, and I've been around him for a day and I'm so much more focused, you can tell that from my tone Kris. I ain't coming here to lose my influence over the world, I ain't come to this rat invested sewer of a city, to leave it with people thinking I'm a loser. The words oh fuck no comes straight to mind Kris. I will be adding your name to the list of Hall of Famers I have beaten, fuck, if they dig up Jordan Williams and Nick Jones, I'll beat those too and they were arguably better than you are.

That was a debatable comment and he knew it but stirring the pot was his thing.

J2H: But I really hope you enjoy the rest of your night, the whole Hall of Fame shit, I hope you enjoy that huge crowd with their eyes on you, I hope you savour the moments of being in the ring with me and hell, I'll shake your hand when it's all said and done. I will step back and let these grimy, sweaty people congratulate you on a losing effort, I will let you have that spotlight once more where you can wave at the fans and decide your future, but it doesn't change the fact of a few things that is about to happen, spoiler alert and all that shit.

J2H smiled at the camera.

J2H: And what's gonna happen is we are gonna hear the loudest cheer of the night for the most anticipated match ever. We are going to have every single person in the building with their eyes locked on us. We're coming back through that curtain to the biggest round of applause any wrestlers have ever given and then I'm going home and I'm going home smiling for two reason.

J2H holds up two fingers to the camera.

J2H: One, because I'm leaving New York and two, because I've just added Kris Ryans to the list of Hall of Famers I've beaten.

J2H stood up and looked around the empty park, a smug smile on his face before looking at the camera.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

And with that, the camera fades to black.

22
Supercard Archives / Re: J2H v KRIS RYANS - BATTLE OF THE GREATS
« on: October 30, 2021, 08:40:00 AM »
Why am I even doing this?

It was a constant thought that ran through the mind of J2H as he sat watching Melody and James Jr decorate the house for Halloween. Plastic skeletons and pumpkins aplenty filled the living room as J2H sat and observed from the sofa, looking at the joy on his family's face. It brought the question to his mind once more.

Why am I even doing this?

He was thinking about wrestling, his future, his life. His eyes were firmly planted on the two things in the world that mattered most to him. He knew he didn't need to put himself at anymore risk. He knew he didn't need to earn more money. At the ripe old age of twenty seven, he knew he could have gave up the rat race years ago, well, he knew he never had to put on those running shoes and join the race in the first place, but things are different now, a wife, a son, why was he putting himself at risk anymore when he had nothing left to prove in wrestling?

His eyes darted towards the smile on his sons face as Melody held more Halloween decorations before him to place.

He knew why Melody was stepping back in the ring, although he hated it being against a nobody like Kate Steele. Melody's return should have been as grand as his own, someone worth it, someone much more worthy than a bi polar lunatic like Kate Steele, but he got why Melody was coming back.

James Jr.

He was the biggest wrestling fan most had ever met, even at a young age. He knew the difference between moves, he knew the mental side, he knew the physical side, I guess it comes with the territory when your parents are both wrestlers, but he's never seen his mother wrestle. The look on his face said it all when Melody made an appearance in the ring was priceless than only he and his father got to share as they watched the screens backstage. Melody was doing it for the little light of her life, she was returning to the ring for the little man himself. He wanted to see mommy wrestle and this was too good for her to refuse. The glitz and glamour of High Stakes is unrivalled by any wrestling show in any company, this was the biggest night of SCW's year, the start of the next year, the big cycle. But it still begged the question....

Why am I even doing this?

What was J2H's motivation? He's publicly stated it's about making a ton of money, Kris Ryans has stated the same, the two have played it off like it's simply financial and to give the fans one hell of a match, and to some level, that might be true, the money on the table was likely to be far more than what Amber Ryan, Roxi Johnson and Chr... Whatever name she's going by at the moment, would be earning for their main event. The match itself was a dream match of fans all over the world. But did he really care about the money? No. Did he really care about the prestige? Not really. Did he care about the fans? Not all of them, but one of them, one of them right in front of his face - his son.

J2H had the easy life growing up, never had to work if he didn't want to, spent his teenage years in a pissing contest with other boys born with platinum spoons in their mouths. His father was rarely around, leaving his upbringing mostly to Simpson, but not even a man with a kind heart such as Simpson could draw the natural born arrogance out of James Huntington-Hawkes III. He could only guide him and make sure that he kept within certain boundaries. James hated his father for not being there for him growing up, he hated that every problem was solved by throwing money at it. He was resentful because of that fact. He was resentful because he did the same thing to get involved in the wrestling business, throwing money at an auction to become a wrestler, having people protect him in the ring, while talking to the bosses behind his back, telling them how poor he was and their auction experiment had failed. Joke is on them now, but he didn't know what hard work was until Austin Parker drilled it through his head. Austin was more of a father figure than his own father, ever was. He refused to be like his own father, and swore if he had kids, he will teach them the value of hard work, and the only way he knew how was to lead by example.

That's why I'm doing this.

That thought ran through his head as he watched Melody pick James Jr up in her arms and spin him around, listening to his laugh fill the room.

That was his motivation, to lead by example, to show his son that hard work pays off, to be the man that Austin Parker taught him to be, to install the good side that Simpson showed him. Being a father himself had changed him, he'd had his tough times growing up that could have been avoided if he actually put in the effort to be the best he could. That is what he wanted to show his son. How better to do it then the one thing he loves besides his parents? Wrestling. Show him that you're making the effort, lead by example and work hard.

Still, there was a lot of time between then and stepping in the ring to show his son worth ethic. It was time to switch off from the wrestling world for a little while....



We're all defined by what we do in life, so are remembered as heroes, some as villains. We're all defined by what we do, irregardless of if we want to be remembered that way. J2H had all his achievements and awards in front of him, a room dedicated to his and Melody's wrestling careers from the beginning to present. Photos hung on the wall of their first matches, replica championship belts sat in cases, awards adorned shelves. J2H's whole career was in front of his eyes as he looked around the room.

This wasn't an uncommon thing for him to do. Before every match, leading up to it he would spend at least an hour a day in this room, looking at who he was, looking at who is, looking at the legacy he was leaving behind. It wasn't an ego trip for him, it was empowerment, remember the hard work and sacrifice that came in to his career just to have a room filled with these objects. It reminded him how hard he would have to work to stay on top, at least for another match. He knew deep down this match at High Stakes could be his very last, but he would never use the word retirement. He hated these long drawn out retirement speeches, only for them to return a little later when the wrestling bug attacked them, or they ran out of money. He knew neither would bother him when he hung up the boots for good, but seeing so many retire and return put him off ever using the word. Also, he knew that Christian and Mark had deep pockets and could sell ice to an Eskimo. They could always get back the people they wanted.

This in front of him though, was his legacy. He knew there was not a lot more he could do to extend it, win Blast From The Past? Nah, he'll end up with Jessie Salco as a partner and have to carry her. Win the Mixed Tag Team titles with Melody? Sure, that'll be cool but there's no competition there. Come back and win that world title and break his own record? Sounds like too much time away from the family. All he could do is beat Kris Ryans to add some extra shine to his legacy.

As he looked over the multi championship belts, a tug on his pants and a little voice interrupted his train of thought. Looking down, he saw his son by his side. His son loved wrestling, I guess it's a side effect of growing up with two parents as wrestlers, and although J2H himself didn't want to watch too much of it, Sunday nights had become a family thing thanks to JJ - as long as he could keep himself awake for the SCW show. He knew all the wrestlers by name, he knew their finishing moves, he was an avid SCW fan. His eyes grew like saucers whenever he got to be backstage.


JJ: What are you doing Daddy?

J2H looked down at his son and smiled.

J2H: I'm just looking at all the things Daddy worked hard for. All these things in this room, Mommy and Daddy worked their butts off for.

J2H swooped down to pick his son off the floor. He knew this was a teachable moment with his young son. The reason he's wrestling is to show James Jr what working hard can reward you with. 

J2H: See, all these belts, I had to scrap for and I didn't do it right away. I was lazy when I was a teenager, I thought the world was gonna come to me, but the world didn't. I had to go and work and I never got to do that, or see I needed to do that till I met Austin.

JJ: Uncle Austin?

He walked his son over to a picture on the wall of J2H and Austin Parker, on the ranch where J2H trained, grew as not only a wrestler but as a man.

J2H: Austin taught me how to step up to everything, meet it head on, show me how to do things as an adult. I hid behind money, and became a joke to everyone, I became someone everyone laughed at. No one took me seriously, everyone thought I was a joke and then Uncle Austin showed me that hard work can get you all of this. Hard work can stop people laughing at you behind your back. Hard work means you can be a world champion. I was at my lowest point ever and I had to rebuild, and it was hard work, but I did it and now everyone looks up to me. All cause I worked hard.

JJ: I'm gonna work hard and be a wrestler like Mommy and Daddy.

A frown crossed J2H's face. He wasn't sure how he felt about his son or any future children stepping in to the ring. He knew that his son was a huge fan, and this might be a pipe dream. Most children get them.

J2H: You have to work very hard little man, like very hard. When I went to Uncle Austin, he had me doing crazy things before he would even let me wrestle.

JJ: Like what?

A curious look crossed James Jr's face as he looked his father in the eye.

J2H: He made me carry these heavy bales of hay around a barn. He made me clear out the horses, he made me get up before the sun came out, but it helped me, it helped me be the man I became, and you can do the same if you work really hard to get what you want.

JJ: I can be a champion?

J2H: You could be, you could be anything you want to be as long as you're willing to work for it. As long as you're willing to give it your all to be the best you can be. That's what I did and I became the best I could be. When I wrestle again, I'm gonna be the hardest working wrestler in the building. I'm gonna remind everyone why hard work beats pretty much everything kiddo.

J2H couldn't see her, but Melody had silently moved in to the room, watching her husband and son talk with a proud smile on her face. She'd known her husband before the transformation from laughing stock to the world's best wrestler and she was proud he wouldn't let his son live the slow start to life that he did. She watched as he imparted more wisdom on her son, before the cameras faded in to the next scene.



The Huntington-Hawkes home
Sunday 31st October.

Time jump in to the future. Does that date seem familiar? It should do, because it's Halloween, a time where children and adults alike dress up as characters to guilt people in to giving them candy. Long gone are the days of horror characters, now every Sally and John were Harry Potter or Harley Quinn. It was the first year James Jr had been more than involved in this tradition, the first year he will most likely remember and the excitement was on his face as he held his Buzz Lightyear helmet under his arm, his costume matching the famous Toy Story character.


JJ: Where's Daddy?

Melody leaned down towards her son, her Little Bo Peep costume coming in to view for the first time, her golden hair tied up.

Melody: He'll be out in a minute.

From not too far away, but clearly behind a door, J2H's voice could be heard.

J2H: No he won't!

Melody smiles at JJ and rustles his blonde hair.

Melody: You go and find your pumpkin and I'll go get daddy and we can go.

A smile beamed bright on his face as he took off in search of the plastic thing that would hopefully house all the delights from the night, and give him one hell of a sugar rush in the morning. Melody stood up straight, stretching her long legs before turning around and walking towards a nearby door. Her hand reached down for the handle and she pulled it down, pressing her weight forward to open it, but the door remained firm. A frown adorned her face as she knocked her bare knuckles against the wooden door.

Melody: Babe?

J2H's voice could only be heard behind the solid wood.

J2H: No one's in, try again later.

She couldn't help but smile as she knocked her knuckles on the door once more.

Melody: You have to come out sooner or later.

J2H: No I don't. At least not dressed like this.

Melody: I'm sure you look great and JJ is almost ready to go. You know he'll be so disappointed if you don't come with us.

A sigh could be heard behind the door as the lock turned and the door opened slowly. The camera moved to the floor, showing brown cowboy boots and spurs, before moving up to show blue jeans, held up by a brown belt, with a gun holster. The camera moved further up to show a yellow checked shirt, underneath a cow skin patterned waist coat. The camera moved to the unimpressed face of J2H looking at Melody. Melody covered her mouth, trying not to laugh as she looked at her husband.

Melody: You're missing your cowboy hat there Woody.

Melody turned around, covering her stifled laugh as J2H reaches behind him and picks up a brown cowboy hat, slowly placing it on his head, his face still not impressed. Melody glanced over her shoulder at her husband but quickly turned her head away, struggling to keep the laughter within.

J2H: Go on, let it out.

Melody couldn't contain herself any longer as she burst out laughing, causing her husband to roll his eyes behind her back.

He knew what he looked like and a million thoughts ran through his head. This wasn't his idea, he never went trick or treating as a kid, it was all beneath him but this wasn't about him at all, this was his son. In his head, he repeated three simple words... Lead by example. He would have dressed up like this for the sake of it in the comfort of his own home, with his wife as Bo Peep, and his son as Buzz Lightyear to have a marathon watch of the Toy Story films, but to go out in public like this shook him to his core.

He watched Melody turn around, trying to keep the straightest face she has ever tried to keep in her life, and failing.


Melody: I think you make a great Woody.

He scoffed as he looked at his wife.

J2H: I look like a dick. I coulda gone as a cowboy, with John Wayne or Clint Eastwood vibes, hell, I coulda gone as Arthur Morgan or John Marsden from The Red Dead Redemption game, but no, I'm a toy.

Again, Melody tried to hide her bright smile as she turned to link her arms with J2H and lead him away from the door he was hiding behind and towards the living room area.

J2H: Do I really have to go out in public, dressed like this? I look stupid.

And he felt it too, but deep down he knew what had to happen, deep down he knew his son would be disappointed with him if he didn't.

Melody: You look just fine, you'll be the cutest cowboy there has ever been.

He knew Melody was messing with him, he wasn't mad at her, the thoughts of dread at being out there in public dressed like Woody from Toy Story took over any other emotion that he could possibly feel.

J2H: Why couldn't I wear a mask or something? Hide who I am, hell, a Woody mask so no one could see it was me.

Melody: Because people will still know. Besides, you're over thinking it Jam, kids will be too busy going after candy, not looking at you. This is JJ's first one that he's known what's going on and understands it.

Melody poked out her lower lip in a pout, not a real pout but enough to make J2H breathe deeply and shake his head.

J2H: I'm gonna regret this big time. Watch, we'll step outside there, they'll be news vans, camera from SCW, hell, knowing my luck, Kris Ryans. There will be camera flashes, and autograph hunters and I'm dressed like Sheriff fucking Woody.

A slight smile crossed Melody's lips as she looked at her husband. She knew this made him uncomfortable but she would do anything to make her son happy, even if it meant putting up with a grouchy J2H for a few hours. She knew when they were back home and James Jr was sound asleep, he would go back to a less grouchier version of himself and if he didn't, well, that's what good wine was invented for.

Melody: There won't be, there will be children happy, smiling, laughing, filling buckets with candy, having fun.

There was only one child in the world J2H liked and that was his own flesh and blood. He wasn't a fan of little humans, but to be fair, he wasn't a fan of many bigger humans either.

J2H: I don't like kids.

Melody: Well focus on your own one, I like to think you like him.

J2H: I did until today.

Melody knew he was joking and playfully hit him on the arm as he smiled as his wife. His son was the only child he did care for, the rest, he couldn't give a shit for. 

He breathed deeply as he heard little footsteps pressing down under the wooden floor of the living room, getting louder and louder as they approached. It didn't take long before James Jr was diving at his parents legs, his arms wrapped around one of Melody's and one of J2H's.


Melody: There's my little Buzz Lightyear!

Melody reached down and picked James Jr up, cradling him in her arms.

Melody: Ready to go?

An enthusiastic nod returned to Melody as she placed her son back to the ground and looked at J2H watching the two together. He knew the question stood for him too as he let out a sigh.

J2H: As ready as I'll ever be.

He was resigned to this night, and hoped that it would pass quickly, but he knew it wasn't about him. He knew that he had to lead by example though, for the sake of his son growing up to be the best man he could be, and this was a way to show him not to take life too seriously, even if J2H was guilty of that about twenty three hours a day. 

Melody: Ok, put your helmet on JJ and we'll go.

As instructed, JJ listened to his mother and she quickly looked at J2H standing next to her frowning.

J2H: I wish I had a helmet.

Melody smiled as the trio moved away. I know you're probably curious on what happened next and how uncomfortable J2H was during this whole experience.... Well, I suggest you go and watch Melody's promo.



The Huntington-Hawkes home.
Monday 1st November

It was a chilly time just after midnight, the trick or treating went as well as it could in J2H's mind and he was out of the Sheriff Woody costume and sitting in the vast backyard of his home. Melody had put James Jr to bed and the little man slept contently, thinking about the huge amounts of candy collected hours earlier. Melody opted for a long soak in the tub, but wrestling was on J2H's mind. Thinking about the upcoming match weighed on him a little. His last match was a loss, albeit by his own design and although it was always in his mind to make Crystal Hilton, Zdunich, whogivesafuck-ich look stupid, he knew in his heart that he couldn't go out like that. The thoughts of Kris Ryans as his last match had crept in to his mind lately, although he knew there was a chance at High Stakes XI, someone else was gonna leap out of the shadows and make a challenge for the next High Stakes. The truth is though, who do you face after you face Kris Ryans? Last year it was Mr. Piss Ya Pants. This year, it's not. This year is a chance to go out on top and although he knew he didn't need to sell this match for anyone, no one did, he had set a camera up in front of himself as he sat out on the deck to record something, to get it sent in to the production team at SCW before heading to New York. 


J2H: The stage had been set for a long time, a whole year it had been there, a whole year since I smashed Teddy Warren around and took his little title belt and gave it away like the trash that once held it. One whole year, a much, much better match has been teased, touted and left people wondering if it was actually gonna happen. People were excited at the thought back then, but now, I know people are sitting there about to pull a Teddy Warren and piss their pants. As soon as it got made official, regardless if you already knew it was gonna happen, excitement filled the world, I sure as shit felt it, I know Kris Ryans sure as shit felt it. I know everyone in the SCW locker room felt it, and not just because their pay is about to go up from the extra sales for this supercard. They felt it because without even thinking too much in to it, they know what they're about to see is not just a lesson, not just a master class, but pure, unadulterated genius. They know that what they're about to see is one for the ages, the most talked about match in SCW history, fuck, the most talked about match in wrestling history. Before a punch is even thrown, they know the greatness that they are about to witness. Battle of the Great Ones? Nah, War of the Gods.

The confidence flowed through J2H like a roaring river hitting every rock on the way through.

J2H: Gods? Gods you say? Yeah, Gods I said, but as always, there can only be one and holy wars have been fought over who the greater God is. Even in the same religion, religious wars have been fought if you're in to that kinda shit, but this to me is what it feels like. It feels like the two almighty beings on earth are meeting for a show down, a shoot out, a last man standing to claim the throne. It feels like a big fight and you know why? Cause it fucking is! Everyone has been crying out to see this match, the sale rate went through the roof when it was made official because it is that clash of the titans, it is that match everyone is tuning in to see. No one gives a fuck about half this card, no one gives a fuck about Alex Jones and Jack Washington, Amber Ryan, Roxi Johnson or whatever her name is. No one gives a fuck about Fenris or Marcus Cage, no one gives a fuck about the new preacher man's debut, they give a fuck about J2H Vs Kris Ryans.

Deep in his heart, he actually believed this, he believed that this match was the best match on the card, that it was likely to steal the show. He believed in himself and through all the problems Kris Ryans had through the years, he knew that he could put on an amazing match with a broom if he had to.

J2H: I wasn't gonna bother wrestling on High Stakes this year, what was the point? I mean last year was a let down. To hear all year that someone wanted to face me, only to fade away when it really mattered, left a bitter taste in my mouth, it made me think fuck this, if you can't trust someone to actually do their job, do what they're paid to do, while they're living under the illusion that they're actually something special, someone worthy enough to get in the ring with me, then what's the fucking point? I was set to walk in to Christian's office and say I'll give the belt to that soap dodging hippie look alike Storms and I am done, and then like a flash out of the blue, a few tweets back and forth put me on the path to Kris Ryans. You know I couldn't help but smile right away, couldn't help but think fucking yes! This is a match that needed no selling, this is a match that both of us could put our feet up and watch the world burn in anticipation, this was a match that sold a million buys based on one tweet to light the fuse, but there was that little flicker of doubt in my mind, the part that asked me why I should go for it.

His head turns away from the camera slightly as he thought back to that moment of doubt, to the split second he wondered if he should do it. He knew that Christian Underwood and Mark Ward would be all over it if he did even drop the slightest of hints he was interested.

J2H: Because it could be my way to go out on top Kris. That's why I took it. I wanted to show my son that when you work hard, you can leave something behind on top with no regrets. The thoughts are in my mind that this could very much be my last hurrah, that this could be my swan song, my end to something that the whole world could see has been remarkable. So this may very well be the last time I put on those boots and get in the ring, this might be it and well, better going out beating Kris Ryans than Teddy Warren, right?

He laughed slightly as he knew that was the truth. Teddy Warren was a let down in J2H's eyes, a year ago, there was potential there to build Teddy Warren in to something special, he had grabbed headlines with eccentric tendencies, but when push came to shove, he had fallen very short, but Kris Ryans was a whole different species. 

J2H: I will beat Kris Ryans, I have no doubt about it, but it's all about what is gonna happen in that ring. My legend is set in stone, everyone who thinks of SCW thinks of J2H, it's that fucking simple, it's not bragging, it's the cold, hard truth. I am the greatest that's ever stepped in that ring, the best you'll ever have the pleasure of seeing, but Kris Ryans is way up there, he's way up the top, not sitting next to me but not far behind either, this is why I see it the way I do. If this is my last match in SCW, if this is the last time I step foot in that ring, ready to kick the shit out of someone, then who better to do it against, than Kris Ryans?

He was actually being serious. He'd never officially retired but he's seen many come and go, retire and trying to come back for one last match to taste the glory days, when their star had long faded in to nothing. Their star power and shine had burned out but they wanted that one last chance in the spotlight, their one more time to shine. 

J2H: I've sat and watched the likes of Drake Green, Sean Jackson, Jordan Williams, Nick Jones, all just fade from existence, like their legends never was. I could drag any of those out of the retirement home and beat up on them for fun, but with Kris Ryans, it's different. He's physically in the best shape I've seen him in, he's still got everything he had from the glory days, he is a challenge, but there's one thing stopping you from being a bona fide threat Kris, one thing that's stopping you from taking shit seriously. It's your mind Kris, it's been more than a little distracted lately and it makes you an absolute idiot, that distraction is Mikah.

He didn't dislike Mikah at all, they were more than similar at times with the ego, the attitude their disdain for human life, but he knew she was dragging him down.

J2H: Before you came back, she was playing tonsil hockey with the boss on live fucking television, she was tweeting at him to go to Hawaii and lay in that same bed you're lying in now. He wasn't stupid enough to fall for someone who's had more pricks than a second hand dartboard, but you have and she's got you under a fucking spell. Let's be honest, all we're gonna get for two long weeks is Mikah and Kris in one long fucking conversation over multiple promos, you know it, I know it, we all know it. She has put a spell on you where you've come running back like a little puppy dog with stars in your eyes and it's made you weak as fuck. That's not the Kris Ryans I want to face, that's not the guy I signed up to face at all. I signed up to face the man at the top of his game, the man with no distractions, a man who can think with his big head and not his little head. I know how to separate family life from work life, but you, you've gone running back like nothing has changed, living the charmed life, that's not the Kris Ryans I want to step in the ring with.

He never wanted anything other than the best Kris Ryans he could possible face. Last year was a let down against an opponent who couldn't be bothered, this year, he wanted the absolute best version of his opponent and not some watered down type.

J2H: Get your head out of the clouds, get your body out of the place every man has been before and come and be the best version of yourself Kris, that's the you I want to beat, that's the you I want facing me in the ring, not some bitch who runs back to the bleach blonde whenever she snaps those fingers. I want the best version you've ever been, I want the Kris Ryans that can beat anyone on his day, I want that Kris Ryans who will not back down from anyone, I want that Kris Ryans willing to put everything on the line for one single match.

He emphasised the point by raising a finger, this was the person he wanted.

J2H: I don't want a shell of a man Kris, I want the real deal because I don't wanna hear any lame fucking Deontay Wilder style excuses when I beat you. I want you to sit there, look me in the eye and tell me that I beat the best version of you, that you did everything you physically could, but came up short. That's the Kris Ryans I've been looking forward to facing, so step away from Mikah, save us the boring conversations and be that Kris Ryans that won the world championship, be THAT guy, cause I don't want anything else, I don't want anything less. Anything less wouldn't stand any kinda chance against me, at least you on top form would have a punchers chance of this, but let me make it real clear, even a punchers chance will not be good enough to get past me. I think you know it.

J2H also knew why he was the object of Kris Ryans attentions, he knew from the get go why Kris Ryans wanted this match.

J2H: It's all about the legacy, right Kris? I beat you, I just prove once again that I am the greatest wrestler of all time, but you beat me, people sit up and take notice, people look at you as the man who put my shoulders to the canvas and stopped me from getting up, people see you as the guy that did the unthinkable, the unexpected, the unbelievable and your legacy will be cemented in one night. Become a Hall of Famer and beat J2H in the same night will put you very, very close to my level, but I'm sorry, only one of those things will be happening and as your Hall of Fame has been confirmed - and I very much look forward to Mikah's speech for that.

Although not confirmed anywhere, J2H had an inkling Mikah would be inducting Kris in to the Hall of Fame. It felt considering they're joined at the ass, it would make sense, even if very, very predictable.

J2H: That just means you will not be scoring that huge victory that you so sorely want over me. I know beating me is better than winning any championship in this company, I'm above every single title belt. Beating me is as good as making yourself a legend, but this is your one and only shot Kris, this is where you need to shoot for the moon but I will make it clear, you will fall short, so damn short because me mentality is that if this is my last match, I'm going out on top, I'm going out in a blaze of glory, I'm going out leaving people without a shadow of doubt in their minds who the best in the world, was, is and will always be.

The confidence flowed again, he could feel his heart beating faster in his chest because he truly believed that he would walk out victorious.

J2H: I'm not coming to play around, I'm not coming to even try and mess around, I'm coming to High Stakes XI to do what I do best, I'm coming to High Stakes XI to remind everyone just who I am. Violent Conduct didn't mean a damn thing to me and Austin James Mercer and Tempest know for a fact if it was me and Melody, they wouldn't be champions right now, but this one, this means everything to me, this could write my fairytale ending, this could be the one where it all ends and fuck, if that's the case, I'm going out on my terms, I'm going out with my arm raised, I'm going out as the man who changed everyone's opinion on him. I'm J2H and what's you're gonna get Kris is a one hundred percent J2H performance, what you're gonna get is classic J2H, what you're gonna get is a man with the will to work his nuts off in that ring and walk away from the War of the Gods as the last immortal standing. I have every intention to do that and you better fucking believe that's exactly how it's gonna go down, that's exactly what's gonna happen. For that night, for High Stakes, you become my little bitch instead of Mikah's little bitch.

A serious look was on his face but inside, the twenty seven year old was smiling, he was proud, he could still cut a promo like no other, even without the usual hate for his opponent or looking down his nose at someone. I didn't hate Kris or look down his nose at him... Well, too much, but he was proud of the way he got his point across.

J2H: And that Kris Ryans, is real talk bitch!

And with that, the promo ended, a click of a button in J2H's pocket brought the scene to darkness. It wasn't too long before it was sent in to editing and the world could see once more that the fire in J2H's eyes was well and truly back and his determination to walk out a winner at High Stake XI was at an all time high....

23
Supercard Archives / What's My Motivation?
« on: September 10, 2021, 12:34:03 PM »
The big boot to the jaw, the shot heard around the world, but nothing like hearing it up close. J2H's ears were still ringing from that shot, the heavy landing outside the ring troubled him for the almost three hour flight home between Seattle and Los Angeles. His back felt torn to shreds as he sat almost motionless on a private flight out of the Emerald City and back to the City of Angels. He returned back to his home a little after midnight local time, Melody and James Jr sound asleep at this point and this is where we join him.

J2H sat at the kitchen counter as darkness and silence filled the mansion he shared with his wife Melody, his son James and his man servant, Simpson.

Usually the trio would wait for his return, well, James Jr as much as he could before falling asleep in his mothers arms, but today was different, J2H had told his wife not to worry, he was at the top of the country and didn't know what time he would get home. He expected to be later, but he never stopped to see the end of the show, just enough time to get to the back, pick up his things, go over a few things with Hot Stuff Mark Ward and Brooke Saxon before heading out before the crowd. He knew no matter what he was doing in SCW, main eventing for a title, facing a legend for the sake of it, or even in this lowly rivalry, the people wanted to see him.

But here he sat in to the night with his family nearby, wondering to himself why? Why is he doing this to himself. He don't need the money, he really doesn't need to money. The silver spoon he was born with had long turned in to gold, before firing its way to platinum. Money now was not a thing, he was set for life, he was born set for life, but now his wife was set for life, his child was set for life. He'd been in the wrestling business for ten years on and off and he'd set future generations up for life, at the age of just twenty seven! Twenty seven, let that sink in. He is in the prime of his life, so why go back to wrestling every so often, risking an injury that might stop him from behind able to play sports with his son in the future? Why does he do it when he and his wife could go live the charmed life with nothing to worry about again?

What was his motivations?

He was so focused on the marble kitchen counter, he didn't see, nor hear Simpson moving behind him, a surprise for such a heavy set man, with huge feet.

Simpson: Sir? Are you ok?

The sound of Simpson's deep voice instantly snapped J2H's head around, his eyes squinted in the dark as he looked towards the shadow of Simpson.

J2H: I'm fine, just in a world of thought.

J2H put his hand to the side, indicating for Simpson to move closer, stand beside him.

Simpson: I'm sorry if I disturbed you sir.

A quick shake of J2H's head indicated he wasn't bothered. I watched Simpson out of the corner of his eye move towards him.

J2H: Are Melody and the little man sleeping?

The burly Simpson nodded his bald head, a proud smile on his face. There was always a sense of pride with Simpson whenever young James was mentioned. He had watched J2H grow up to be the man he is today and always hoped he would get to see James Jr grow up and become his own man.

Simpson: They are sir. They watched you but young James fell asleep. They opted for an early night tonight, they have plans to celebrate with you tomorrow for your television appearance.

This instantly confused J2H, but he understood. Every time J2H was on television, James Jr wanted to celebrate the next day, because he saw daddy on television. None of the celebrations were remotely adult, and mostly involved a day at the park or ice cream, but this time, J2H didn't feel like celebrating.

J2H: Celebrate what Simpson? I flew for almost three hours to get kicked in the face, and my jaw is still swinging, a bad landing over the rope to the point I might not be able to pick him up in the morning, and for what? What am I even doing this for?

It was a question he had asked himself since day one, since Christina Rose, or Crystal Zdunich, or whoever she's gonna be next week, invited him on to the Rose Garden. He had never been close to Christina, he didn't like her or the rest of her family. He found them to be more then a little mentally fucked up, so he avoided her and her weird offspring for a long time. He often wondered why he would even show up.

Simpson: I think you miss the feeling of being in front of the crowd sir. It is, as many have said in the past, an addiction. Many of your peers over the years have returned just to hear the crowd. When you consider so much of the past two years, many people have not been able to go about their lives and many people do not have what you have here. Many people do not have their own private bar, gym, cinema, or even land to walk on. Maybe somewhere inside you, hearing the crowd would somehow make things feel normal.

J2H sat and processed what was said to him, sitting in complete silence as he let the words fall from Simpson's mouth to his ears. He had, for the sake of his family, stayed away from everyone and everything for the best part of two years and Simpson was right. So many people were trapped in high rise apartment blocks, unable to leave.

J2H: I don't know Simpson. I just need to find a reason to give a shit about this whole thing, I need to find a reason to care.

Simpson: This would mean you would have help every SCW Championship that you possibly could have sir. Maybe that should be your motivation?

J2H: I don't give a shit about a belt in a dying division. The Tag Team divisions were ok back in the day, good teams but this mixed tag bullshit, no one gives a fuck about it. There's something else that got me here and I don't know what but I'm telling you this Simpson. I need to work it out and I need to work it out fast, because if not. I'm gonna go out there, look like shit and ruin my own legacy.

Simpson nodded towards the young man, resting his hand on his shoulder with a reassuring squeeze.

Simpson: I have no doubt you will sir.

J2H listened to Simpson's footsteps as he turned to walk away, returning to whatever he was doing before he felt the need to walk towards the kitchen for no apparent reason. J2H sat there, thinking, wondering, pondering, his mind running over and over, he couldn't put his finger on what drew him back to the ring this time. The last time was simple, hide away on a cruise ship for a day after appearing under the cover of darkness, shock the world with an appearance, beat some random guy in three seconds and go home, but this, this was bigger, this was better, but why? What pulled him back? The answer was right under his nose but he just couldn't see it. With each passing hour, it played on his mind more. What got him to return this time? If anyone would know, it would be his inspiration in life, Melody Grace....



The following day.....

Celebration day was often a day picked out by James Jr. He loved seeing his parents on television and loved to celebrate it. Even at a young age, he was excited to see his parents on the screen and always wanted to be with them more the following day. J2H and Melody would always go along with it and today was beach day. The last days of the summer sun drifting down, J2H agreed that it wasn't a bad idea so the trio, decided today was the day to take a short seven mile drive to Marina State Beach. They set out a little after nine, not taking too long to get there, the sun was not at it's peak and the beach was not yet full. James Jr run on slightly ahead of his parents, J2H carrying a bag over his shoulder with the days supplies in it, dressed in just beach swimming shorts, he looked towards Melody, dressed in tiny denim shorts and a white bikini top, and smiled.

Melody: What?

He loved days like this, he was a bastard on camera and he knew it, he was a bastard in public with people he didn't know, and knew it, but when it came to his family, he was James, husband, father, man of the house.

J2H: Nothing, just good to be out.

Melody knew something was playing on my mind, she had a sixth sense about these things, even when J2H tried to hide it, or try and play it off, even if she appeared to let it go, she knew when something was wrong.

Melody: No, really J, what's wrong?

He didn't answer right away as the came to a stop on the beach where James Jr had decided to sit down on the sand, thankfully in a free area of the beach with very few people around. He quickly opened the bag to pull out two beach towels to hand to Melody.

J2H: Nothing, I'm just aching a bit from last night. I've been kicked in the face before but Austin James Mercer.... Man.... That sh...

He looked towards his son.

J2H: Stuff hurt.

Melody laid out the beach towels, one for herself one for her husband as he hands James Jr a bucket and spade, next to where the towels are laid out.

J2H: That never used to bother me, but when that boot hit me, I couldn't help but wonder, what the hell am I doing this for?

J2H watched Melody pick a towel and sit down, closer to her son, her hand ruffling his blonde hair, but not getting a response back. The beach was one of James Jr's happy places and the bucket was already being filled with sand.

J2H: I mean really?

He took a seat next on Melody and stared out in the blue water. He felt Melody's hand touch him on the knee.

Melody: I will admit, I was not pleased when you decided to team with her, I don't know why you said yes to this whole thing, but this is something you love to do.

He heard Melody's words, but this time, they didn't seem to get through to him.

J2H: Mel, I don't get why I am doing it, I am teaming with that weird woman, I'm going for titles that mean nothing for me.

Melody: Because you let your ego get in the way and say you could win them on your own?

He knew she was joking, as the smile and tilted head showed him that. He knew when this all came up, she wasn't happy but she was a supportive wife and always stood by his side while having his back at all times.

J2H: Well maybe, but I feel like this is just junk. It's a mixed tag team match. I wanted to come back and face the best every so often. Last time, I showed up, I beat that little short fat guy in three seconds and gone, all to build up for something with Kris Ryans in a couple of months, something building up for a year and surprise surprise, he's gone missing again. Now I'm stuck in some stupid match with her as my partner.

Melody: You're thinking about this the wrong way. You're facing a man who has won the World, Internet and Mixed Tag team championship. You might be teaming with her, but you're facing Austin James Mercer. The man is one belt away from winning everything.

JACKPOT! Melody was right, that was it, that's the angle, that's the motivation, that's the way J2H needed to see it and he did. Melody had opened his eyes to exactly why he is doing it.

J2H: And that's why I love you! I don't know how I couldn't see that before! Screw the title belt, screw that crazy woman I'm teaming with, J2H Vs Austin James Mercer is a dream match.

He looked towards Melody with a smile.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody replied with a warm smile of her own, and they went on to enjoy their day at the beach. Let's fast forward....



The tradition supercard fanfest was a long running event for SCW, meet and greets, merchandising events, even the occasional one man show. Violent Conduct was no different, as the fans poured in to the Dena’ina Civic and Convention Center in Alaska on this chilly Thursday morning, just five minutes away from where Violent Conduct VII will be held. Fans swarmed the building, looking for their favourite stars, lining up at tables waiting for appearances from the people they watch on television every week.

J2H, Melody and James Jr had flown in the night before, quickly moving to the hotel under the cover of darkness until this morning where a brand new looking, confident J2H walked through the convention center with Melody, holding on to her sons hand as he marvelled at the bright lights and the people around him. Fans stopped and stared at the trio as they walked through.

J2H: Are you sure you don't want me to keep the boy with me while you go shopping with Dani today? I mean he's already more of a draw than most of the idiots that get paid to put asses in seats. Look at the attention he's getting.

Melody glanced her eyes towards her young son and couldn't help but smile as he looked at the crowd of people with eyes as big as saucers. Who knew what was going through the child's mind.

Melody: No, it's ok. I know you need to do your media stuff and play you with the fans. I don't think you can do that and be daddy at the same time.

J2H: I can, hell, little man here can cut my promo if he wants. Again, already better at it than the people who get paid to do so.

Another smile passed the lips of Melody as pride filled her eyes up. She shook her head towards her husband.

Melody: No, it's fine. I think Dani wants to spoil him anyway. She hasn't seen him in a while, so I think he's going to feel like a little prince after all of this.

The three continued to walk through the convention center, glancing towards where Jason Adams and Belinda Simone are set up at a commentary table in front of a big screen, allowing fans to call matches with them.

J2H: Maybe some of our guest commentators should get over there and get some practice. So many of them suck.

Before J2H could continue, he spots Dani Weston in the distance waving frantically towards Melody, her arm almost a blur.

J2H: I think you're wanted over there.

J2H nodded his head towards Dani as Melody follows his eyes and sees her, raising her arm with a slight wave.

Melody: I should be going.

J2H: You should, now no talking to strange people, and by that, I mean if you run in to that weirdo Kate Steele, ignore the hell out of her.

Melody smiled as she kissed J2H on the cheek and J2H reaches down to give James Jr a hug. He watched as Melody wandered off towards Dani, watching them share a hug before walking away.

He had no reason to really be there, other than to give the fans someone to take pictures of from a distance and to soak up the atmosphere. After a few minutes walking through the fans, posing for pictures for the fans brave enough to have approached him. J2H stops as he sees a table set up with the nameplate on the front with the name "AUSTIN JAMES MERCER" written in big bold letters.

J2H: I guess Austin is doing a little signing today.

J2H approached the table, an eyebrow raised as he looked at all the Austin James Mercer merchandise pinned to the booth wall behind the table and looked down at the table, looking at the stacks of photographs of Austin James Mercer, presumably for him to sign. J2H wandered to the table, before taking a seat on it next to a pile of pictures.

J2H: Ladies and gentlemen, gather round, because you're about to listen to some real shit right about now. Cameraman over there.

He quickly pointed his finger in the direction of a nearby cameraman and waved him towards him.

J2H: Come here because you're about to see me do something not many other wrestlers can and cut a build up promo at a place like this, in front of people lining up to see my opponent.

The cameraman moved forward towards J2H, placing himself on J2H's right hand side.

J2H: I'm sure you're used to watching Jessie Salco knock out a few promos from a hotel room, but that ain't me. Now let's get down to business.

He looked around the growing crowd, eager faces waiting for every word.

J2H: I couldn't figure out why the fuck I would waste my time and come back for a tin pot title, in a match way beneath me to team with that little annoying woman who changes her name more than anything else in Alaska? Then Melody told me it's not about who I'm teaming with, it's about who I'm going against. It doesn't matter that I'm teaming with her, it doesn't matter that there's a monster across the ring claiming to be a woman, it doesn't matter at all, it's all about this man.

He picked up a picture from the table, holding it up to the crowd.

J2H: Austin James Mercer. It's all about you Austin. Ya know there was something dragging me to this match and it wasn't that belt, although you know, and I know that the Mixed Tag Team title ain't worth shit, I mean, I'm gonna take it from ya, just to say I've held everything, but it ain't worth shit. You was the draw to this match, no one else but you but I couldn't see it because you've under sold yourself so damn much lately, people forget you was a former World champion, people forget you was the Internet champion, people forget just who you are. Alex Jones, Alicia Lukas, people think of them now when they think of Wolfslair, but you? You're so far under the radar, you have your chin on the floor. The once dominant member of that group has been reduced to support act for a big woman that gets more attention than you do.

He smirked at the crowd.

J2H: You are the definition of fallen giant, you are the definition of someone who's career has taken a nose dive. I come back, people instantly remember things I've done from years gone past but you have done nothing lately, you have been someone who used to be relevant that is now pointless. You're an absolute waste of everything Austin. You used to be something special, you used to be something good, you used to be the face of this company, you used to be the man. You hear that word I said a lot there Austin? Used... As in past tense, because you're not him anymore, you don't have the killer instinct anymore that used to make people piss their pants just seeing your name on the card against them. No one fears you anymore.

He shook his head as his eyes moved around the crowd.

J2H: I've been through wars, I have beat countless people in tougher matches than a street fight, but this would have usually been your domain. A couple of years ago, no one would have wanted to take on Austin James Mercer in a street fight, no one, because they know that they would be beaten before the bell was already rung, but not anymore Austin. You're not half the man you used to be, in fact you're not even the best wrestler called Austin to ever be in SCW. You might have given me a great match some time ago, but you know what you are to me right now? You're just a name who used to mean something to the world. You're just a man who won championships, that come Sunday, I am gonna beat. You can join the list of names that already have fallen to me, you will be in great company there.

J2H tossed the picture of Austin James Mercer in to the crowd, causing a scramble to grab it.

J2H: I wouldn't waste your time fighting over that worthless thing. It's about as worthless as those Mixed Tag Titles are right now, but on Sunday, when I get rid of Austin James Mercer, take that title, till I give it away, it's gonna be worth something. Yes, I will not only win those belts on my own, but I will make them worth something again. I will make them shine for just a little while, cause I don't want them, I just wanna take them for the sake of it. Rather me taking them, then Bill Barnhart because that guy needs stronger meds.

J2H was confident with every word he spoke.

J2H: Here's the thing Austin, that belt, it's a bonus, beating you is what it's all about, putting you in another I've defeated is something that is the main goal for me, it's something that everyone who beats you can be proud of. I have no doubt one day, you'll be joining me in the Hall of Fame, I have no doubt about that, but this Sunday, it's not about you, this is not where you start rising up to where you feel you should be, this is about me and me beating you. This is about me coming back to the ring and not smacking some little fat basement dwelling prick in three seconds and going. This is about me adding a quality name to the people I've beaten, a cut above fat boy, a cut above Teddy Warren, a cut above anyone I've faced in a long time. There's my motivation, not the belt, not the fans, not teaming with that fucking idiot, you Austin, you're the motivation and believe me, since I figured that out, there's been a spring in my step and the confidence is right here and it's not going to waste.

He reached to his side and picked up a handful of pictures of Austin James Mercer.

J2H: You can't stop me Austin, you won't stop me Austin, this is not your step out of the shadows moment where people look at you and think he's back, this is my he never lost it against top people moment. It's all about J2H and that just how it was back then, how it is now, how it will be in the future because no matter what I do, people will never forget who I am when I get in between those ropes and get in that ring and no amount of kicking me or anyone else in the face, will make them remember who the fuck you are.

J2H looked around before throwing that handful of pictures of Austin in to the crowd, watching them all try and grab one. He turned his head towards the camera.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

And with that, the scene cuts to black.

24
Climax Control Archives / Know your worth
« on: May 07, 2021, 06:13:48 AM »
The end of April was lined with a cold snap breezing through Beverly Hills, California, as the state had begun to open more freely, regardless of the on going pandemic. Businesses were quickly reopening, some cutting corners to be able to welcome back not only the smiling faces that filled their buildings, but to take something they haven't been able to take for a long time, money. Money makes the world go around, and keeps places open, so many had fell victim to the pandemic, some people never being able to switch on their business lights again, even in a place like Beverly Hills, where the rich used to get richer and the poor became a further speck in the distance.

There was never any money issues in the Huntington-Hawkes household, James had grown up with a platinum spoon in his mouth, he knew no other way of life but to have everything he wanted, but things had changed since he met his good hearted, kind and loving wife Melody. She was generous to a fault as James knew when he married her, but there was no cause for alarm, he had more money than the pair of them could spend. He would spend like a drunk sailor on shore leave, spending hundreds of thousands on watches.

My point, money doesn't mean a lot to James Huntington-Hawkes III, or J2H, but it doesn't stop people trying to give him even more to spend.

The wind cut across the grass behind the huge mansion owned my James and Melody, creasing through every blade and moving it in the same direction as the two walked hand in hand across their estate. The two had been cautious during the pandemic, rarely leaving their home, but why would they want to in a place with it's own cinema, old time British pub, and countless other areas of entertainment? The two did like to walk through the grounds though, feel that breeze on their skin. They, like most had taken over a year from their lives through this pandemic, time they would not get back, but like some, they decided to appreciate what they had and the simple pleasures of watching their son, dog and duck - Yes, Dexter, remember him? - run through the green grass. The two walked hand in hand, the dirt moving under their shoes as James Jr chased Dexter the duck, his laugh filling the empty air.

J2H: I'm gonna miss this.

He felt Melody's glare hit his cheek, he could feel the sharp look from his wife as she stopped walking, her hand gripping his tight.

Melody: Miss what?

Her tone was filled with curiosity and her raised right eyebrow matched the tone. She really wasn't sure what he meant. He turned his head to meet her gaze.

J2H: The world's getting back to normal Mel. People will be getting their asses back to whatever they do in this world, and we will be doing so too. This is the time for me to make a killing.

His time away from wrestling wasn't spent doing what most do, sitting around, or travelling the world, trying to get by on their name. When J2H reverted back to James after leaving wrestling, the world was his oyster, he could have chosen to do anything he wanted, he could have sat on his ass and done nothing for years. This was a man who never had to work a day in his life if he chose not to. Instead, he became SCW's most famous wrestler. He never retired from wrestling but knew wrestling needed him more than he needed wrestling. He stepped back, much to a sigh of relief from second rate wrestlers who would never be world champion when he was there, and started investing money in businesses.

Melody: What do you mean?

She still had no clue what he was talking about.

J2H: The world of business is on it's knees Mel. All those high end stores are crying out for money to keep going, they're screaming out for funds or they can't reopen and we, my love, have the money to do everything. We could own Beverly Hills. Every store in this place could be partly ours. These people here will want to spend their money, it's like oxygen to them, they need to do it. We could be getting a part of that.

Melody looked at her husband with a crinkled nose, her eyes narrowed as she stared at him. She had seen him invest in so many businesses worldwide, for him to tell her he's interested in adding more to the portfolio was not a surprise, but in Beverly Hills, it was. He had never put his money in to buying any part of these kind of high end stores before.

Melody: Maybe we should talk about this. I mean the people in Beverly Hills will make money easy, they won't have to worry about it, but what about the small places J? They need the money more than someone who's lowest items are thousands of dollars.

He knew Melody had a point, but he was never doing it for the people. He was doing it for the money, for the returns at the end of the month. He wanted thousands, not a few dollars that wouldn't come close to heating his pool for a day. He wanted the lot for no work. A lot of business meetings all over the place, of course, flying around from here to there, obviously, but he didn't have to physically get out there and serve coffee, or annoying customers. To him, it was buy big, get big rewards.

J2H: There comes a point where it's not worth meeting people miles away for a few bucks. If I'm putting in the air miles, then it's gotta be worth the money. If its taking me away from you guys, then it's gotta be worth it. I know my value babe, and it's not cheap.

She had known who he was when she married him. It was no stretch to say that he was an even bigger asshole when she met him, the man who couldn't be and didn't want to be tamed, yet she tamed him to the extent where family life had become second nature, to where he was James off the camera, but J2H when he had to be.

Melody: But think of the people you could help J.

Melody never let the money go to her head, yes, she bought expensive things but money SHE earned, not because of who she is married to. She made a name in the wrestling business long before James put a ring on it, but her heart was always set about helping as many people as she could.

J2H: Buying somewhere like Beverly Hills means I wouldn't have to be everywhere, I could be home so I don't miss this, so I don't miss the family time.

Melody: You did great before, you always tried to make it home before JJ went to bed. You did everything you could for us, even with the big deals.

J2H: This is the thing Mel. Beverly Hills will just be a start, there's big business all over the world I could make a fortune off.

Melody: We already have a fortune.

J2H instantly rose his eyebrows, nodding at Melody in agreement, with a proud smile on his face. He started out with that platinum spoon but he kept adding to it over the years. He had realistically all he could spend in three lifetimes and then some.

J2H: While that is true, I know my worth, I know our worth, the more we have, the more he can change the world.

He pointed his free hand towards his son and smiled as James Jr rolled on the grass, Dexter the duck running around him in circles.

J2H: He is the future and he'll be smarter than us two put together, he could change the world and I'd rather be putting a million a month to that future, than peanuts.

Melody stared proudly at her son, ten feet away from her, rolling in the grass without a care in the world.

Melody: We could help so many people and we really don't need money.

The sound of a phone ringing in James' pocket instantly grabbed his attention, and the young man reached in to it, pulling the phone out and looking at it. He looked towards Melody and smiled.

J2H: Maybe you're right sweetheart. Maybe I can buy those little crappy businesses and help them, even though they might take a little more work.

Again, the confused look returned to the young blondes face as she stared at her husband, with her eyebrows raised.

Melody: Oh?

A smile appeared proverbially ten foot wide on James' face as he looked at Melody.

J2H: Yeah, cause I get the feeling that I'm about to get more than enough money to cover the differences for a while.

He holds the phone towards Melody's face and she sees the name Christian Underwood written across the screen. He quickly hits his thumb on the screen to answer it and hold it up to his ear.

J2H: Whatever you're about to offer Christian, you might wanna add another zero to the end of the number written down that Mark approved...

It was a bold, confident approach to start a negotiation, but James instantly knew that Christian Underwood was set to make him an offer he couldn't refuse to be J2H again. He had heard about Climax Control 300 coming up and expected the phone to ring.The rumored stars and the return of Amy Santino just wasn't gonna cut it rating wise, he had heard rumors of Travis Nathaniel Andrews returning to be on the show. There was talk of other superstars appearing that hasn't been on SCW television in a long time, he even knew there was a chance of that boring bubble head Rage.... Sorry, Jake Sullivan showing his face. He knew that none of these people had the star power to make this show better, so he knew that phone would ring. He knew he was in the driving seat.

James to be J2H again, well, Christian didn't exactly come with a low offer to start with, and he still managed to negotiate up.

The point of all this? Talking money, talking big business, is about knowing your worth. Christian knew J2H's worth, James knew J2H's worth. If neither did, J2H would not have been at Climax Control 299 and wouldn't be at Climax Control 300.

His worth: More for two appearance, than most people on the roster earn in a year... Christian had eventually found the magic number. It was time to dust off those boots.... The man, myth, legend, God, was set to enter an SCW arena again.



It was the night before Climax Control 299 - James was never one to show up till later in the day, so he stayed at home, it was part of his process before stepping in to the ego filled locker room of a wrestling company. He was full of ego himself, but with a locker room where most people's favorite activities were having pissing contests and his general dislike for most people, to him it made sense not to arrive until he really needed to. Tonight, he felt like he needed to be at peace with the wrestling world, that lead him to room in his house, dedicated to both his, and Melody's achievements in wrestling.

His eyes darted around the list of awards - 2013 Tag Team of the Year, 2016 Wrestler of the Year, Man of the Year, Most Hated of the Year, Match of the Year. 2017 Wrestler of the Year, Man  of The Year. Couple of the Year, Match of the Year and Feud of the Year, along with the replica championship belts he'd won through his career. He remained silent as he looked at the awards, but his train of thought was stopped by the slender arms of Melody Grace wrapping around him from behind, her fingers locking in the middle.

Melody: What are ya thinking?

That was a good question he had time to think about while she moved to his side. His thoughts were fairly empty.

J2H: That this is my career.

Melody: But you're flying in tomorrow to be on their show. They should give you an award for that.

Her positive attitude was one of the many reasons James loved his wife. He was a grouch when they met but she was one of the few who's positivity rubbed off on him at times.

J2H: They should but the amount on money they're paying me, I don't think that can afford an award to.

He leaned in to his wife, whispering the number in her ear, her eyes widening as the number passes past his lips.

Melody: Holy moly! I can see why you said yes to it.

J2H: It wasn't the only reason.

Melody: Well...

She didn't want to ask the question and she didn't have to.

J2H: Well this is what I've done and I'm worth all that money still to Christian and Mark. I'm worth every penny of that money, and I will always be remembered for what I have done, but think of it like this. If I'm worth this kind of money to them now, what would I be worth in three matches time?

Melody: I don't follow.

He knew what he meant in his head, but it was finding the right words to explain.

J2H: Everyone out there is expecting J2H Vs Kris Ryans at High Stakes XI, that's months away. There's been no contract put down on the table for that but Christian Underwood and Mark Ward know I am their golden goose, they know every time I step in that ring, their ratings go through the roof. I am pretty much everyone's dream match and retirement match wish. I'm in a position of power here. Kris and I have been mentioning it a lot and Christian and Mark like to deliver, they give people all this power and shit to make things more natural, but I've signed nothing to be there, pretty sure Kris hasn't either, hell, Christian only called a few days ago to get me to appear on the show tomorrow. If they're gonna pay me that much for one appearance, what would they pay me to wrestle twice more before High Stakes XI?

Melody: I'm not sure but I would say a lot.

J2H: So, so much. If I sit there and ask for a huge amount for High Stakes, thanks to being back and dragging up their ratings a couple more times, they won't say no. I could sit there with a piece of paper and whatever number I want on it and I will get paid. Do you know what that means?

Melody: That SCW could go out of business?

He guessed Melody could have a point there, but he also knew both Christian and Mark had deep pockets. They had spent ten years taking a little independent company from Las Vegas all over the world. They survived the pandemic and are still in business.

J2H: No danger of that. It means I can say fuck going all over the place for businesses. Three matches a year and I can make more money then any new business could bring in. I could take that money and put it in a fund for JJ. I'd have to go to work like three days a year and not be down a cent. All I need to do is pick the right people to put in front of me, watch Mark and Christian drool at the thought of it and get exactly what I want and I'll never have to leave.

James could see the wheels in Melody's head turning. She loved spending time with her little family, she loved the thought that he would be with her more and more.

Melody: Three matches a year?

J2H: At most, probably two, just enough to keep them handing over the money while getting rating boosts in return. They know I'm not gonna go work anywhere else, SCW is one of the few that can afford me.

Melody: And you get to be home more?

J2H: Pretty much all the time.

Melody couldn't contain herself as she wrapped her arms around her husband and he put his arm around her shoulder.

J2H: No time like the present...

Just a minute later, a phone was in James' hand and a phone call to Christian Underwood was made. It wouldn't take long before Christian agreed that a J2H match on Climax Control 300 what great business. As for his opponent? Well, Christian had either been drinking or had faith in James to find an opponent. I'm not sure he was ready for what was to come twenty four hours later.



Jumping forward, you saw Climax Control 299, you saw that J2H showed up, made some demands and got what he wanted. That phone call yesterday was to be sure he got what he wanted and he was handed it on a platter by Christian Underwood in exchange for more cash. Christian knew that the ratings would be higher at Climax Control 300 to have J2H actually wrestle, rather than appear. He knew he was worth every penny he was putting in J2H's account.

J2H was proud of himself as he delivered a promo only J2H could and wandered away, this is where we pick things up, right from Climax Control where J2H just casually strolled past Mac Bane and off camera.

J2H: It's like I never left.

There was pride mixed with smugness in J2H's voice as he wandered down, hearing Mac Bane call for him from behind but SCW's longest ever World champion decided there was a time and place to talk to Mac Bane and that would be before the proposed match in a weeks time. It wasn't like he really needed Mac, he was in the right place at the right time. His jubilant and self congratulatory mood put a spring in his step as he walked around the corner, right in to Christian Underwood.

Christian: Really? I give you free reign over who you want to face and you come up with that?

What you didn't hear from last nights conversation with Christian was J2H asking for a match next week from Christian, and Christian allowing J2H to pick his poison. See, worth and trust that ratings would be delivered as promised by J2H.

J2H: Why the fuck not? You get your Blast From The Past winner, who is better than half your roster, teaming with the best you've ever hired against Kris Ryan's and whoever else, a champion. That's a match and then some.

Christian: Kris hasn't agreed to anything yet and the main event for the Internet title hasn't started yet.

Christian was right, but could see Kris Ryans watching the conversation at a distance.

J2H: You in?

J2H mumbled the line as he fired a thumbs up towards Kris with an over the top cheesy grin on his face, Kris surely not being able to hear his words, but Kris fires a thumbs up back towards J2H with an equally cheesy grin, a possible mocking of J2H's own actions.

J2H: See, he's in.

A mock innocent face crossed J2H's as he looks at Christian but Christian instantly didn't buy it.

J2H: Look, you go flash your wallet in front of him. I'll go find a nice little place to watch this so called main event. Just get word to me when you get Kris to say yes. 'Kay chief?

Christian slowly shook his head and J2H walked past him, disappearing around another corner and out of sight.

Another fast forward shows J2H watching the end of the main event, his feet up on a sofa with a big screen TV on the wall. J2H tilts his head back to the cameraman.

J2H: This is why I invited you here. I know this is the champions dressing room, but where the fuck is Jack Washington anyway? Seriously, the man gets the world title and only shows up to wrestle. Not a fucking champion in my book.

Respect was always earned from J2H and Jack Washington had done nothing to earn his.

J2H: Alright, so we've just watched this shit state of a main event. What the fuck was that? I mean good God, Agostino would be out of place wrestling in a circus, but looks like that belt has moved over to O'Malley.

Looking down at his phone, he spotted a message from Christian Underwood, confirming he would be teaming with Mac Bane against Kris Ryans and O'Malley.

J2H: Well look at that. It's official, I team with Mac Bane against these two. O'Malley is gonna piss his pants quicker than Teddy Warren when he hears about this. I mean from what I hear, he doesn't seem to like Kris Ryans. I think I read hate. I'm sure he'll run off to social media and bitch about it, not the fact that he's against me, but because who he's teaming with. I would have thought this was your perfect partner O'Malley because he's giving you the one thing you love, the one thing you want, the one thing that sums you up more than anyone else...

A smirk crossed J2H's face as he moved a little closer to the camera.

J2H: Drama baby!

When you think back at what O'Malley is known for in J2H's mind, it is drama.

J2H: You're like a walking Days Of Our Lives episode. Do you like hire soap opera writers to come up with the shit you put on screen? Your whole life is a fucking soap opera. We've had the single father thing, which was meant to show the struggle, the heart ache, the loneliness, meant to bring a tear to the eye, oh that was almost daytime emmy worthy. Then what did we have, oh yeah, the finding love again, awwwwww, so sweet, wanting people to root for you, yay, go O'Malley, you found love, yay! Then we had the child is gone, oh, it's another tear jerker, I mean I'm sure people were crying in the streets. Then we had the good guy gone bad, where we'll see someone fuck over someone nice to them, sold them out for a championship. Then we had that classic TV moment where the goal was in reach, you were about to snatch the big prize you were hoping for, only to have it snatched away at the last minute. We've also seen the redemption story, I mean that's a huge smash in every soap opera there's ever been, the bad guy being good, saying sorry, wanting to make things up to people, wanting to be friends. The tried and tested long lost family member soap storyline.... Sounds familiar to me, oh so cheesy with that story that soap operas have done for years. Know what another one is? Pregnancy, you haven't knocked...

He tapped his chin as he stopped for a second.

J2H: Yeah, that's on there too. Now the fighting for the kid thing. I've seen all these on one show before. I'm starting to think your life is mirroring the fucking Simpsons! Your life is half Ned Flanders, half Homer Simpson man. Ned loses his wife, finds love again, Homer loses his kids, fights to get them back, finds a long lost brother, all this sound familiar? It fucking should cause it's been your life ever since you put your face on a screen! Your life's a joke, your wrestling career is a joke.

He leaned back on the sofa, crossing his legs.

J2H: You must be proud tonight, you beat a stick figure with an Adam's apple the size of Jupiter, for the Internet title, but it's nothing to be proud of. Fighting people like that is your level, it's where you belong. I haven't been in the ring for a while, but all I have to do is step my expensive shoes in the building and I'm already back to the top and so much more in front of you and everyone else here. I mean the next supercard is Jack Washington and Mark Cross and no one has uttered a fucking word about them since I got here tonight. I've put the top people in this place in very dark shadows O'Malley and your not even on their level. That puts you way back. I'm more than happy to smack you about O'Malley and trust me, I will. I will literally smack the soap opera life you lead right out of you. Knowing you, you'll use this to add more to this Simpsons life you lead.

J2H couldn't help but smile when picking flaws in O'Malley's life.

J2H: When you step in the ring, you've got bigger things to worry about than who your partner is, because I'm gonna smack you so damn hard, you'll have leprechauns dancing around your head.

He quickly pointed to his head.

J2H: Speaking of your partner. People sit there and say to me about this whole High Stakes XI thing at the end of the year and why Kris Ryans? Out of everyone that's in this wrestling world, why Kris Ryans? Well, why fucking not is the question you should be asking. Do I dislike Kris Ryans? No.

A quick shake of the head presses the point home.

J2H: There's very few people in this business that I begrudgingly respect, but Kris Ryans is one of them. Not just because he was Fenris' chew toy and lived to tell the tale, because it's Kris Ryans. Let me give you a history lesson on Kris Ryans. Kris Ryans was a junkie bum, one of those guys you see begging on the street for spare change, knowing full well anything you give him is going to get him chasing the dragon as soon as he could. He was a man who could have had the world at his feet, but pills were his best friend. He could have been something special but the pressure broke him, it almost killed a promising career. This man could have been a name mentioned in the same breath as mine on the same level instead of someone I'm facing, but he almost threw it all away.

J2H raised a finger.

J2H: Almost.

He repeated that word along with a point of the finger.

J2H: That's why I respect Kris Ryans, because he could have been a overdose victim, but he fought and he clawed and he dragged his way back. He rebuilt bridges he thought would be gone forever and he made something of himself. When no one said he could do it, the man returned to SCW, crawled his way out of the horse shit he buried himself in before and pulled himself back to the top of SCW and got that big boy belt. If you don't respect a man who can do that, you're a fucking idiot.

J2H knew that was the truth, his tone told the world that was the truth.

J2H: So why kick the shit out of Kris Ryans not only in the months to come, but in a weeks time? Money of course. I am everyone's dream match, it doesn't matter if they admit it or not. Fantasy booking people want me to face their favorite wrestler. I am that guy that could snap my fingers and everyone come running to try and put their name down to face me. There's very few I would ever come back and face, same effort for less reward, fuck that. I mean I wouldn't come back to smack Caleb Storms about, I wouldn't come back to go anywhere near Milo Kasey, or Lincoln Daniels or anyone like that, but for Kris Ryans, I would because it's all about what I can get out of it. To put a match like this together, my worth, hell, even Kris' worth will be met because the world wants to see it, but why do I want to beat him so bad?

He paused for a few seconds.

J2H: Because it's Kris Ryans. He's a name, he's a man that garners the respect of others, he's a man who can still go in the ring, he's a former World Champion, he is someone who teaches the next generation to give back, he's got more credits to his name than a Hollywood actor but when someone gets like that, I need to bring them back down to earth and remind them that they'll never be J2H, that they'll never be as good as me, they will always be second best. It's nothing really personal Kris, but you are the money match and when I beat you and O'Malley with ease, High Stakes XI will have the whole worlds attention, because next Sunday, I'm gonna give the world a preview of everything to come.... I'm sure Mac Bane might help at some point too, I don't know.

J2H shrugged his shoulders.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

He waves his fingers at the cameraman and the scene fades to black.

25
Supercard Archives / Re: Teddy Warren (c) v J2H - Internet Championship
« on: November 20, 2020, 09:50:13 PM »
Silence runs deep through the manor of J2H, his wife Melody and their son James Jr. The day had ran through without an ounce of drama or even a raised voice, but it lead to now, it lead to something that was no doubt going to be explosive. J2H himself had used the powers of social media to tell people that there was a big chance they were about to get blasted by the man himself. It was supercard week for Sin City Wrestling and being a roster member trained by Austin Parker, he wasn't taught to sit and be quiet, he was taught lessons outside the ring about the business. Many go through training in the ring and think they're hot shit. Many spend three months falling on their asses and think they are ready for a harsh world, and professional wrestling is a very harsh world, people don't see it, I didn't see it, but they see the lights, the glamour and want to be part of it. Cheap ass trainers will take their money and send them on their way, but Austin Parker taught J2H everything he needed to survive in the world that would throw on the scrap heap and not think anything of it. One of the lesson taught was get eyes on the product, especially on supercards. People think it's constant streams of money coming in for companies, it's regular money through the normal cards, but supercard money is where companies get their pay off. High Stakes was always SCW's biggest seller, more so with people like J2H on the card but he wanted more eyes on the product and there was a lot he could get off his chest. Even when he wasn't involved in SCW, he'd watch when he had the chance and at times, he couldn't believe the amount of garbage he was watching. He couldn't believe the obvious things to make things better, was being missed.

He could have gone and sold this show with anyone, but no one would be open to ask the questions that others wouldn't, there was only one man who would. He knew Stoner, if he wasn't having moments of clarity whenever he was around The Barnharts, would get lost, he knew Pussy Willow and Ms. Rocky Mountains were programmed to be generic, he wouldn't even consider being interviewed by Holly Wood. He needed someone with a connection to SCW, that didn't work for SCW would be the answer, someone who could get his voice heard to more than the SCW fan base, someone who could get one interview world wide and create the hype it needed.

He needed Tommy Knocks.

The host of The Hotwire himself, a man who never held back a day in his life for a word that fell out of his mouth. What people would call controversial, Tommy would call great TV. He was the first name that sprung to the record holding former SCW World champion and it took one call to get things set up and ready to go.

Usually J2H would fly to New York and hang round Tommy, sit there in the studio and talk but being in enclosed spaces was a bad thing due to the pandemic, and J2H had another trip lined up for the next day. He didn't want to play his part in spreading around an infectious virus, so it was set up to do it online.

Melody had put young James Jr down to sleep before walking in to the study of the house, where J2H sits at a desk, looking at a computer screen. She wraps her arms around her husband's neck and kisses him on his cheek, her lips breezing over his light skin. She leans back a little and look at him.


Melody: Nervous?

There was a softness to her tone, but J2H shook his head.

J2H: Not even close babe. There's a lot I gotta get off my chest with this. Being on Twitter ripping the shit out of people is one thing, but people need to hear more about it. Only way people can be pushed to do better is to hear the truth.

Melody: J2Hism?

Melody smiles as she reminds her husband of his past SCW life, trying to get the masses to listen to him with J2Hisms. He returns her smile as he tilts his head towards her.

J2H: Something like that. Everyone is busy sitting on their ass waiting for things to happen, but too blind to make things happen for themselves.

Melody: You don't think this whole thing could upset a lot of people?

Melody had grown a harder skin over the past couple of years, the sparkle had not gone out of her eyes, but she looked through those pretty eyes very differently than the young naive woman who stepped in to SCW all those years ago.

J2H: Frankly, I don't care. SCW are not gonna cancel this match because I made a few people cry. SCW are not gonna give a shit if I'm ripping on their former stars, when their former stars are stupid enough to walk away. For the best part of a year, SCW have been trying to get me on this show, so it doesn't matter if I piss them off.

Melody: What about the future?

J2H: They need me more than I need them. Think about it, Kris Ryans asks how he can get a match with me, Mark Ward calls me and asks me about making that happen. They don't have to like me to do any kind of business with me. I bring more to them than any other superstar in SCW history and they know it.

Melody: Well, good luck babe.

Melody once more kisses her husband on the cheek and leaves the room. J2H, turns his head, his eyes trailing her out.

J2H: Time to do this.



The sounds of Metallica plays through the computer screen that J2H has opted to sit in front of in his study. Rows of leather covered books sit behind him as he sits comfortably in a brown leather chair, baseball cap on his head, slightly ajar to his right. It didn't take long before the New York accent of Tommy Knocks can be heard through the speakers, the screen lighting up with his face.

Tommy: Whoa! Yeah! We're back baby! Welcome to The Hotwire, a very special edition of The Hotwire, with me, Tommy Knocks! This is more than a special edition of The Hotwire, because I said I was done, I was finished, but just when I thought I was out, something pulled me back in. It was gonna take something special to have me back in this chair and special is what I'm bringing you today. We are days away from Sin City Wrestling's biggest show of the year, High Stakes X. Twenty one matches from Sin City Wrestling and Underground, championships on the line everywhere, but there's also one huge return to the ring, that I'm looking forward to, I know you are too, the return of the record holder, the man I called a while ago SCW's greatest wrestler of all time and that man joins me now.

Tommy hits a button or two on his console to bring J2H's face in to the picture, to be recorded on the screen.

Tommy: The legendary J2H! J, there you are, welcome to The Hotwire.

J2H couldn't help but allow a smirk to pass over his face when he heard the term legendary. He knew he was, even if others didn't see it.

J2H: Thanks for being back in the booth man. Out of everyone I could have gone to, just to speak to, there was only you I wanted.

Tommy: That's nice to hear. Before we start with this, let me tell the people out there what's going on. This is being recorded on video for the SCW site, and audio to be released in podcast form at the same time this airs for SCW. We have not spoke about the questions that will be asked, nor will anything be edited out. What you guys are gonna see is raw, unedited, the most straight up interview of all time.

J2H: I wouldn't have it any other way. You see all that fake shit that gets aired, wrestlers sitting there asking to shoot things again because something didn't look right. We ain't playing that game, this is straight up one take shit.

The confident young man leaned back, causing the leather to creak under his body.

Tommy: No one likes that fake shit. So let's get in to it. I hope you've been keeping safe.

J2H: Damn right I have. Any little shit head out there thinking don't wear a mask and all that can go away. They're the problem on why families are not safe. I've been doing all I can to keep my family safe. We're in the house all the time. I drive to Vegas to do what I have to, stay away from the people backstage, do what I gotta, drive back, get tested, stay in again. Anyone that doesn't follow the guidelines, or get a bit pissy cause they don't wanna wear a mask, please, go out and catch it, then keep ya asses in doors. Let it kill off your family members because you're an irresponsible dick and keep it away from my family. I hope you're good too.

Tommy nods his head firmly, throwing a quick thumbs up.

Tommy: I am, I won't go near those Karen's not wearing masks and shit. Has it changed your family life?

J2H: I'll be honest with ya Tommy. I don't like people anyway, I never liked people showing up at my house, I never liked being around anyone at all. I have a house with everything me and Melody could ever want. JJ has all he ever wants, Simpson is enjoying life too now with less work. We get shit delivered all the time, and I only really left the house when I needed to before this shit storm came flying through so nah, this has not changed much for me, I still hate people, I just hate the idiots without a mask even more.

The two men share a laugh as J2H reaches off camera, lifting a glass of what looks to be whiskey and taking a sip, before replacing the glass on the side of the desk, the wood and glass clunking together.

Tommy: Being a dad hasn't seemed to have changed you.

This brought a chuckle from J2H's lips as he looks at the camera.

J2H: Don't fix what's not broken Tommy. I want my boy to grow up not to be looked down on like I was, no matter what he decides to do. This is a world of snowflakes, everyone gets offended, everyone needs a safe space, everyone will cry over ever little thing. This woke bullshit can fuck off, you're not men and women anymore, you're attention seeking pussies. I don't want my boy to grow up like that, I want him to stand up to these idiots, and it took someone like Austin Parker to stop me from whining, I want my boy to grow up strong, and you see that kind of thing as a kid, from the people in front of you. I'll help him grow up strong, Melody will help him grow up with a heart.

Tommy: That's a good way to look at it. This generation of kids are something else.

J2H: These are the future apparently, and if that's our future, we're fucked when Russia comes calling in twenty years time.

Tommy laughs at J2H's joke - or was it a joke? 

Tommy: Amen to that brother. So what do you do while at home. You look in great shape so the home gym must be getting a pounding.

J2H: I'm a family guy at home but yeah man, that gym is a place I spend a lot of time in. Fucking look at me Tommy, I was in amazing shape when I was SCW World champion, I was in better shape when I faced JT Midas, and I'm in better shape than that now I'm facing Teddy Warren. I hit that gym every day and it shows. Most people in SCW hit the bar and that's about it.

Tommy: SCW does have a lot of people who like to drink. I heard a rumor the other day that there's a J2H and Melody reality show in the works, any truth to that?

A frown finds its way to the face of the young man.

J2H: Fuck no. I don't like people in here as it is, I ain't opening my house, my family house to a bunch of strangers so more strangers can sit on their lazy asses back home and judge us. Fuck that, I ain't that stupid to let that happen. I fucking hate those kind of shows. MTV should be sued by the world for creating shit like that. You will not see me in something like that. If Melody wants to do something like that, I'll move out.

He laughed, showing it was an off the cuff comment, not something he would seriously consider.

Tommy: So lets talk about something that happened earlier this week, and something to expand on it. Social media. I'm not around on there anymore, I check in once in a while but there was a bit of a blow up with you earlier this week.

J2H rolls his eyes in a joking manner, as he cracks his knuckles.

J2H: Oh I was hoping this was gonna come up.

A wide smile crosses the face of the young man.

Tommy: Bobbie Dahl seemed more than defensive for someone.

J2H: Bobbie Dahl is a joke. That was something she never needed to put her nose in, but she did and got all fucking weepy when it bit her in the ass. People shouldn't get involved in shit if they're gonna prove they're part of the snowflake generation. I mean fucking hell, standing up for a random like Rage is just stupid. She has no links with him, I mean who she gonna stand up for next? O'Malley? It's so random to keep her name out there, the woman can't even keep herself in character half the time.

Tommy: I muted her a long time ago. I didn't need that shit.

J2H: Oh, I'm begging her to block me. She blocked Alicia Lukas for calling her a hypocrite, I did the same and she goes off crying. If it walks like a duck, and sounds like a duck, it's a duck, right?

Tommy: Right.

J2H: So if it walks like a hypocrite and talks like a hypocrite, then it's Bobbie Dahl. Alicia Lukas gave her a golden ticket when she sold the injury Bobbie gave her, Bobbie should have been the greatest female heel since Mikah, and what did she do? Fail. She lost and lost and lost and fucked off. Now she's trying to be relevant again by standing up for someone she used to rub one out to...

Tommy: That's a horrifying thought.

J2H: Tell me about it, but just cause she used to play flick the bean over that ugly bastard years ago, she thinks she can  get involved in something that don't concern her. Hell, Synn posted the fucking picture and liked my response because he fucking gets I did something no else could do with Rage and get him focused on one thing, me, and not random acts of violence. Synn gets it, Synn tried for years to get him to do that, I did. Rage was a horrible person anyway, she's defending an asshole.

Tommy: Please tell the world, the floor is all yours.

J2H: You've been backstage when a new champion is crowned, right?

Tommy: Yeah, new champion comes through, people cheers, applaud, that sort of thing.

J2H: Right, and when I came through the curtain as champion, one of the most shocking things in SCW history, I had Goth giving me evil looks and I saw Rage yelling in the corner to Christian and Mark, demanding a match, that he should have won. A fully grown ape was standing to one side having a full blown hissy fit because a kid had won the title. The guy was an entitled joke and I took so much pleasure in saying no, he couldn't have a shot at my championship. He looked down his nose at me from day one and never had an ounce of respect for me or anything I did, so Rage, if you're watching, fuck you, every time I see you mentioned, I will rip on you. Also, if Kittie ever gets sick of you, and it's a miracle she hasn't already, Bobbie will let you share her bed.

Tommy shudders at the thought.

J2H: He is one of the reasons I never joined the Seven Deadly Sins. The real ones I mean, not the shit that Keira Fisher is messing around with, the original group.

Tommy: You could have joined them?

J2H: Yeah, Synn offered that a while back, held a limo door open for me to get in, the start of being a Sin, but I said fuck that. I mean Gabriel threw me in the trash, Despayre was just fucking annoying, and Rage, well, I'd rather poke my eyes out then ever be affiliated with him. Fucking glad he's not on social media.

Tommy: Do you think social media is good or bad for the wrestling world?

J2H: For the most part, it does it's job, gets interest unless it's Wednesday, never go on Twitter on a Wednesday, it's just Roxi Johnson perving over other women. Now if I guy did that, tell the sex they were interested in that they had crushes on them in public, we'd be called pervert, scum, be attacked all over the place but because Roxi's got a pair of tits, targeting people with a pair of tits, it's all good. Seriously, I don't know how Keira hasn't put a stop to this. If I was doing that every Wednesday, that would be pissing on my marriage vows, that would be a slap in the face to Melody, but hey, fuck it, it's Roxi right? Can do what she wants, cause she's Roxi. Newsflash, Roxi don't care about being a hero, how can you be a hero when you humiliate your wife every Wednesday for likes?

Tommy: My wife would kill me if I pulled that shit.

J2H: Just call yourself Roxi Johnson and you'll get away with it. Keira is basically a cuck, yes Roxi, no Roxi, feel free to tell other women they're hot, and justify it by saying I'm the only one for you when you've tagged a hundred other women.

J2H just rolls his shoulder back, looking confident in the words passing his lips.

Tommy: So lets talk current day SCW, what do you make of it all?

The young mans hand pulled across his face, hiding the slightest of smiles before answering.

J2H: Compared to what it used to be, it's a shit hole. The male roster is a mess. No one wants to step up and be counted, the only person who did step up, was Jack Washington. He reminded me of me. He said he wanted that championship and he stepped up and said the same thing I did when I won it, fuck everything else, this is all about me. The rest of the male roster is a joke. Kedron Williams, wins roulette, loses roulette, disappears, wins roulette again. He should have been stepping up, probably too fucking busy watching Hocus Pocus. Ben Jordan and Alex Jones, lose World title, Ben fucks off to one match a month, Alex Jones gets cucked by Austin James Mercer who steps up. Look at that roster, name me one person who will step up if Jack Washington keeps that belt.

Tommy: No one comes to mind.

J2H: Cause there is no one. Look back at when I was active, you had Despayre, Goth, Dmitri, even bald angry man, Sean Jackson, Drake Green. Any one of them except bald angry man could have stepped up and took that belt. Hell, I went through wars with Lord Raab.

Tommy: What about the women's side?

J2H: Strong, on the same level as the women around when I was around. You got Evie Jordan, Mercedes Vargas, Amber Ryan, begrudgingly Roxi Johnson, Christina Rose and Andrea Hernandez, these people can step up at any time and not look out of place holding the top title. Alicia Lukas is on fire and I guess you could put Keira Johnson up there, although her winning that top belt would be a fucking disaster. The woman can't talk, the woman has been riding Roxi's coattails for years. No surprise Roxi return and Keira followed in like a lost little puppy dog right after.

Tommy: You mention Alicia Lukas there, a lot of people have been pissed about Wolfslair getting championship shots.

J2H: I would do the same. You can sit and moan and bitch from a distance but have you ever seen Wolfslair half ass anything? No. Have you ever seen Wolfslair miss a promo deadline? No. Have you ever seen a member of Wolfslair sit there on social media and say their work isn't their best? No! The second you put that out there that your work isn't your best, the fans will piss on you, people watching watch with a different mindset, if you think it's a pile of shit, they're gonna think it's a pile of shit and your opponents will pick up on your lack of confidence and rip you to bits. Wolfslair breed confidence, so fuck yeah, give them the shots. If you're sitting and bitching about it, look at yourself and see what you can do to be better.

Tommy: Great point, but you know SCW people, they love to bitch about everything. They win a match, they bitch about how they won that match. So what else would you change about SCW?

This was a big question that J2H was not phased by at all. A relaxed look crosses his face.

J2H: First off, Mercedes Vargas is underused. The woman has been around for years and should be headlining a lot more than she has been. That women's division is hot right now, but it's missing something. To me, take Evie Jordan, Amber Ryan, Mercedes Vargas, Andrea Hernandez and even Jessie Salco, put them together, and let them fuck with everyone. You know why The Mean Girls, or The Fallen was so successful? Because they could fuck with everyone and back it up. You'd think Jessie is a controversial choice, because she is a fucking idiot a lot of the time, we all know it, but she, like Mercedes, has been around for a long time, they know how to play the game. Those five would give people targets to aim at, but they will back it up, making them even more hated, and that's money.

Tommy: You mentioned Jessie there, the same Jessie Salco that's demanding a rematch for the Roulette championship, after she told that German chick to earn it.

J2H: Jessie's mouth is always five minutes ahead of her brain. She was part of a good group of friends, who fucked her off for stealing a gimmick from Ben Jordan. Stealing happens in this business, but fucking hell, don't try and steal shit from someone more popular than you are. Kate Steele fucked up there by stealing from a cartoon more popular than she is, but Jessie needs to fucking think. Jessie needs to think before she puts her foot in her mouth. If she wins her next match, you might see that as earned, but the woman needs the guidance of Amber, Evie, Mercedes and Andrea to stop her putting her flat foot in her mouth again.

A firm nod seems to illustrate J2H's point with his last comment.

Tommy: Seems like a reoccurring theme in SCW, it's like a game of musical chairs with the championship belts lately.

J2H: It's cause so many fall in to the trap of thinking they won the belt, that's the end of the fight when it's the beginning of a new fight. All these champions dropping belts is because they think they're done it all, they're not smart enough to sit there and reboot and start again, says a lot about the roster.

Tommy: Don't get me started on people who leave after losing a belt.

J2H: Like Griffin Hawkins.

Tommy: Well, you said that, not me.

J2H: Guy's a fucking idiot. He spent months building up a legacy that he's flushed away. Roulette, Internet, epic runs with those, gets what he wants although lets be fair, he was given that belt, I don't know if Ben Jordan had seen his run natural come to an end and didn't want to put the effort in, but nine times out of ten, Ben Jordan wins that match. For Griffin to lose it and run out the door, probably giving a bullshit excuse to the bosses, only to work elsewhere, it's a slap in the face of SCW, it's a slap in the face of his legacy, it's a slap in the face of the fans, it's an insult to pro wrestling. It says a lot about the man who would walk away rather than fight to win that belt back. I lost the belt, I won it back. Here's the truth, Griffin Hawkins is a child in a man's body. He wants everyone to cook his dinner and wipe his ass. There's a reason I've gone nowhere else, and that's because winning the SCW World championship is the best it gets, the best in the world come to SCW. You're world title belts you're handed elsewhere, there's no sense of achievement in that, because the competition is piss poor. Take the top people elsewhere and put them in SCW and watch them fail, because they're not as good as they think they are. Amber Ryan, Jack Washington, Wolfslair all came in with the right attitude from elsewhere, others didn't. Maki, big star elsewhere, couldn't cut it here. That is Griffin Hawkins. He couldn't cut it anymore, so he showed what a bitch he truly was when people did what they could to get him over. Enjoy your shitty companies Griffin, those ones where they think you're a star, because that's your level.

Tommy: You can't say you didn't try and help him.

J2H: I did, and it pisses me off I'd pin my flag to such a dickless bitch. When I spoke to him, I thought he was more of a man than he turned out to be. I'm annoyed at that, I feel like I was backing the right horse. He'd have been more at home in SCU.

Tommy: You got a mention on SCU the other week, by Gold, do you know who he is? 

J2H: I figured it out. I can't really say, but it's an ex SCW star from way back in the day, someone who had been around for a long time. I have like a handful of friends in this business and he thought he was one of them, but he was one that came to me after I had doubts after winning the World Championship and said we can work on something, where I would hand him the title. That's never sat well with me and I'm sure he'll be revealed and most will say hey, that guy sucks, but I'm sure SCU will push him to the stars. Be another of their major fuck ups.

Tommy: Not a fan of SCU?

J2H: Never know when it's on Tommy. There's times I'm up late, sitting in my cinema room, bouncing through channels and I remember that's on and I think you know what, I'll sit and watch Vixen, I'll sit and watch Max Burke, two people I knew years ago, I'll watch my old friend Alex Rush and his random shit and then I see the show has been bumped and airs at random times. I ain't turning on the TV every night to see if the network have decided to air your show then. You don't get fans by being inconsistent. They have a lot of problems that need addressing there. Whoever is behind the creative side of that place needs to be fired and replaced with two people I know, who can do the fucking job, because it's messy as fuck.

Tommy: Hypothetically, you buy SCU tomorrow, what do you do to make it better?

J2H: Make it better? First off, you need to make it look like a wrestling company, it's a mess Tommy. I don't know who makes the final call on everything but it's chaos. First off, I'm friends with Gianni, now with the extra n for some reason, but GRIME needs to die and it needs to die now. It's gone on too long and it's fucking boring. If you want GRIME, split it away from SCU, both put on shows. Have Tuesday Night GRIME, Thursday Night Underground and Sunday Night Climax Control. Feed the fans on time through the week. Me personally, I would put GRIME and SCU as one, I'd fire most of the roster. How are the booking shit like Damien Dark, El Dark, Jim The Clown and The FAME when it's been forever since they've uttered a fucking word on SCU or GRIME TV? Get rid of that shit now. Plus I'd move a lot to SCW right away. 

Tommy: Like who?

J2H: The Monstimals, send them up, push Raab towards the World Title, Samuel to the Roulette, Max Burke, right to Internet level, Vixen, World title there. The Three Way, give that Mixed Tag Division a boost, same with Carter and Ariana, in there as a team. I'd also put Alex Rush up there, just let him be random because SCU fucking killed his entertainment with the rhino thing by putting him in a team when clearly, neither of them want to team. Kelli Torres and Halo Williams, both Bombshell or Internet level, Mark Cross, who is way too good to be in SCU, he should be at World title level in SCW, Alexis and Tim Staggs for the mixed tag and of course, The Good Shepherds. Let those guys split across the divisions and mix it up a bit. 

Tommy: Wouldn't leave a lot for SCU.

J2H: You create stars out of people like Coby Quik, Cordelia Clark, The Jeckels, Merlot whatever her name is, Hitamashii, Ruby, seriously, Ruby. You can book shit with a clown who is rarely here, but not Ruby? Build SCU around those guys and you wouldn't have to book multi people cluster fuck matches. That's what I would do. Move a lot up to the big leagues, stop the over inflated roster with a bunch of people who don't care, stop booking stupid matches and fire whoever signs off on the shit that happens and replace them with people from I dunno, Canada and Illinois.

Tommy: I think we can safely say you won't be wrestling for them, or under one of those masks.

J2H: Not a chance in hell. They couldn't afford me.

Tommy: So we got High Stakes X on Sunday, you're appearing for the first time since facing JT Midas, Teddy Warren made the challenge a long time ago. How did it go from being a challenge to being made in to being real?

A tilt of the head indicates J2H thinking before looking back at the camera.

J2H: Christian and Mark are good businessmen, and they allow people to be creative. Any SCW star of past and present can show up and talk about what they want. That might change thanks to Caleb Storms being a dick and making challenges a week before the supercard, trying to force SCW's hand, and fucking with plans, probably making Tommy McMasters debut earlier than expected, so they might take away the freedom a bit now, thanks ya dick.

J2H slowly shakes his head. 

J2H: But when we could before Storms could have fucked it up for us, we could show up and talk. I never once approached SCW for work, they need me more than I need them. So I showed up with JT Midas, and JT did his thing, I did mine, walked back through the curtain and Christian was on the spot to deal with that and things were signed quickly. With Teddy, SCW had a year to try and get me, so it was more of a lot of negotiations back and forth for a lot of that time.

Tommy: When did you agree to do it for sure?

J2H: I think it was like back in July when things were getting closer to being done. It was around the beginning of August when my name went on a contract and half the money was paid. It's just how it works. I wasn't sure on this match, I thought Teddy was a joke, the second he claimed to be the next me, I was irate. I wasn't the next anyone, you go out there with that fucking attitude and you've failed already, I never wanted to be the next Austin Parker, I wanted to be the only J2H. Teddy Warren annoyed me at that point. Everything got signed and I did what a good wrestler is meant to do and show up for work, tease a little, drag people in. More than I can say for most champions in SCW. Again though this was Mark and Christian coming to me to back up what their wrestler had said. It happened again recently too.

Tommy raises an eyebrow at the camera.

Tommy: Do tell.

J2H: Kris Ryans tweeted about how to get a match with me. Let's get this straight, that would be a match people would love, people would pay for, people would give anything to see. Just after that tweet and my response, I got a message from Mark Ward asking if there was any chance of that happening.

Tommy: And is there?

A sly but smug look crosses his face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: I wouldn't rule it out. I know I'm in a good position for bargain, I know that Kris Ryans wants it, I know I could do it with ease. More importantly, I know Kris Ryans would sell this match for a whole fucking year, more than Teddy Warren did, because half the time, I thought I was carrying the lazy fuck on my back. I think the fans would be more than happy for this one, I know wrestling fans of other companies would tune in to watch it. There will be a shit ton of money to be made from this one. It's not a no, it's more of a case of we'll see.

Tommy: That's exciting news. Are you looking forward to Sunday?

J2H: I am absolutely ready, I am feeling great, I am looking forward to smashing Teddy Warren all around Vegas and becoming the new SCW Internet Champion.

Tommy: Speaking of which, are you really just gonna hand the championship to Caleb Storms?

His lip curls from the left hand side as he nods towards Tommy on the screen.

J2H: I am. I don't know if I will hunt him down after the match and give it to him, I don't know if I will wait until the next Climax Control, or even have him at ringside to claim his prize, but he'll get his belt.

Tommy: Has anyone tried to talk you out of doing that and keeping the championship.

J2H's eyebrows point upwards as a smile, indicating it might have been mentioned.

J2H: Well there was a cheeky offer from Christian, and a few others have been speaking to me but I'm a family man, I'm young and I don't need to do this shit full time. I'm not gonna be one of those people who do this till they die in the ring. I could win this and say fuck it and go beat the hell out of Jack Washington and take the World title again and get my combined run up a little more. I don't want this belt I will win from Teddy Warren. Caleb Storms is just the lucky guy who's gonna benefit from it.

Tommy: Well J, it's been great having you on the show. I wanna wish you all the luck in the world, not that you'll need it.

J2H: I won't need it at all Tommy. This match is gonna be fucking easy. Teddy Warren will regret everything he let fly out of his mouth. Thanks for having me on the show.

Tommy: Anytime! Ladies and gentlemen, tune in to SCW High Stakes X on Sunday. Thank you for joining me, I'm Tommy Knocks, that's been the man, the myth, the legend, the greatest superstar of all time, SCW made,  J2H! Take care of yourselves and stay the fuck home!

That was that, the interview was over, the controversial words were out in the world. J2H didn't care who he pissed off, he didn't care what people thought of him to start with, but he was not free of the burden and hoped that people would listen, would take notice to make wrestling a better place. That and the fact he really hope he got under Rage's skin.



J2H is the king of his castle. Even before being a family man, he was the king of his own house, and Melody never tried to change that fact. James was the king, Melody his queen, James Jr, their prince. He was never made to feel less than his worth in his own home, he was supported by his wife and his son, which you could rightly argue, his upcoming opponent was not. So what do kings do? The survey their land, they look over their kingdom, and J2H was a king on many levels, his home, his career, his family, he was the king and he was surveying.

He sat upon the roof of his manor, looking at the land before him. He could see the big opened grass area behind his house, customized through the years, firstly by his grandparents, then his own parents, then by his own little family. Swimming pool, Jacuzzi, a play area for his son, a wooden deck for hosting was all part of his vision. He looked down as the wind ruffled through his dirty blonde hair, looking at his family below him, Melody sitting in a paddling pool with James Jr, floating toy ships across the water surface. Melody looks up towards J's position on the flat part of the roof, looking down at his family and points James Jr in his direction, mother and son waving towards him. It took half a second for J to wave his hand towards his family, watching their attention return to the toy ships in the shallow pond, before looking at the camera.


J2H: This is what it's all about Teddy, family, respect, feeling like the man from the second you open your eyes to the time you shut them again. This is what life is all about, but your bitch ass wouldn't know that, would you? I look down on this place and I can feel the respect for me flowing at me, I can feel the power coming back, I can feel the readiness in me and I feel like a man. That's something you can't say the same about when you look at what surrounds you, can you? You can't sit there and breathe this fresh air, knowing that you're actually a somebody.

He breathes in deep, letting the cool air fill his lungs, the oxygen moving to his blood and pumping through his veins.

J2H: You've never had that feeling once in your sad little life and the last couple of years, it's fucking embarrassing. Dressing up like a woman, to having your wife fight your battles, watching her put you down day after day, watching your own child question who you are, watching your family become a boiling hot mess around you and you couldn't do anything to stop it because you wasn't man enough to put your woman in her place?

A disappointing shake of the head follows.

J2H: Your home life is a fucking mess Teddy, you're a fucking mess. More to the point, your career is a fucking mess. You won a championship, good for you, so did The Surf Boys and they sucked, but what have you done to elevate that division? Not a damn thing. What have you done to get noticed? Nothing at all.

He shakes his head sharply.

J2H: And you have the balls to say you're the next J2H?

A serious look moves across his face as the chilled December air presses itself against his cheek.

J2H: Go fuck yourself you thick piece of shit!

The anger coursed through the veins of the former world champion.

J2H: You are nothing like me, and you never will be in any aspect. No one will ever look at you and respect you the way they look at me and respect me. You can't even draw any respect from your own family or friends. My wife looks at me like I am the king of everything, like the world revolves around me. She looks at me like I am the reason there is a world. My son looks at me like I'm his hero, like there's nothing in this world I can't do Teddy. Let's take a look at you. Your wife belittles you constantly, looks down on you from her perch that she's stolen, because she don't fucking belong at the top. She looks down on you constantly, just to be the dominant one. Melody would never do that to me, we're a couple, a team, a partnership, everything is equal, but you're basically dog shit on Kate's shoe. You're fucking nothing to her and your kid, well, your kid doesn't wanna be around you. Her first thought is not of you, she wouldn't want to be in the same room as you if she had the choice. She doesn't even need you Teddy because Kate makes more than you and pays for everything. Your gardener gets more love from them than you do, cause he has fucking value, you don't. The guy who gives your wife coffee has more value then you Teddy, and yet you still think you could even become close to being me?

He takes another long, deep breath, once again filling his lungs with air.

J2H: Lets take a look at your history Teddy. You find yourself here because your wife brought you in to this world, not because you earn it, not because you worked hard, you got a leg up in this business because of Kate. Don't fucking sit there and deny that, you wasn't anywhere near this business and you wouldn't be anywhere near this business if it wasn't for Kate Steele. That's a fact Teddy, nothing more than a cold hard fucking fact. If you never met her, you wouldn't be near this business, you'd be the guy cleaning out other people's gutters, the guy driving the trash truck. Now me, I found my way in this business and I couldn't wrestle for shit. I changed that myself, I found myself the best trainer in the fucking world, and I got pushed around, I got broken down and rebuilt in to the man that showed up and proved he was better than mid card, something you've failed to do, You needed your wife to hold the door open for you. My wife was already an accomplished when we met, I was already accomplished by then. Again, do you still think you can come close to being me?

There was another shake of J2H's head.

J2H: How about professional Teddy. Apart from your really confusing stint with Griffin Hawkins, you've done nothing memorable. The most memorable thing you'd done is put on a dress, put on some make up and move around like a budget version of Rupaul. I know SCW let a lot go on TV, but shit, no one needed to see you in a mini skirt. Now me, people remember me from my rivalries with Despayre, with Lord Raab, Dmitri, some big bald...

A yawn escapes his lungs as he cover his mouth.

J2H: I don't even have to mention his name and I get sleepy, but he was about at the time. You could take any fucking champion before or after me, and I will do something against them that you're gonna remember in twenty years time. You've done nothing that even mirrors my early matches with Thatcher Rex. I've never had to put on a dress to get people talking about me, but that's seriously the only thing that people will remember you by. You really think you're the next me?

This time, J2H raised an eyebrow.

J2H: Face fucking facts you stupid, overrated, sorry excuse for a human bitch. You'll never be the next me, you'll never even come close to being the next me. You don't have the talent, you don't have the story, you don't have the looks, you don't even have the balls to be me. You've had your balls in Kate's purse for so fucking long Teddy, you've got more chance of being on Rage's level than mine. You'll never ever be anything like me, I'm too fucking good. I'm the king of my own destiny Teddy. Some men are leaders and take life by the scuff of the neck and let the world do what they want, that's me. Some men are followers, doing what people tell them, trying to do something to get noticed in this big wide round, yes round, you stupid flat earth fucks, world. That would be you Teddy. That's just another on the list of why you'd never be me, you could never hope to be me. If a genie gave you three wishes and you asked to be me three times, then three times the genie would tell you to fuck off cause he can't do impossibilities.

Nothing but arrogance crosses his face.

J2H: See, I thought I was king, until Austin Parker told me to prove it, which I did time and time again. You think you can be a king but you never will while Kate Steele keeps your family jewels locked up safely. Again, more proof you can never be me.

A quick wag of his finger firms up his point.

J2H: And now look at how sad your life has become Teddy, begging for a whole year to face the greatest wrestler to ever get in the ring, to face you. I'm on to your stupid fucking mindset. If you beat me, you don't fucking become me. I lost to a Teddy bear, do you see him around driving fast cars, living a life others can dream of? No, he's sitting there letting some idiot talk to him as if he was real. People have beat me before, they are not me, and even if you made a deal with the devil himself to beat me, you still wouldn't be me. There's nothing you can do to beat me at all, you can wish it, you can dream it, you can dress like me, try and talk like me, act like me and you'll still be forth best out of the two us, because my shadow and your shadow will be a better version of me then you will ever be. There's not a way you come out of this with any dignity, there's not a way you come out of this with people actually respecting you for being in the ring with someone like me. You are asking the impossible for that to ever happen.

His eyes dart down to his family, still content in playing battleships in a paddling pool. A smile creeps on his face as his eyes move back to the camera, a smirk on his face.

J2H: You can't improve on perfection Teddy and I'm fucking perfect. Everything I do is perfect so I'll sit here and spell out what's gonna happen at High Stakes X, your little dream match, being in the ring with the greatest wrestler you ever will be in the ring with.

A quick pair of thumbs pointing to himself follow.

J2H: You're gonna see me come down to the ring and stand there waiting and you're gonna walk through that curtain and see me standing in the ring, cool, calm and ready to kick you in to the middle of next week. At that point, you're gonna stand there clutching that title like a security blanket and you're gonna piss your pants again, so please have Kate waiting with fresh pants backstage. You're gonna run back through that curtain, burst out in tears while Kate lifts your legs, puts a diaper on you and a fresh pair of pants. While that's happening, I'll be sitting there talking to the ref, probably signing an autograph, taking a selfie with them, then you'll come out again, tears in those big eyes, everyone laughing at you and you'll piss yourself again. You'll run to the back again, I'll start a game of Monopoly with the referee cause we'll have time. I mean Kate will have to change you again and talk you in to coming out again and eventually, I'll beat the ref at Monopoly, you'll come out, the ref will call for the bell and you'll run around the ring like a scared little bitch.

Another arrogant smirk crosses his face.

J2H: But you're not gonna run forever, cause I'm gonna catch up on you and do what your parents should have done, just smack you around like a little bitch until my arms get tired. You'll think the worst is over but it won't be, cause I'll start kicking and kicking until my legs get tired. At that point, I might get bored of doing that and finish ya, but then I'll be thinking, do I really want it to end already?

He taps the side of his head.

J2H: Nah, I think I'll pick you up and finish ya again, and again, and again until I get fucking bored or the ref calls it. Then they're gonna hand me that Internet championship of yours, as somewhere in the building, Caleb Storms plays an air guitar, so proud that he's gonna be given something he could never earn, and he will take it with both hands cause earned or not, he knows he'll be one belt away from being grand slam champion and I'm sure he'll be begging me to beat Jack Washington too to get his belt and give it to him. When all that's done Teddy, you would have learned a very valuable lesson from this past year.

He raises his finger, just his forefinger.

J2H: Do not fucking put my name in your filthy disgusting mouth again, not once, never mention me again, never ever say my name again, because that just leaves the door wide open for me kicking the shit out of you any time I get bored. Every time you say my name, it's opening the door for me to come back and kick your tongue right out of your head. This should be a lesson that you take away with you, to think before opening those sausage lips and talking shit like you're the next me, I've proved you never will be, you can't out talk me, you can't out wrestle me, you'll never hold a championship as long as I did. Bitch, you couldn't beat me in a game of rock paper scissors, so on Sunday night, your year long wait is over and it will be one of the most disappointing nights in your life, more so than your wedding night.

J2H holds up his little finger.

J2H: You'll be in the ring with a true master, but in your head, you've thought about winning this match a million times, you've thought every single way you could beat me, will come true. Ya probably seen ya raised so many times, and the feeling you get with it, never goes away in those dreams, right?

A warm smile finds its way to J2H's face before he quickly snaps it back to serious.

J2H: Well fuck your dreams Teddy, this is the real world that I live in and those dreams are about to be broken, then disappointment you're about to feel is gonna be nothing less than you deserve, because on Sunday, I'm walking in to High Stakes better than I've ever been and I'm walking out with the SCW Internet championship. You can try every trick you have in the book, you can try and invent new ones if that air head of yours can work for five minutes, in between episodes of Drag Race, but it won't matter, there's nothing you can do, to end this year long hope in your favor. You asked for this to try and get people to talk about you, well it's gonna succeed but not for the reasons you hope. It's gonna succeed because people will remember you after Sunday, not as the man who defended a legend, went on to become him, went on to have SCW talk about him long after he's gone. You're gonna be remembered for the man who fell short, the man who begged for a shot at Mr. Big Time here and had Mr. Big Time smack him around like a little bitch.

A slow nod comes from the confident young man.

J2H: There's nothing you can do to change what's about to happen Teddy, you just need to hope and pray that I feel some kind of mercy when it comes to getting in that ring. You need to drop down to those knees and just hope that there's some humanity in me, that my time away being a family man, raising a child has changed me, has turned me much more mellow than I used to be.

J2H scoffs, shaking his head, the arrogance returning to his face.

J2H: Nah, fuck that, I'm coming to High Stake X to fuck you up, kick the shit out of you and take your Internet championship. That's real talk bitch!
 
The camera fades to black.

26
Supercard Archives / J2H v JT MIDAS
« on: April 10, 2020, 11:31:12 AM »
  Early March. Four days before Climax Control 263.

A curious look on J2H's face as he looked at the phone in his hand had left Simpson standing to his side in the house owned by James and Melody, a house where Simpson had worked for years, frowning. J2H turned and looked towards the bigger man, catching from the corner of his eye staring at him. J2H raised an eyebrow as he looked towards the much bigger man, Simpson's face trying to resume to a normal look, having been seen.


J2H: Something wrong Simpson?

Simpson looks at J2H, the picture of calm on his face as he straightens his black suit jacket, offering a slight smile at him.

Simpson: I was gonna ask you the same question sir. You seem slightly trouble by what you've seen on your phone. Is everything ok?

J2H breathes deeply, letting the air fill his lungs as he considers his answer.

J2H: Well Simpson. Something very strange has happened.

A look of curiosity and concern passed over Simpson's face as he watched J2H turn his body towards him, looking up at the man towering over him.

Simpson: Oh? May I ask what it is sir?

J2H nodded his head up and down as he looked towards Simpson.

J2H: Well, I haven't been on Twitter too much and I have had a curious message from a man I haven't seen, or heard from in a long time. Someone that was around when I was in wrestling, but we never worked together and it seems odd.

Simpson: Why would it be odd? Many reach out to those they may have worked with in the past, especially in troubling times like we are facing right now.

J2H slowly nodded, the thought of Simpson being right about this situation.

J2H: You could be right Simpson, but this person, I had limited interactions with on camera. He was ok backstage but a mess with his urge to test his body to the limits with certain substances. I partied with him a few times, but he was a complete mess at times.

Simpson: Who are we talking about sir?

There was a curious tone to Simpson's voice, having seen first hand that SCW was a very relaxed place back in the day. He knew from those experiences that J2H could have been talking about anyone, and the look on his face shows he never had the slightest inclination on who it could be.

J2H: JT Midas

Simpson raises his head in a slow nod, having met JT Midas in those wild days.

Simpson: That is a very unexpected name to hear sir. One would have considered many other names before Mr. Midas. I hope he is doing well.

J2H: Apparently he is Simpson to the point of kicking the shit out of those demons he once had, but you know, it's hard to believe he really has. This is JT Midas, Simpson. If you gave him an aspirin back in the day and told him it could get him high for a day, he'd take a handful and hope to be stoned for a week.

Simpson: People have the ability to change and reform sir. Many a past addict, no matter the addiction, has overcome it and become stronger and with a more positive outlook on life to boot.

J2H slowly shakes his head as he thinks back to those days, seemingly unconvinced by the look on his face.

J2H: Well there is a way to find out Simpson. He's invited me to England this weekend, where this wrestling tour is taking place to meet up, talk about old times I guess.

Simpson: That does sound like a fun weekend.

A conflicted look appears on J2H's face as he looks at Simpson.

J2H: He hasn't changed Simpson, I can feel it. People like JT Midas don't change, it's impossible for them to change. He's after something and I don't know what. He could be like everyone else and trying to use me, use my standing in the wrestling world to get known. I don't believe he's now all about the people he manages.

Simpson: He manages people? Maybe he is interested in your advice sir. People are very familiar of your evolution, of your rise to fame after a less than conspicuous start so maybe he is trying to give his charges the best possible start to their wrestling careers.

J2H smiles as he thinks back to his personal growth.

J2H: Maybe Simpson, and there's one way to find out, but I won't be going to England to see if he has changed, I'll be going to England to prove he hasn't changed one little bit.

Simpson: As you wish sir. Anyway, before we found our way to this conversation, your lady wife asked me to tell you she and Master James are awaiting your arrival on the patio.

J2H: Thanks Simpson, would you like to join?

Simpson: I'd be delighted sir.

J2H nods and the two make their way through the house and to the outside, where Melody sits at a table with James Jr on her lap with three glasses filled with a sparkling champagne. Melody looks towards Simpson with a smile.  

Melody: See, I told you he would invite you to join us.

Simpson: And it is indeed appreciated.

Melody: Come, sit down the pair of you.

Simpson takes the seat to Melody's right, and J2H to her left. James Jr spies his dad, reaching out his arms towards him.

Melody: I think someone wants to say hi.

J2H reaches out and takes his son in his arm, spinning him on to his lap to face the table, wrapping his left arm firmly around his son as Melody leans in and kisses him on the cheek. James Jr smiles at his mother as J2H reaches for the glass, turning his head away from his son to take a sip. Melody raises an eyebrow towards her husband.

Melody: Something's wrong.

J2H couldn't help but look impressed at Melody's sixth sense about matters concerning her family.

J2H: Nothing's wrong as such. I heard from JT Midas, dude still talks like he got stuck in the hood and never made it out, but he invited me somewhere to catch up.

Melody looks at J2H with a frown on her face.

Melody: Are you sure that's a good idea? I've read a lot on this virus and it's not a joke Jam, I think maybe we should just lock us all in here and stay here till it passes.

J2H's eyes glance towards Simpson, eagerly listening to the outcome of the conversation, before looking back at Melody.

J2H: It's at an SCW show, he's working for SCU but got a meeting with some people in SCW for some reason, I didn't ask what, but I thought it could be a good chance for you to catch up with your friends too. I ain't got any friends there and that annoying little unevolved chimp Despayre will be there, but figured with the tour going on, you won't see them for a while.

Melody looked at J2H, her eyes narrowed as she weighed up the pros and cons of leaving the country with this going on.

Melody: I don't know J. It would be good to see people again, but this virus.

J2H: I understand. Just figured we might as well get away while we still can before everything gets shut down and we're forced to stay in, not that this place isn't perfect to be shut down in. We can just go to England for a few days, fly private and come back next week. Then we can lock ourselves down here and let the world get on with it.

Melody: England?

A look of surprise covered her face, but slowly the Melody that loved to travel appeared, bringing a smile to her lips.

J2H: Yes, England, tea, crumpets, nothing but rain. The show is in a place called Kent, it's probably nice. We could go over, I can meet JT, we can see some of the place and come back after the show. I'm sure Simpson will look after the place while we're gone.

Simpson: Indeed I shall sir, I will have everything spotless by the time you return.

J2H: It's your choice Mel. If you wanna go to England, we can, if not, I'll get back in touch with JT and tell him nah, we'll meet up when they're back over here.

Melody's face turned thoughtful as scenarios ran through her mind. She reached out her hand to James Jr on J2H's lap.

Melody: What do you think little man? Do you wanna go all the way to England and maybe stop off on some hot Caribbean island on the way back?

J2H tilts his head towards Melody with a furrowed brow.

J2H: You do know the Caribbean is not on the way back from England, right?

Melody: JJ doesn't know that, I haven't started teaching him geography yet.

She looks at her son and smiles sweetly.

Melody: What do you say JJ? Wanna go on a big airplane and fly in the clouds.

With a smile on his face, JJ points up at the clouds about while looking at his mother with heartwarming joy over his little face.

Melody: I think we can call that a yes. I'll be back in a second.

J2H smiles at Melody as she stands up and moves away from the table. J2H looks towards Simpson.

J2H: I will find out what JT Midas is up to Simpson. I can't imagine for a second that a train wreck like him can be anything more than a train wreck and I say that in the nicest possible way I can. Some people are just made that way.

Simpson: Still, it piques the curiosity slightly as to why Mr Midas would reach other to you after so long.

J2H: He's up to something Simpson. I just know it, I can feel it. If it takes a trip to England to find out what it is, so be it.

Simpson: Maybe it genuinely is just to catch up and to be friendly.

A look of disgust covers J2H's face as he looks at Simpson.

J2H: Don't be silly Simpson. In times like this, to push for me to meet up, there is almost certainly something going on here. I swear to God if this is just a way to get me out to party with him because everyone else has turned their backs on him, I will be pissed.

Simpson: He may just feel the need to show you he's changed. People redeem themselves in different ways.

J2H: JT Midas is the kinda guy who would celebrate sobriety with a line of coke.

Simpson: Was sir.

J2H looks at Simpson confused.

J2H: Huh?

Simpson: Was a man who might have partaken in that kind of celebration but right now, you have no grounds to doubt his claims of changing his life. If he can show you he changed, maybe he can convince others after a torrid history.

J2H: Using me to prove he's changed. Nice.

Simpson: I didn't mean it like that. I mean you're notoriously known for not giving many chances to people. Maybe he needs this.

J2H: Well we will find out one way or another Simpson.

J2H reaches in to his pocket to remove his phone and starts typing in a message, presumably to JT Midas. He quickly hits send and smiles at Simpson.

J2H: Well that is me confirmed. We'll find out what he's up to.

As Melody returned, the scene cut away to the grounds of the home before fading to black.




Two days before Climax Control 263.

Melody Grace strolled down the Great Stour river, in Canterbury, Kent, young baby James in a stroller in front of her as the not so strong sun warms the air as it shines down on her. She points out at the ducks swimming across the slow streaming river.


Melody: Look bubba, they're like Dexter.

Baby James smiles as he points and looks up at his mother but Melody sees a face she fell for a long time ago, walking towards her, the face of her husband J2H. Melody's face lights up as she looks towards her husband, giving him a quick wave to grab his attention, but her face quickly changes as she looks closer, seeing her husbands face is somewhat troubled. She looks towards him and waves again, this time, catching his attention. He smiles towards her, trying to hide the troubled look and moves towards her.

Melody: What's wrong?

Melody looks closely at her husband who simply tries to shrug things off. She points to a nearby bench and J2H nods at her. Melody pushes the stroller towards the bench, spinning it around to face the wooden planks set over a solid concrete base and sits down, shortly followed by J2H. He looks at their son who spots his father for the first time since he left this morning and smile. J2H smiles back at him.

Melody: So what's wrong?

He sharply believes in as he looks towards Melody.

J2H: Do you believe people can change that much? Like seriously do a one eighty on their lives and turn them around?

Melody taps her chin for a second, looking away for just a few breaths before turning back to him.

Melody: Sure. Lots of people have changed their lives and not looked back and gone on to be better people. Things happen that make people change. You changed when you became a father, I changed when I became a mother.

J2H: No you never. You was and still are the same Melody I fell for, you just have all that extra love.

Melody smile at the compliment, putting her hand on her husband's knee.

Melody: Thank you babe. I do think people can surprise others by changing. You've spent a lot of your adult life in a profession where people change.

J2H looks towards his wife with just a slight smile on his face.

J2H: I don't mean change for work, I mean like change their whole personality, their habits, their lifestyle. Change pretty much everything you thought you knew about them.

Melody: It's possible, why?

J2H brushes the hair out of his face and looks towards Melody.

J2H: Well you know I went and met JT Midas earlier? I didn't believe for a single second that he changed completely. Well he has but he hasn't.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H breathes deeply as he picks his words.

J2H: Well as person, as a human being, he's changed more than I think I've seen anyone else change in their lives. I offered him a drink, he went for water, water for God's sake. JT Midas taking a free drink is like offering a kid a chocolate bar, they'll bite your fingers off without a second thought for it, but he has changed so much. He dresses better, he sounds clearer, he doesn't slur a single word, he's turned in to this guy I don't know. I might as well have been meeting him for the first time.

Melody: That's something to be proud of you would think.

J2H: I'm sure he's very proud of himself and yeah, I guess I am too.

Melody: So what's the problem?

J2H rubs his temples as he closes his eyes.

J2H: Something just don't ring right Mel. It's like he was still trying to show he's still JT Midas, but more improved, but there's something else behind this. People change, ok, fine, but this much? I don't buy it. After all those years, message to me. I fly half way across the world to meet him and it blows me away how different he is, but why me? Why not find those two wasters he used to be around and show them that people can change? I know those two are probably strung out in some crack den or something, they need to see people can change. Me? I couldn't give a fu...

J2H stops short as he looks at the baby in the stroller.

J2H: I couldn't have give a damn if I never heard from him again. I haven't thought about him in a long time, he just disappeared off the face of the earth. I'm pretty sure I never went through that messed up mind, so why now?

Melody: Maybe it was part of whatever program he was a part of to reach out to people from his past to speak to them.

J2H: I don't think so. He had this weird tone when he spoke about wrestling.

Melody reached forward to hand James Jr and zippy cup.

Melody: What kind of tone?

J2H: Warm. I got the feeling that just looking after a couple of losers from SCU wasn't doing it for him. This is why I think he has but he hasn't changed. He's changed his whole personality there but what hasn't changed is his want for the spotlight. The way he spoke about wrestling babe, he was talking like the drug he needed now was that big match, that he needed that limelight and I think that is where I come in.

Melody smiles at her son, before looking back at her husband.

Melody: Where you come in?

Her questioning tone forced a nod from J2H.

J2H: Yeah. I think he wants that match, now he could have walked in to SCW, made a deal with people and called out anyone on the roster but he came to be cause he knew I was the only one who could give him the level of spotlight he wanted. He knew he couldn't go straight in and go for a champion that was active, so why not go for the best champion there has ever been?

Melody: I'm sure that's not it.

J2H: I'm sure it is, babe.

James Jr points to the ducks swimming past on the river and Melody looks at him.
 
Melody: Wanna go see the ducks? See Dexter's friends?

James Jr nods and points towards the water and Melody stands up and spins the stroller around.

Melody: Coming with?

J2H: I'll be with ya in a minute.

Melody smiles towards J2H and stands up, walking towards the river. J2H speaks to himself.

J2H: I know he's not just being friendly. I know he's up to something, and when it does come out, I will use it to my advantage...

J2H stands up and walks towards Melody as the scene fades to black.




Climax Control 265.

J2H walks through the curtain with a smile on his face, having just defeated Connor Murphy. The crowd around him look at the victorious former World Heavyweight Champion as smirks around the members of crew and wrestlers in The Staggs Dungeon. He looks at a nearby screen, seeing JT Midas being helped back to his feet and looks across to see Connor Murphy looking at him.


J2H: Said it before and I'll say it again, fuck you Connor, I'm better now than you'll ever be in your life and I ain't been in a ring in three years, how's that feet bitch?

An arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face as he flips Connor the middle finger, watching as Connor is held back by a member of staff. J2H turns away and starts to walk down the short hallway to where the locker rooms are, but he's stopped in his tracks by Hot Stuff's self appointed personal assistant, Mikah.

Mikah: You haven't changed much.

J2H: Like I told that piece of shit in the ring, I haven't and don't intend to. Why bother? I'm the fucking best as it is.

Mikah: Well that's debatable considering who you're talking to.

J2H shakes his head as he looks at a smirk mirroring his and shakes his head.

J2H: The only way I could talk to anyone as good as me is if I looked in the mirror. Anyway, are you here to state the obvious about me not changing or got a reason to be here?

Mikah lifts her arm up, holding a brown envelope in her hand of A4 size.

Mikah: Well, I do have a reason to be here and here it is.

J2H: Congrats, your envelope carrying has got better.

J2H gives Mikah a thumbs up, but she pushes the envelope in to J2H's stomach, but raises her eyebrow.

Mikah: This is from the boss, but you're getting flabby J. I could feel that through the envelope.

J2H takes the envelope and looks at Mikah, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Please, last time you felt a six pack like that, it was one with alcohol for your husband. Thanks for being playing postman.

J2H shakes his head and walks past Mikah.

J2H: Flabby my ass.

Mikah: Yeah, that's flabby too.

J2H turns and looks back at Mikah smirking at him, staring daggers at her as he walks in to the dressing room to see the delighted face of his wife Melody Grace and son, James Jr. Melody holds her son's hands as they sit on a bench and claps them together, much to the delight of JJ.  

Melody: How was that babe? You looked great out there.

J2H slowly lowers himself on to the bench next to Melody and groans slightly.

J2H: Can you cover JJ's ears?

Melody raises and eyebrow as she looks towards J2H and lifts her hands over their son's ears. She looks at her husband.

J2H: I mother fucking, son of a bitch, god damn fuck it hurt! That was a shit show and now I'm gonna ache like a mother fucker for days. What the hell was I even thinking?

Melody slowly rolls her head back as she looks at her husband in surprise.

Melody: Maybe next time, train for the match?

J2H: Might be an idea. I knew I could walk back in to that ring any time I wanted and look as good as I did and dear God I looked fantastic, I knew I looked good, I haven't missed a step, but my body wasn't used to fighting drunk fake paddies. I guess just going to the gym wasn't enough.

Melody: Maybe call Austin to get you ready for the supercard match?

J2H: I can call him, but I can't exactly go flying across to that mud hole farm of his, and he ain't gonna come here. Crazy son of a bitch is probably on his porch with a shotgun shooting at anyone who coughs anywhere near his family. Austin is really that crazy.

Melody releases her hands from JJ's ears, wrapping her left arm around him and rubs the underneath of her chin with her right thumb and forefinger.

Melody: There's people here that are staying in the same hotel. We're all there together, there must be someone you can work with there?

J2H scoffs as he looks at Melody, shaking his head at her.

J2H: Please babe, anyone working with me wouldn't help me, I'm already so far ahead of them, they'll just spend time being overawed by just being in the ring with me. I'll have to work it out but I ain't wasting my time with these people, it'll be me giving the lesson.

Melody frowns towards J2H and looks at the envelope on the bench.

Melody: What's that?

J2H looks at the envelope and picks it up, looking at it with a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Forgot all about it. Something the bosses bottle blonde self appointed personal assistant dropped off to me. I have no idea what it is, but it's probably a thank you note for a rating spike when I was in the ring or something.

Melody smiles at her husband, enjoying his adrenaline rush with him. J2H opens the envelope and pulls out a few sheets of paper, throwing the envelope down on the bench next to him. His eyes run over the covering note and he reads it out loud.

J2H: James, Christian and I would like to thank you for your recent work with SCW in a difficult time. We know it's hard to be away from home and to uproot your family.

Melody: That's nice of them.

J2H looks towards Melody and smirks.

J2H: Kissing my ass because they know I could make or break this place. If I get bored and just say screw it and go home, they know people will cancel Blaze Of Glory VIII.

J2H looks down at the paper again and keeps reading.

J2H: So we'd like to extend our thank you to Melody too. We'd like to do more business with you, enclosed is a contract, which we feel is a very good contract considering the times we're going through at the moment. We hope you consider it and continue with us for a long time to come, signed Mark Ward.

J2H looks at Melody with a smirk, but Melody frown at him. J2H looks at the second page of paper, his eyes scanning over the words and nodding with a very impressed look on his face.

Melody: Well?

J2H: Considering they're taking a financial hit till this virus passes and they can allow fans back in, this is more money than I was on at the top of my championship run and I was paid a lot when my deal was up when I was champion. They clearly know they need me to be here and I've probably had the highest rating segments than anyone else here. That match I just put on probably caused the SCW site to blow up or something, so I can see why they wanna keep me here.

Melody: Is it something you wanna do?

J2H reaches towards his smiling son and covers his ears. He smiles towards his son, getting a smile in return.

J2H: What's daddy doing?

J2H's cheesy grin changes as he looks up at Melody, his face changing to serious.  

J2H: Fuck no!

J2H looks down at his son again with a smile as he moves his hands away from his son's ears. His son puts his hands out to his father.

J2H: You don't wanna come to sweaty daddy, he's probably caught alcoholism off that nasty man Connor Murphy. You stay with mommy, till daddy has a shower cause daddy probably smells.

J2H holds his nose and looks at his boy, causing Melody to smile, Melody nods her head as she looks down at JJ.

Melody: Does daddy smell?

James Jr hollows his mother's lead and nods his head up and down, laughing at Melody.

Melody: Daddy need a shower?

JJ continues to nod as points to the shower as J2H stands up.

J2H: Gimme fifteen and we'll get out of this place but before I do.

J2H picks up the contract and rips it across the middle of the page. He puts the pieces together and rips them again, repeating the process till his hand is full of tiny pieces of paper and throws them up in the air, much to the delight of James Jr, watching the little white pieces of paper fall to the ground, trying to catch them as they drop. J2H smiles and looks at Melody.

J2H: Back soon.

With that J2H grabs a bag from under the bench and walks towards the shower.

Later that night, back at the hotel.

J2H looks out of the sliding door leading on to the balcony, his eyes looking towards the sky line of Las Vegas, usually alive with light and life, yet tonight, not a light shone in the sky. Melody moves out of a nearby room, moving towards J2H and putting her arms around him from behind, his face changing to a slight wince as he still feels the effect from the earlier match. He turns around to face Melody, his arms moving around her.


J2H: JJ down?

Melody nods her head as she looks at him.

Melody: He's fine, sleeping like the baby he will always be to me. Shall we sit? I know you're in a lot of pain.

J2H raises an eyebrow as he looks at her.

Melody: Saw the reflection in the window when I hugged ya.

J2H rolls his eyes at the explanation, regardless of it being one hundred percent plausible. He points to the sofa and moves towards it, his joints cracking as he steps over the creaking wooden floor. He sits on the sofa and Melody sits next to him.

J2H: I should like an old man walking across there.

Melody: It's only because you have spent a long time out of the ring, did no training for it. Now you know for JT Midas that you need to train.

J2H nodded in agreement.

J2H: For the next couple of weeks, I'll go beat myself up so after Blaze of Glory VIII, I ain't gonna hurt so much.

Melody: I can train with you.

J2H: I ain't leaving JJ with anyone in this hotel. I don't want wrestlers getting attached to him, like crazy Kate, and the staff here, they might be staying here too but in day care here, he'll have to be around other wrestlers kids.

Melody: And what's wrong with that?

J2H: They might suggest stupid shit like play dates and I ain't down for that.

Melody puts her head on her husbands chest and looks up at him.

Melody: So what is the plan now?

J2H: I know you didn't expect to be here with me, thought I could fly back and forth but I only put my name on that paper for two matches, Connor Murphy and the supercard against JT Midas, that's it. That contract would have made me the highest earner in SCW. They need me more than I need them, but what's the fucking point. Nice hotel and all that shit, but our house is better. I don't see a bowling alley in here, do you?

Melody shakes her head.

J2H: In fact, if this is five star, our house is ten. Look at this room, if they wanted me to sit there and sign that contract, they wouldn't have put us in this, they would have put us in something much better. Fact is, I can't work like normal at home, throwing money in to ventures, but we're good for money for a lifetime. We have a house that's better than this place. I don't need SCW's money, I don't need to be around people I can't stand.

Melody: So what do you wanna do?

J2H: When I'm done whooping JT Midas back in to his retirement and sending him packing back to SCU. We'll come back here for the night, then leave in the morning. Stay at home till all this shit passes.

Melody: Sounds like a good plan.

J2H nods his head and the camera fades to black.  




In a conference room in the hotel, J2H walks up and down on an elevated stage, usually elevated to garner the attention of anyone else in the room, but the room is completely empty, other than the man himself and a cameraman.


J2H: I knew from the second you looked at me JT, I could sense in the absolute second you walked in to that room that you were a very different person from the JT Midas that used to be passed out somewhere in a locker room stinking of alcohol and desperation. I knew at that point that sitting in front of me may have mentally been a better man, but a man who has to deal with emotions he's never had to feel before because of the many suppressants you put through your body. You are dealing with shit that you never had to deal with before and one of those thing, naivety.

He presses his hands together as he stops to turn his body to the camera.

J2H: Or being a weak ass pussy as I would call it because the old JT Midas would have seen what I was doing from day one. He would have spotted as much as I saw that he has changed, he would have seen that I hadn't change one little bit. Getting well, good for you but you lost the good stuff there too. Even the sober for an hour a day JT had some smarts, he had some wisdom, he could smell bullshit a mile off but in becoming well, you've become fucking stupid. All I had to do was look at you and I knew how weak you've become in the head, I heard you talk about Andi Linx is gonna be a star and it hit me how soft you've become. You could have knocked the pills away, poured the bottle down the sink and still kept the part of you that had suspicion, that part of you that didn't take people at face value. You lost that, you became a bitch, so I know everyone out there is sitting saying J2H, why are you giving this loser your time and effort?

J2H smiles as he looks up for a second before looking back at the camera.

J2H: Because I can beat every single person on this God forsaken roster without any trouble at all. You can wheel back everyone from the retirement homes and put them in the ring with me but JT, you were an unpredictable bastard when you was intoxicated and you're even more of an unpredictable bastard now you're sober. You are a challenge, you I don't know what to expect, everyone else I know exactly how to beat them. You are someone I'm gonna have to think on my feet to beat. That's probably the greatest compliment you'll ever get from me, because you're still not gonna have enough in that tank to beat me.

He quickly turns from the camera and continues to walk up and down the stage, taking purposeful strides before turning back on himself.

J2H: There's no fear on this face, there is no butterflies, I dispatched of your little bitch with ease and that should have shown you what you're up against JT, that should have shown you that you should have stuck to SCU, teaching your circus animals how to jump through hoops. You should have stayed in your lane, and left it there. Stepping out of the kiddy pool to take on the greatest wrestler there has ever been is like trying to fight Godzilla. You can't overcome this.

An arrogant smirk crosses his face as he points to himself.

J2H: I've had you from before you even opened your mouth to challenge me. I knew you was here for a little bit of sunshine in your miserable life, I knew something was up from the first day I heard from you again. It wasn't hard to work out. You want relevance again and credibility again. A match with me, win or lose, it will be the latter, makes you look like a star again. I just had to pick my time, pick my time to show you that I am J2H, I will always be J2H, I will always be the little bastard doing things you never expect from me. I mean how fucking stupid do you have to be to appear after my match and ask me for an apology? How dense is your head to think that was gonna end well for you after you hit me with not one, but two of my finishes out of anger?

He holds up two fingers but his face becomes a smile.

J2H: I'm glad you did that, I was laughing inside when you hit me with those, cause you played yourself ya silly little bitch.

J2H faces the camera again.

J2H: You fucking heard me, you played yourself cause in your little mind, you had broken the rule about change, the only difference between the you in the ring at that time, and the you in the ring all those years ago, was the fact you could pass a drugs test and a breathalyser. Like an alcoholic returning to a bar after getting a thirty day chip, I knew you'd feel regret, I knew you'd feel remorse, I knew that would rip you apart for that whole week until you could stand there and talk to me again. I knew that apologizing to the ones you let is part of the program and you knew you let me down by doing that, so I knew it would eat you away, destroy you for a whole week. Wanna know the sad part JT?

J2H puts on a mocking sad face.

J2H: I actually believed you was angry and frustrated cause that really was the old JT Midas, but turn around is fair bitch. Difference is, I wasn't angry, I wasn't frustrated, I knew as soon as I got rid of Connor Murphy, it was time to remind you who was in charge. I've been in the driving seat since day one. I've been sitting behind that wheel. You didn't think I could have got up after you knocked me down and made you look like the idiot that you are? Pleeeeeeease. I just had to play the game, bide my time, get you feeling that regret and showing you how little you mean to me. I knew that would break you and I think you're sitting there wondering how you ended up in this mess you got in.

He runs his fingers through his hair.

J2H: It's not too late to tuck your tail between your legs and back out. It's not too late to run away and hide. You could always go an hide in the safety of Sin City Underground. You can get back down there, where you belong and never darken SCW's door again, never put my name in your mouth. I've give you what you wanted already, I gave you a little bit of spotlight that you missed, I gave you a good spot on TV, you were involved in the highest rating segments this year in SCW, it was because of me, you're welcome, but this JT, this match is gonna ruin all that good work you've done.

J2H puts a finger in the air.

J2H: Think about it. You got this new life because you got rid of all the familiar feelings of the old life. You got off that road like I did, our lives changed, I become a father, a husband with absolutely zero regrets from my wrestling career. When I'm done with you, I'm going back to my normal life with no regrets here. I'd have shown the world that I'm still the best they'll ever see and the fans are fucking lucky to be living at a time when I'm around. It's all good for me bro, but you? It's not gonna be as good because you're gonna have that whole rush of memories come flooding back in to your head. You'll remember losing in the past and more so what you'd do after a match to celebrate or get rid of the pain, they were the same thing and this is gonna lead you back on that dark road, it's gonna undo all your good work, it's gonna drag up those demons again, so I need to ask you JT.

J2H takes a deep breath before exhaling sharply.

J2H: Is it worth it? Is this one match really worth it when it's gonna lead you to a place you fought tooth and nail to get away from?

J2H slowly shakes his head.

J2H: It's gonna pull you to that place again and you can't fight those demons anymore JT, they will rip you apart, they will tear you to nothing at all and you're not strong enough to get away. This one match is gonna do that to you, so you should think long and hard if you're up for this, if you fancy this because this one match is gonna be fucking life changing for you and not in a good way. This is your downfall, this is a test you will fail regardless of how much you put in because this is gonna send you way back to those shadows and trust me, those shadows missed you. You won't be coming back from them and I'm good, but not even I can save you.

He rolls his shoulders back.

J2H: Well, I guess this will be your last moment in the spotlight JT, the last big thing you can do in your career, it don't get bigger then this but the higher you climb to face me, the bigger the fall is gonna be on the way down. It's a fucking long way to drop from wrestling heaven to your personal hell JT, but that is just the way you're gonna go.

J2H points down.

J2H: I'm sure the fans are glad I'm fighting you rather than cross dressing, make up wearing cuckolds like Teddy Warren, but it didn't matter who I ended up in the ring with, it will always go the same way, I will always end up winning and reminding the fans just how good I am. JT, this is the start of your descend back to hell. I hope you beat those demons and rise again...

J2H bursts out laughing.

J2H: Like I really give a shit if you do. Till Sunday... That's talk bitch!

And with that J2H walks off the stage as the camera fades.  

27
Climax Control Archives / Stuck in Hell
« on: March 27, 2020, 03:16:50 PM »
  J2H looks frustrated as he stands on the balcony of his room in the Saxon Hotel, looking over at the deserted streets below, usually alive with tourists and locals alike. The lights of Las Vegas had gone, faded to black, unknown when they will get the chance to rip through the night sky once more. Vegas was always alive with noise and bright lights, but the sights and sounds had now gone indefinitely and there was an eerie ghost town feeling about it.

J2H: Why won't they just let her in here?

He growled through gritted teeth, thinking about Melody and his son, James Jr , who had arrived the day before but as per SCW rules, the couple had to be kept apart until the tests for corona virus were complete, seeing as they had spent time apart recently, with J2H heading to England and Melody and JJ staying at home. It annoyed him that his wife and child were being isolated away from him while test results were being taken care of.

He steps in to the room, not one of the most luxurious rooms the Saxon Hotel had to offer, and he agrees.


J2H: I should have been given one of those champion rooms. I am the biggest thing to ever happen to this place ever.

A bitter tone tore from his lips as he stomps towards a sofa, putting himself down, his shirtless back touching the material behind him as he eases in to the cushions, his feet swinging around and clunking on the wooden table in front of him.

J2H: What a fucking time to end up in a situation like this. Hey J, come to England, come meet my guys, come catch up, it's been years man. All horse shit. Kicked in the balls, attacked by a fake paddy and now I'm stuck in a hotel, because I was around those people to begin with. If here there was a fucking reason to stay away from social media.

The huffing tone echoed around as he looks around the room, it wasn't badly decorated, in fact it was fairly comfortable and very clean but he hated being told what to do, he'd never liked it and he never will, and this felt like it was just that. The choices were simple, go home and say fuck you SCW, I've give you good ratings, and possibly give something dangerous to his family? He had been around the fans, Berkshire was packed of fans and for some reason, the English were being idiots and not listening to the rules, acting all tough and not caring about their family members, he knew they could have carried it to the arena and infected everyone.

J2H: I could have gone home.

It was more wishful thinking to go home, but he knew that tests for COVID-19 was rare. If somehow SCW, SCU and GRIME had secured a deal with a local lab to make the tests and use them on their stars and families, then they had to take them up on the offer, even if it meant being stuck in a bubble for a month. He felt lost, stuck though. He knew he had tested negative for it, but it bugged him he couldn't be around Melody, but he was soon distracted as his phone lit up on the table.

He quickly reached for it and answered it, switching it on to loud speaker.


J2H: Yo.

His tone was affirming but the sound of his man servants voice can be heard responding

Simpson: Sir, it's Simpson, how are you today?

History lesson because there's a lot of unrecognisable faces on the roster. Simpson has been the family servant from before J2H was born, a strong figure in J2H's life from day one. His father and mother were always busy, Simpson played a huge part in raising him.

J2H: Fucking bored Simpson. I'm holed up in a hotel room, Melody and JJ are here, but I can't see them yet till they get their results back from these tests so I'm sitting here kicking my heels at the moment. how is everything there?

Simpson: As you suggested sir, everything is on lock down. The whole house is secured and there's only me here now the cleaning crew has left.

J2H: "Well the house is yours then Simpson. Do as you please but do not leave the house, let this thing blow over and hopefully we will be back in a few weeks.

Simpson: Thank you sir. I wish you very well in your return to the ring this upcoming week.

Not even Simpson's cheery and affirmative tone could stop J2H rolling his eyes, slowly shaking his head from side to side.

J2H: What a fucking time to let emotion boil over Simpson. The greatest return since Jesus and I'll be wrestling in front of a bunch of people not good enough to wrestle on the big boy show, but think they're fucking special anyway. This is a treat for those guys but for people like me, it's hard to get motivated.

Simpson: Just remember sir, you are facing an old rival in Mr Murphy, that should be motivation enough.

He was right. Connor Murphy had been a thorn in J2H's side for so many years, a rivalry stretching back long before J2H was ever the World Champion. Connor Murphy was like everyone else back in the day, thinking that James Huntington-Hawkes III was a complete joke, they never saw the transformation in to J2H as anything to be worried about. Simpson was right, that was motivation enough to shake J2H back in to life.

J2H: You're right. That should be the motivation I need. Those SCU clowns should be sitting there taking notes about how to be as good as me while I smack the alcohol from Connor Murphy.

Simpson: Indeed sir.

J2H: Anyway Simpson, No one in and out of the house at all.

Simpson: You have my world sir.

J2H: Stay safe Simpson.

Simpson: You too sir.

With that, J2H presses the button on the phone ending the call, the look of frustration was still there on his face. Patience was never one of J2H's strong points, even through Austin Parker tried to change that after the intense training sessions. He was always used to getting his own way immediately so sitting waiting was more frustrating than most things in his life.

The frustration was short lived as he heard a key card slide in to the lock of his door, causing him to look towards the door like a dog hearing its owner return. His eyes locked on the handle as it moved down and the door pushed open. A wide smile crossed his face as he saw his wife in the shadow of the doorway, standing holding their son in her arms, their bags carried by a member of staff. Melody steps in the room, quickly moving towards her husband and planting kisses on his face, wrapping her free arm around his shoulders and holding his topless body close to hers. He wraps his arms around both of them as the member of staff drops the bags just inside the door and steps away, closing the door behind him and leaving the couple and their son together.


Melody: I've missed you.

Her voice was hushed and whispered, slightly cracking with emotion as she held J2H close.

J2H: I missed you too.

Melody releases J2H from her tight grip and looks at her son holding his arms out towards his father.

Melody: I think someone else missed you too.

J2H reaches his arms out towards his son who almost jumps in to them.

J2H: Everything ok?

Melody nods, her blonde hair slightly moving across her shoulder as she looks at her husband, a smile on her face.

Melody: Yes. They tested us and we're all good. Our son on the other hand has been a pain.

J2H moves James Jr at arms length, looking at him with a tilted head.

J2H: Have you been naughty for mommy?

His tone was firm, but not angry as he looked at his smiling son.

Melody: There was an incident with paint, that he got angry about.

J2H looks at his son, a serious look on his face.

J2H: What have I told you about being naughty to mommy? I told you when I was away, you look after mommy. Not be horrible to her, you have to be good. Any more of that and I will take away your trust fund.

James Jr smiles towards his father, a laugh coming from him.

Melody: I don't think that worked.

J2H looks at him and shakes his head.

J2H: Ok wise ass, I'll take away your favorite toy car.

That did the trick as the smile on James Jr's face faded to blankness before a little sadness replaced the blank stare. He reaches his arms out towards Melody and Melody takes him. J2H watches as he wraps his arms around Melody, hugging her tightly. Melody smiles at J2H.

Melody: Threaten to take away the trust fund didn't work, but the car thing did?

J2H: And he calls himself a little rich kid. He'll change his tune in a few years time when he wants a sports car or something.

Part of J2H was actually proud of the fact that he was more worried about his toy car. Thank God there was more of Melody in there than J2H. Melody was always sweetness and light and that's who J2H wanted his son to be like but for now, he's just a daddy's boy.

J2H: And now we're around each other again, can we get out of this room? This place is driving me crazy.

Melody: We won't get sick?

J2H's mind drifted back to what was said in the memo and what was said on the coaches to the airport. Everyone who tested positive would be staying in their rooms for two weeks to allow freedom of the hotel to everyone else. No one could leave their rooms till they had been given the all clear.

J2H: Nah, we're good, we can go and wander round, because we don't have that virus. Everyone sick or not sure is stuck in their room. We're fine, this place is meant to be luxury, so let's go find out if it lives up to the hype.

And with that, the camera fades.




The hotel boasted many things and lived up to them all, one that wasn't mentioned was a play area for children. It may have just been put in, these hotels don't usually cater for families, more aimed towards the executive type but a lot of rules had been relaxed and a lot of rules had been put in place, rules to allow freedom for families, yet still keep the place spotless.

J2H had never been the most comfortable guy doing the dad thing at times, Melody had been the one taking James Jr to playgroups and the likes, mother and baby running club and things like that, but J2H, he was more of an indoor dad at this point. This was the first time he'd ever been around co workers with his child. Even when people who thought they could just drop by, people like Kate Steele just randomly appearing at his house claiming Melody was a friend, J2H wanted James away from them. He knew the people in the wrestling world only too well, and didn't really want his son around them, as proved when Melody had travelled to see Odette and the rest of the people from that gym at a show a while ago. J2H didn't overly like the fact that Melody was backstage with him at some shows.

Yet here he was walking through the hallways of the Saxon Hotel, his son in his right arm, asleep on his shoulder, his wife holding his left hand. She had a look of pride on her face, her little family, her pride and joy in one place, but drawing looks from other SCW staff and personnel unsettled him. His work life was his work life, his home life was his home life. He did what he could to keep them separated.

Walking through an open door, he'd reached his destination, the outdoor pool area. It seemed a popular place to be for the SCW, SCU and GRIME people, as many of the gathered around the pool or at the bar. J2H could feel the eyes on him as he walked in to the area, looking for nearby seats and sighing a sigh of relief when he found two and moved towards them with Melody, the two sitting down and looking around.


J2H: This is what wrestlers have become.

His words were slow, yet devoid of any kind of tone, but it did enough for Melody to look at her husband as he moved James Jr in to a more comfortable position on his leg.

Melody: What do you mean, babe?

It was genuine curiosity in Melody that forced her to ask.

J2H: Look around at these people, these SCW so called stars. Look over there.

J2H pointed towards the foursome of Lachlan Kane, his brother Malachi, and their fiancees, Sierra Williams and Bella Madison.

Melody: What about them?

J2H: The ones who have the right mindset to be wrestlers are Sierra and Bella. Lachlan Kane spends five minutes talking on camera and gets pissed cause his opponent speaks more then him. I've seen his sly bitchy Twitter shots at people. Can't see the concept of if you don't want people to talk longer, then fucking talk more, and his brother, well, his brother wouldn't be remembered if it wasn't for Bella Madison.

Melody: Ok...

Melody's confusion was justified, but J2H had a point to prove as he turned his head to look at Caleb Storms, Katie and their dog Lemmy.

J2H: And take a look at that greasy fuck there. The most over thing around him is his dog. People don't watch him for him, they wanna see his little animal thing there. That's pretty sad.

Melody: But he's so cute!

J2H: And that is why the dog is more over than him. Look at that mess there.

J2H points a finger at Brandon Sludge.

J2H: The fuck is that meant to be? It looks like someone shaved a bear and said go ahead and wrestle. Then you have the Mexican guy over there.

Melody: Senor Vinnie?

J2H: Yeah, Senor Vinnie. He married the first easy going fat chick that came along and talks to a plant like he's actually real. He was funnier when he had his little fat nephew around, that fat kid was funny, but since he's gone, entertainment levels watching him have gone down to zero.

Melody: I still think he has funny moments.

J2H: Compare him to the Vinnie of old, he was better. That fat ginger idiot he's around too with the dog that wants to bang the cactus.

Melody: Bill Barnhart?

J2H: If you want, that old grampa is a walking information desk in a bad way. You could say you've been to the moon and he'll tell you he was there first and give you a fun fact, then record a promo that makes no sense or have no relevance. You have those guys too.

Melody looks towards London Underground and her eyes widen.

Melody: You don't wanna be talking bad of them.

J2H: Well the big lump is hardly gonna tell me off, he don't talk and Mr. Suit there, talks like he's proud of England, went on tour there, never wrestled a match, it's just lazy. A chance to go out to your people and talk but no, use it as a chance for a free flight home.

He stops talking as he directs his eyes to Kate Steele and Teddy Warren and wags a finger towards Teddy, whose eyes have been on J2H for the past minute.

Melody: Don't Jam.

J2H: Don't worry about Rupaul over there, I ran in to him earlier and I don't have to do a lot to torture him, but I've been talking about him for weeks, I've been telling him just what I think of that cuck, but he, a man who has spent years of his life trying to figure out if he prefers boxers or lingerie, still can't work it out, but he calls himself a wrestler.

Melody: What's your point?

J2H: My point is these guys are who SCW deem good enough to be on the roster. Even Mark Cross, who is like a thirsty Twitter ho trying to jump on anything with tits, Alex Jones who's as pale as a vampire in Austin James Mercer's shadow, you got Fenris who's only advantage to anything is that people fear him for who he USED to be and Jake Raab, who, although deemed impossible by scientists all over the world, is actually stupider than Lord Raab which makes his mental state lower than a retarded baby.

Melody: Babe....

Melody wanted J2H to get to his point, these were people she was friends with, that she liked to see. She knew the sooner he would get to his point, the sooner she wouldn't have to listen to these views.

J2H: My point is Mel, these are the people who make up the SCW roster, these are the people who need to carry on a company, but they ain't shit compared to who made the road for them. Not one of them is as good as Goth used to be before he lost it, not one of them could even get near Spike Staggs even if he was at his worst and they were at their best. Gabriel could beat them all in the ring without touching them, just using that voodoo shit. Not one of them honestly...

He sighs, shaking his head in disappointment at what he's about to say.

J2H: Could even beat Despayre.

He shuddered as he actually gave that compliment about someone who had been a thorn in his side for years, someone who thought he was his friend, but J2H couldn't bare to be around him. That comment alone brought a smile to Melody's face.

Melody: Despayre was good.

J2H: Compared to this roster, Despayre is as good as me back then, which makes me untouchable compared to them. I can't believe I came back to this shit, with a roster like this. I can't believe I didn't come back to face a legend, instead of the junk handed to me now and more than anything, I can't believe that even those these people are that shit at their jobs, that they are all still so much better than Connor Murphy.

Melody took it all in her stride and smiled at her husband, not meaning it as a sign of agreeing, just that part of her liked it when he spoke in a confident way. Out of the corner of his eye, he saw someone approaching, that someone being Kate Steele. J2H puts his hand up and stops Kate in her tracks.

J2H: Six feet away please, better still, six miles, maybe six states, yeah, six states should do.

He puts his head next to his son's sleeping head and whispers.

J2H: What's that son? You want to get away from the crazy lady with seventeen personalities and go chat to people with just one personality? That sounds like a great idea.

J2H stands up, lifting his son with him and quickly turns to Kate.

J2H: Order your husband a Cosmo or something on me, he also likes girly drinks as well as wearing girly make up and girly underwear too.

He raises James Jr's arm, while the baby sleep and gently waves it towards Melody.

J2H: Bye bye mommy, love you, have fun talking to the crazy lady. Muah!

Melody smiles at her husband but turns back to Kate, shaking her head slowly, trying to keep a straight face as the camera fades out.




We switch back to the hotel room where J2H stands on the balcony once more, his eyes covered by dark sunglasses as the Vegas sun, although not completely warm, still shines bright over the usual energetic place. He looks at the camera with a smirk.


J2H: I seriously thought that when JT Midas invited me to England, to speak, I thought it was all about him turning over a new leaf and actually trying to give something back, actually paying the wrestling business back for putting up with him for being a waste of time and talent, I thought it was a redemption story, but we can just look at the facts here. Hey J, I had nothing to do with you getting attacked, oh by the way, this guy who attacked you is my new client.

J2H frowns as he looks down the camera, shaking his head.

J2H: I just want a match with you, just a match to show the world how good it used to be.

Another frown crosses the former World champion's face.

J2H: What a load of horse shit that was because I say no and your new client attacks me? Are you thinking that I'm stupid? That the fans are fucking stupid? Connor getting thrown in my path has served the purpose for one damn thing and that's I get to smash that fucking fake paddy all over that pretty empty building on Sunday.

He exhales sharply as he turns his head away from the camera.

J2H: Fucking fake paddy never did get over the fact that I'm better than him, fucking fake paddy never did looking pale in my shadow while the spotlight hit me like a light straight from the Gods themselves and fuck did I look good in that light but you Connor, always three steps behind, never in the limelight, never in my limelight unless you forced your way there. You were never good enough to be anywhere near my light yet for years, you pushed for it, you tried to put your toe in it when I wasn't looking just to try and make yourself look relevant when you were fucking trash, not even good enough for a toe to be in it. There were homeless bums who deserved to be in the spotlight more than you. Perhaps you knew that you alcohol filled fuck because you drink like a bum, you smell like a bum, you look like a bum. Face it, everywhere you step lowers the tone to below zero. That's who you fucking are and that's all you ever will be.

A cocky, confident smile wrinkles J2H's face, his arrogance flowing through him.

J2H: I'm the man SCW always needed, the man who kept eyes on the company, kept people interested in everything going on here, I was the one who people thought of when they thought of Sin City Wrestling. What did people think of when they heard your name? Absolutely nothing at all cause no one gave a damn about you then, no one really gives a damn about you. God couldn't resurrect your career, JT Midas ain't gonna do shit for it.

Another confident smirk comes from J2H.

J2H: You wanted a crack at my spotlight again, you've done it before and all it's done is got your ass kicked by the far better man. Shit, the world knows that me at ten percent could smack you around the ring even if you were at two hundred percent. We both know it yet you attacked and thought you was getting off scott free? Hiding behind JT Midas and his band of freaks was gonna keep you safe? Are you out of your tiny little mind or just drunk out of your skull? Which one is it Connor? You've never been on my level. Even in your drunken delusions, you couldn't be on my level if you tried. This one is gonna be a nice little stroll down memory lane for me, because it's just gonna be like old times. It's gonna be like the times I beat you in every possible way, it's gonna be like those times when I leave the ring smiling, you leave the ring helped to the back and feeling it for days to come. It's gonna be like those times where you wake up in the morning with a hangover and that emptiness in you because you know once again, J2H has fucked you up and there was nothing you could have done differently to have changed that.

He looks down the camera with an arrogant smirk.

J2H: We've gone to war many times Connor and other than your one little minor battle win, I've always some out on top, always shown why I was headlining shows and you were opening them. I showed everyone time and time again that I am the greatest.

J2H points to himself with his thumb.

J2H: And you were lucky to be even opening shows.

He points at the camera.

J2H: You've build your career out of trying to get around people better than you to try and give yourself a career boost and that's what you've done here, but trust me when I tell you this Connor, I'm gonna be sending you packing and back to your flea ridden one room home quicker than you got here. I'll be sending you back to whatever shack you come from with that old familiar feeling of getting your ass beat by the greatest wrestler to ever step in to wrestling.

J2H pats his chest with an open palm.

J2H: That would be me dickhead and it don't matter how long I've been out of that ring, it doesn't matter that all those shows have passed, all that matters is you're gonna learn real fast that this guy hasn't lost a step, this guy is gonna step back in the ring and fight like I never stopped, because this guy really is that damn good, this guy really is something special. I proved that for years while you proved you never had what it took to be anywhere near as good as me. This is why I will always be championship material and you'll always win the prize for loser of the year Connor. We are opposite ends of the scale and you know you could try your entire life and you'll never make it one tenth of a way to my level and one tenth is me being seriously fucking generous.

J2H arrogantly smirks down the camera.

J2H: Everyone knows this is a mismatch but use it as a lesson to people, to those idiots from SCU sitting there watching what a real wrestler does or in this case, doesn't do. If they even wanna make it, they've seen me, they know how good I am, they know the need to be like me if they want any kind of success, but what they need to do is take a good hard look at you Connor and see how not to be. I mean you're the perfect example of how bad a wrestler can actually be, so these guys from SCU need to take a good look at you and see never, ever become like you. As soon as they learn not to be like you, they might make it in some fed worse than SCU.

He looks away, his eyes drifting down to the streets of Vegas.

J2H: This will be the last we will see of you Connor because as soon as they see how bad you are, JT Midas will drop you like yesterdays trash, you will go back to being unknown here, and uncared about, not even a single thought. You'll go back to irrelevance where you belong. By the end of this, I will make an example of you that damn much, that JT Midas ain't gonna want any part of this. JT Midas thinks this is the best chance he'll have of ever beating me, cause of the time I spent out of the ring, you probably think you've got a good chance of beating me because of me being out of the ring for a while, but it ain't happening, it won't happen.

He turns to look down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: I'll be back like I never left and you Connor Murphy, you're fucked! That's real talk, bitch!

And with that, J2H turns around and walks back in to the room.

28
Climax Control Archives / The House That J2H Built
« on: December 15, 2017, 09:47:08 AM »
  It's been a while but why not.

The city of Los Angeles, California can be seen on December 1st, first day of a new month, first day for countless opportunities to be capitalised on during the upcoming thirty one days. Most look forward to Christmas at this time, a lot of people dread it but regardless, the world keeps turning for some and festive thoughts are far from the mind of some. The camera pulls backwards, showing the high angled shot from an office building, looking down on the city, before turning around and focusing on a gold ring on the finger of a man, a certain finger next to a little finger on a left hand. The ring shines bright in the light as the camera focuses on it, before moving up his arm, covered by a suit jacket. It moves more central to see a crisp white shirt, unbuttoned up at top, with red braces either side before making a last move towards the man's face to show him as J2H. The camera pans out to see the office J2H is standing in. A big wooden desk, covered with a computer, a coffee mug and a picture of J2H and Melody Grace, J2H in a suit and bow tie, Melody in a white, classy flowing wedding dress. The camera turns around to show four video screens in front of J2H, one with a middle aged man on the screen, the others with a logo reading "J2H investments".

J2H walks around the desk and sit on the front of it, looking on the screen.


J2H: I take two weeks away, just the two and I come back and shit ain't done.

His tone indicates an anger in his firmness as he crosses his arm.

J2H: All you had to do was keep an eye on the prices and buy at the price I told you there and I come back here John and I look in to it to see it hit those prices not once, not twice, but three times. You can't run an investment company when you don't invest in a fucking thing!

Ah, life has changed for the former SCW World Champion, wrestling had disappeared from his life to be replaced with the high pressured, high powered world of investments. That business degree he got at a very young age, finally getting some use.

J2H: With people like you, I can't run a business, I can't invest in anything because people like you are tying my hands. Get off my screen before your ass ends up in the unemployment line.

J2H reaches down on to the desk for a clicker and picks it up, pressing the button on it, cutting off the connection with the luckily still employed John. J2H walks around the desk and sits down placing his elbows on the desk in front of him and rubbing the sides of his head with his fingers.  

J2H: Give an idiot a chance, hope to god he improves but nope, he's still an idiot.

A familiar voice can be heard moving through the office.

Voice: It's funny, because that's what I thought about you when you came to work for me.

J2H blinks, his mind focusing on the familiar, yet unheard of voice for a while. He takes a deep breath as the voice seeps in to his mind, placing itself in his head. Slowly, J2H lifts his head to look up, looking on the screens in front of him to see Christian Underwood's face on one of them.

J2H: Did you hack my system or something to get your face in my office.

Christian smiles on the screen.

Christian: No idiot, I called your secretary and told her I needed to speak to you immediately and that you were expecting me and she put me straight through.

J2H slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Lot of people won't have jobs this Christmas the way this shit is going. I wish I could say this was a pleasure or something Christian, but I'm not in the habit of lying.

Christian: Funny, I was gonna say the same thing to you.

A smirk comes from the face of the SCW co-owner, causing the former SCW employee to sigh.

J2H: Well, it's been fun but I got stuff to do.

Christian: As do I, and that's why I'm here talking to you, because I have some business to discuss with you, James.  

J2H looks at the screen, his head tilted as a feeling of curiousness rushes through his body as he bites his lower lip.

J2H: Oh do we?

Christian: I wouldn't waste my time sitting in front of a camera if I didn't.

J2H waves his hand, urging Christian to talk.

J2H: Well, what is it?

Christian: Climax Control two hundred is coming up, James. It's on the seventeenth of this months and I'm putting together a couple of big matches, survivor series matches with legends. I've been talking to so many legends and getting them to agree, so far Nick Jones and Jordan Williams are in.

J2H: Those guys are still alive? Good for them.

J2H rolls his eyes.

Christian: Well we want you to be a part of the match too. Longest serving SCW World champion would really add something to the match.

J2H: Christian, do you know what I do these days?

Christian: Over compensate by having a big fancy office and your own logo?

J2H: No. I get up on a Monday to Friday and I kiss my wife.

Christian: Oh, is it public knowledge now that your married? Can we ignore those confidentially thing you got us all to sign?

J2H: No, it's only been two weeks, we'll tell the world when we're ready to. Good thing about being out of the spotlight a bit, no clever cameraman wants to follow me around to get a shot of this.

J2H points to the wedding ring on his finger.

J2H: Anyway, what I was about to say. I get up, I kiss my wife. I come to this place right here where I look at things to invest in, businesses that are struggling and put money in to them and turn them around. Melody works on her business, the fashion stuff, the make up stuff, anything else she feels like working on, she does and she knocks it out of the park. At five O clock, I turn this thing off and I go home, to where I'm greeted by my wife, a duck and a very large bald man, and not always in that order. I sit down, I have dinner and I speak to Melody about work, how her days been, you see, I'm getting the hang of this husband thing and you know what happens at six O clock?

Christian: She sings you a lullaby and puts you to bed?

J2H: I see your humor hasn't improved. No, we don't talk about work no more, we do what we want to do, what makes us happy. A movie on the sofa, a night out, a night under the stars in the hot tub, a game of pool in my pub in my house, whatever we want because we switch off from work. We couldn't do that while we wrestled. We couldn't be normal, live a normal life. When we wasn't working, we was still working, trying to sell your company on people. Now I don't have to do that, we're pretty damn happy.

J2H stands up and walks around the desk, sitting on the edge.

J2H: Call me up around about Climax Control two fifty, or three hundred and I'll consider it then.

A thoughtful look crosses over Christian's face, his mind clearly racing.

Christian: There's not gonna be a two fifty or a three hundred James. Two hundred is our last ever Climax Control. After that, one huge supercard next year and we're done.

The feeling of surprise runs through J2H's body as he stares blankly at the screen, not expecting to hear this news.

J2H: Tour of Australia one step too far for ya, or did you blow half the budget in Starbucks while Mark spent the other half in a strip club? Need to loan a couple of bucks there buddy? Because I do own an investment place and to be honest, I've made so much money doing it, I could give my family back every cent they ever gave me and still have a whole lot of money. Being as I know you, I'll even make the loan interest free.

Christian shakes his head firmly.

Christian: Not about the money. In honesty, we still have money to keep going for years to come but Mark says his motivation got stolen a while ago, and I can't do it without him so we're going out on a high. We're not slowing down and this is why I want you back in the ring for one last match at Climax Control 200.

J2H bites his lip as he thinks about the offer before him. He knew in his heart that he owned SCW a great debt. They took a chance on a seventeen year old kid with a dream of becoming a wrestler and at the time, had no skills to work towards that. He knew he learned on the job and they'd been patient with him, eventually paying off to allow him to become one of the best wrestlers ever to grace a ring. He didn't need wrestling anymore, yet he owned it a lot for what it did for him, what SCW did for him. Without SCW, he wouldn't have met his wife, he wouldn't have become so well known that people were knocking down his door for them to make money with them, he wouldn't have some kind of celebrity status. He'd just be that spoilt rich kid, with the moniker of The Brat Prince hanging around his neck.

J2H: I'll consider it. I won't say yes, I won't say no, but I will consider it and get back to you soon.

J2H picks up the clicker from the desk and quickly hits it, cutting Christmas off the screen and returns to his desk, sitting behind it and letting his mind wander. He never did think he'd ever consider getting back in the ring again, part of him hated the wrestling business again, or more to the point, certain people in it, certain people he'd always had a hate for, people he wished he'd never come in contact with, but without it, life would have been different, very, very different.

J2H: Me? Back in a ring again?

The thought made him go cold, yet a shot of excitement jumped through his body at the thought of being in front of a crowd again with that winning feeling, it was like a drug.

J2H: I dunno.

He looks down at his wrist, at the expensive watch on his left arm and stands up. He walks towards the door of the office as the camera focuses on the time on the clock on the wall, showing the time as five O clock. He quickly opens the door and walks out as the camera cuts elsewhere.




The Huntington-Hawkes residence.

J2H stands outside the front door of his house, just looking at the hard wood in front of him, covered with a Christmas reef, and flashing lights around the door frame. He looks to his right to see a blow up snowman.


J2H: That wasn't here when I left today....

Today had been an interesting day at work, unexpected in may ways. He reaches for the handle and pushes the door open and steps inside. Within seconds of his arrival, the sound of little feet on hardwood floor can be heard moving towards him. He closes his eyes and takes a deep breath, before opening them and looking towards the floor where he sees Dexter the duck running towards him.

J2H: You're worse than a dog that meets his master at the door.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You'd think you'd learn a new word by now.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H breathes deeply as he looks down at Dexter.

J2H: Where's your mother?

He runs his hand over his head, looking away.

J2H: Can't believe I just said that to a duck and expected him to answer with something more than quack.

Dexter turns around and waddles towards a door at the end of the hall, looking back to see if he's being followed. J2H stops as he looks around the hallway, decorated in bright colors, tinsel hanging from picture frames, Merry Christmas banners along the walls, a mini Christmas tree on a nearby table.

J2H: Santa's elves have been busy.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: I'm coming, I'm coming!

J2H walks down the hall in the direction Dexter has walked and watches the duck walks through a small gap in the door. He reaches the door and pushes it open, walking in to see Melody laying asleep on the sofa. From the corner of his eye, he spies Simpson walking towards him, walking as softly as the big man possibly can. He speaks to J2H in a soft voice.

Simpson: Good evening sir. Dinner shall be ready soon, I trust your day was ok?

J2H: Not too bad Simpson, very interesting to say the least. What's wrong with Melody?

Simpson: She's just been tired a lot today sir. I'm sure it's just the change in temperature.

J2H: Fair enough. I hate December, it's the worst month of the year.

Simpson just nods his head slightly before leaving the room. J2H looks around the room to see a huge Christmas tree in the corner of the room, decorated in blue and silver, on the ground around in, piles of fake snow, and presents. A glance towards the fireplace shows a Christmas scene, wise men figurines crowded around a manger in a stable setting with an angel hanging from the wall. The walls are decorated brightly with tinsels and Christmas decorations. On another wall hangs a small toy sleigh, with Santa sitting in it, being pulled across the wall by reindeers. J2H smiles as he looks down at Melody.

J2H: Someone has made this place look seriously Christmassy.

J2H moves over to the sofa where Melody lies, leaning down and kissing her on the forehead. A smile crosses the lips of Melody as her eyes start to open. J2H walks around her and sits at the end of the sofa, barely enough space for him to sit down and not disturb her. Melody tiredly sits up and spins her legs to the floor, changing positions and putting her head on his shoulder. He quickly wraps his arm around her shoulder as she opens her eyes narrowly, trying to adjust to the light, and looks at him.

Melody: Mr Huntington-Hawkes.

J2H: Mrs Huntington-Hawkes.

A smile crosses the young blondes face as she purses out her lips, her husband moving his head towards her and planting his lips softly on hers, pressing down for just a few seconds before pulling away from her.

Melody: I'll never get tired of being called that.

J2H: I hope not, because you're kinda stuck with me now.

She looks up at him with a smile as she moves herself closer.

Melody: How was your day?

J2H: Strange babe, very strange. I got a video call from Christian Underwood, he told me SCW was closing down soon.

Melody sits up straight on the sofa, looking at J2H with a look of disbelief on her face. She took knew the importance of SCW. Without it, she knew she wouldn't be in the house, who knows where she would have been, who she would have been sharing the sofa with, what she would have been doing. Her end game was to be with James from the minute she saw him, she knew that this was the place she wanted to be forever from the second she fell in love with him that she wanted his ring on her finger, she knew without SCW, that wouldn't have happened.

Melody: What? I can't believe it, I thought it would last forever. Why is it closing?

J2H: Something to do with Mark's motivation being stolen, whatever that means, and Christian not able to do it alone. They want me to go back for Climax Control 200 but I'm not so sure.

Melody moves her head back towards J2H's shoulder, pressing her lips against his neck for a quick second.

Melody: Why not? We spoke about returning to wrestling one day.

J2H: Because I realised I don't need it. Life couldn't get any better than it is now. I get to spend my nights with you. We don't have to go out and be the people on the screen anymore, we don't have to tell people to watch this show, or buy stuff from the SCW site when we're trying to be a normal couple. We're making money like crazy without having to wake up hurt. Let's be honest, we could move the office to the house and never have to leave if we wanted. Wrestling helped me but I don't need it anymore.

Melody: It's one match, it will be good for you to say goodbye to the fans.

J2H: Been there, done that. Don't really wanna do it again.

Melody pulls herself closer to J2H, her hand across his chest

Melody: Did he say what kinda match he wanted you in?  

J2H: Survivor series with other SCW legends, Nick Jones and Jordan Williams were mentioned.

Her eyes grow wide as she hears those two name, sitting up and looking at him.

Melody: Jam, if they asked you to come back with those legends, then they clearly want to put on a good show. Maybe you should do it to stand in the ring with those guys.  

J2H: I think you should get on that card too then. If I gotta hurt and spend the next day in bed because of being thrown around the ring, I think you should be joining me all achy and shit too.

Melody: I'd join ya anyway, but I can't wrestle anymore.

J2H: You can probably out wrestle me. They want the crowd leaving that show happy, they won't leave happier than you back in the ring and kicking the hell out of someone.

Melody: Babe, I really can't wrestle anymore.

J2H: Why not? You're Melody Grace Huntington-Hawkes, you can do anything you want to do.

Melody: Because...

Melody leans in to whisper something in J2H's ear. He lowers his eyebrows and nods as Melody speaks. She pulls her head away and looks at him waiting for a response.

J2H: Good enough reason. I was wrong though, life really can get better.

The two share a smile as Simpson walks in to the room.

Simpson: Dinner is served.

J2H gets to his feet, holding his hand down towards Melody and helping her to her feet and wrapping his arms around her, holding her tight. He pulls he head back and kisses her softly on the lips.

J2H: Today is a good day.

Melody smiles at her husband as he picks her off her feet, twirling her around before placing her back on the floor, wrapping his arms around the young blonde as the scene cuts to black.




Of course I said yes to Christian's offer.

J2H stands in a room in his house, wrestling memorabilia hanging from the walls, a replica of the SCW World championship in a glass case next to him.


J2H: This thing right here, I made famous again. This thing right here with me, this is what SCW is gonna be remembered for the most.

He taps the glass case containing the belt.

J2H: This thing right here, is why I will always be immortal in SCW history and nothing will change that.

He pauses for a second, collecting his thoughts.

J2H: But one more big match, legends of the ring returning, then I got the call to say who these legends were. I hear I'm teaming with Nick Jones, I didn't know he was even still alive, Goth, I wonder if he's still pissy that I beat him to win this thing?

J2H looks at the championship belt.

J2H: Kain, thought he musta got over his last lose the title rage quit, um, I mean break and Geno Jr, a guy who somehow got pushed way before his time and lucked up winning this belt. Still, five men, something in common, all former SCW World champions and then I looked at the opponents and well, I laughed.

He tries to hide a smile on his face.

J2H: Tom Dudely? First off, I thought what is a Tom Dudely because I only know champions and you Tom Dudely, you have never been a champion. How the fuck did you get put in this match? Why does anyone still have your phone number? What was people thinking when they thought you'd actually make a good addition to this match? Let me make this clear to you Tom, you've spent your whole career trying to be someone but look at you, you're a no one. You've been wrestling before I was even born and I've done so much more than you could ever have imagined. I'm not sure how you got in this match, but I'm gonna show you the difference in class between us. Stick your old school up ya ass bro, because it didn't work then and it ain't gonna work now. Make sure you wear a name tag bro, it's the only way these fans are going to remember who the fuck you are. I'm just glad for Google so I got to find out who you are.

He smirks, looking deep down the camera.

J2H: Then I see Bo Dreamwolf on that team. Now I know Bo well, when I went to Austin Parker to turn me in to the god you see before you, Bo was my training partner, the anti Austin. While Austin barked, Bo put his arm around your shoulder to give you a little help and advice. You remember how quickly I progressed Bo? You remember how quickly I stepped things up and become better than you, right? You were the seasoned vet when I showed up, didn't take long for me to become much better then you. I remember having that Roulette title once or twice, but I knew I was destined for more, I knew I was going to go higher and I did. I went far beyond what you ever could. Think of Austin as a proud daddy. He had two sons, one son was the runt of the little while the other was everything a pops could want. Oh how the tables have turned Bo, because the old man looks at me prouder than he ever could look at you. I became the favorite, I became the golden child because I turned out better than you. I get to show ya pops choice is justified on Sunday.

He pauses for a few seconds.

J2H: I saw the name Jordan Williams against me too. I wondered, Same Jordan Williams who came back for Blast From The Past and crashed out early. I remember something you said back then Jordan, that you're not the Jordan Williams from the past, you can't fly around the ring like you used to, you have to wrestle smarter, not the way it used to be. If that was the case then, what's the case now? Do you need helping to the ring? Would you like be to send Simpson to you to push you down to the ring so I can beat you and send you back to your assisted care living facility? I mean come on Jordan, you was a legend twenty years ago, but now, not so much. I kinda feel sad that we all know this is one of your last matches, yes, I say one of them cause I know you signed up for two, I have ears everywhere, but are you gonna be able to step in to that match after watching this one back, knowing you just can't do it anymore? It's gonna be a pleasure to beat you, don't worry,, I'll try end it nice and quick for ya, so you can recover in time for an early bird special on Monday.

That cocky, arrogant smirk crosses his face.

J2H: Ah, Spike Staggs, a man who once kicked the shit outta me, then told the world to put me on TV, remember that Spike? Trust me, I remember it well, so well, like it was yesterday. See this man clearly saw something in me. He saw I wasn't willing to quit at the first sign of a beating, he knew I was the one that could have a future here and fucking hell bro, was you right, or was you right? I know deep down though Spike, something is eating at ya. I know you thought way back when this place opened it's doors and you walked in, you thought when people thought of SCW, they'd think of Spike Staggs. Wrong, wrong, and wrong again. People don't think of you anymore, they haven't thought of you in a long time. The fans wasn't even excited at your return because your own son ruined the Staggs name here long after you walked away. Everything you built, he systematically ripped apart dicking around backstage acting like a prick with the Bad Boys. He killed your good name and some Sunday, I will end the Staggs legacy in SCW once and for all, the only Staggs that will come out of Sunday with any chance of keeping any credibility to the Staggs name will be your wife.

He turns his head away from the camera for a second before looking back.

J2H: And now the last name, the deluded man who thinks I'm his buddy, Despayre.

He grits his teeth.

J2H: Oh the history with Despayre. The countless times I've beat this man and made him cry like a bitch backstage, yet has the balls to think I'm his friend?

J2H slowly shakes his head.

J2H: You'd think you'd have been happy for you "friend" even when he beats you but no, cry on, have regrets about not being world champion, boo hoo Despayre. I beat you because I was so much better than you could dream of. I beat you because there was nothing you could do to ever be better than me, and this is gonna be no fucking different at all. Get the tissues ready Despayre because one more time, you will be in the ring with me, one more time, you will lose to me, one more time you'll be crying on your daddy's shoulder wondering why you couldn't beat me, one more time, you'll regret stepping in the ring with me.  

He waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: You may be the most popular guy in the ring, you may be the one's the fans want to see win, you may be their hero, the melter of the coldest hearts in SCW, but none of that will help you beat me.

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: I don't give a fuck who else survives on my team, because all that matters is I will. I will be the one standing with a raised arm at the end of the match, I will be the one who is gonna taste that victory once more, because I deserve it more than anyone they can pull out of the retirement home.

He looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: I'll make this place go out on top, because SCW was the house that J2H built!  

He pauses for a second.

J2H: It was the place I kept up to the highest level possible when I was champion and I ain't saying Calvin Harris is a bad champion, but this place wouldn't be closing if I was still the champ, just saying.

A cocky look passes his face.

J2H: I made this place what it was, I made this place mean something and for one night only J2H is in the house that he built and has no intentions of laying down. I am the one who made SCW tick, I am the one the fans are coming out to see, I am the one who people are paying money for on Sunday. Trust me, the rating are gonna go flying through the roof when I show the world just what they've been missing.  

He runs his hand over his chin.

J2H: It doesn't matter if it's Tom Dudely, Bo Dreamwolf, Jordan Williams, Spike Staggs, Despayre, Mickey Mouse, Pluto, Goofy or Popeye, the facts don't change, the ending don't change, it's never changed, it's what I spent years of my life doing. I will win, it's that simple, I don't turn up to lose and why the fuck would this be any different at all?

He smiles down the camera.

J2H: Spoiler alert, it won't be, J2H wins.

A sharp inhale comes from J2H as he looks down the camera for the last time.

J2H: You should know what I say, I do and I'm saying that nothing changes here, not a thing. I walk in to that ring with everyone in awe of me, can't believe I'm actually there, piss their pants in excitement, watch me put on a show and walk out with my arm raised high and looking down at some chump. That's what's gonna happen on Sunday. Ten top guys in one match, only one J2H.

He smirks again.

J2H: That's real talk bitches!

The camera fades to black.

29
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Lord Raab
« on: July 07, 2017, 09:05:15 PM »
 J2H: Simply to get under Raab's skin. He gave Samuel this shot than took it away from him at the last minute because his own greed kicked in. He wanted to be the man, he wanted too titles so said screw you to Samuel. I figured if I could knock some sense in to Samuel, he might see that his husband is a horrible, self centred person. I knew that once again, I could split Raab's emotions. Does he come and get vengeance on me? Does he help the man he screwed over? Raab becoming more human makes him more vulnerable and I liked to expose that. Mentally he's become weak, question himself. Plus Samuel seriously annoys me.

He smirks as he looks down to another member of the audience and points.

Fan: Why a Deathmatch?

J2H: It was always gonna be a Deathmatch as soon as he started to talk stipulations. I didn't see the need for a stipulation. It's not like we've been in a rivalry forever or had any history, it made no sense at all, but you all knew it was gonna happen. He was never gonna go for something that put me in the drivers seat, it was always gonna be to suit him and his style, but that's ok. I'm so damn good, I can play by his rules and still beat him. I have no problem with that.

J2H points to another fan a few rows back from the last one.

Fan: Do these matches make you nervous at all?

These kind of matches would make any man nervous, but the walk around the set up on Monday with Austin Parker had done a lot to set his mind at ease.

J2H: No. I mean most people would be nervous of this stuff, you wouldn't be human if you wasn't but I'm nowhere near nervous for this match, I'll be the most relaxed man on the ship when that music hits. You guys will probably be more nervous for me than I'll ever be in that ring. I'm pretty calm, it's in my nature. I don't fear all this stuff, I haven't from the second those obvious words fell out of his mouth. Austin Parker has been in a couple of these things before and he's been a pain in the ass drilling things in to my head this week about what to do. Fear is in the mind and when you look at it, he fears me more than I fear him. This is why he's done something like this, it's to make him much more comfortable, feel safer because it's what he's used to. A single match with me, a normal, no gimmick, nothing out of the ordinary, he's screwed. He knows I'm the far better wrestler, so his fear of me forced him in to trying to make himself feel much more comfortable, but that has really backfired on him. He never thought about Austin being in my ear about things. He thought I wouldn't have the mindset to deal with things, but I got a better idea on how these things work than he does. He needs to see that I'm the World champion, World, not Internet, World champion for a reason. He is not at the top and trying to swing this in his favor to make me get freaked out, was an epic fail.

J2H looks around the room again, looking towards another fan and pointing.

Fan: If you lose a match like this, where do you go from there?

J2H: Well first off, I don't plan on losing this match at all. That thought is not in my mind and it never has been, so let's look at where Raab will go after this match. He'll have nowhere to go but to go back to the tag division, try and help Samuel out after taking away his chance and then blowing it. He'd have to work harder than he has done before to try and redeem himself after such a major screw up. He took away the chance from Samuel cause he thought he could do it, but he couldn't. He's gotta look that man in the eyes and say sorry and head back to the tag division, where he might have a chance to make it up to him. He's gonna be lost, confused and down and it's his own damn fault. If he let Samuel go through with the match, he wouldn't have himself to blame when Samuel lost, but taking away a golden chance from someone that close, it's gonna destroy him and he's gonna have to start all over again. He's basically ruined himself for this one. Maybe next time, he won't be stupid enough to be dragged in to losing his belt to me.

A confident look crosses the champions face as he looks at his watch and back to the crowd.

J2H: Well that is all we have time for today. Thanks for coming out, paying ya ten bucks or whatever it cost to have you here, Christian is counting your money as we speak to no doubt pay off Sinful Obsession for being here. Apparently they don't come cheap, so well done on paying their salary for this trip, I'm sure they'll put that money to good use. I know if you're on this ship, you have tickets to come to the show anyway. If you're standing in this room, then it's obvious you'll be at the show, supporting the best champion SCW has ever seen, so I don't have to sell it on you all, but I will make you a promise. This match where I take Raab's title, where you witness history of me claiming the SCW Internet title, and holding it high with my SCW World title, it's gonna be something more than special. Forget most of the other stuff on the card, focus on this one because this is gonna be the greatest night of most of your lives. I don't talk crap and not back it up so believe me when I say, this match is gonna be a once in a lifetime thing to see live. In years to come when this is winning awards, you lucky people can say you were there, that you witnessed it live and in person, your eyes got to see me lift not one, but two titles above my head in celebration. You can brag to all your friends who couldn't be here that you was.

J2H waves his finger at that crowd.

J2H: And that, it real talk bitches!

With those final words, "Light's out" plays again and J2H exits the stage, walking off with a confident swagger as the scene fades to black.




All work and no play makes J2H a dull boy. So far on this cruise, he'd been in a ring learning about what is possibly set to come in just a few short days, taken to a party where he wasn't overly interested in being there and sat in front of the fans selling a show, something he'd done constantly since he won the title again. Today was different, today was a day he was planning on taking advantage of the cruise. Everyone else has, and barring Christian's odd off the fly ideas with no warning until they were posted on Twitter, most people have generally been doing what they wanted when it came to being on the cruise. J2H had balanced work, with general relaxing, but he'd promised Melody that they were going to have a day together, a day of relaxing, a day of peaceful tranquility. If he knew that Melody was gonna choose going to the ship's spa for the day, he would have probably just asked her if she wanted to go somewhere, rather than give her the option. He didn't overly mind the thought of being pampered for a little while, it gave him time to switch off and just talk to Melody. He'd been busy on this cruise, more than what you've seen on camera, but today was all about him being with the woman who loved him unconditionally.

THURSDAY


Melody: It'll be so relaxing babe, you need this before a big match.

Melody's tones fill the screen as the screen brightens up once more. The two walk down a hallway, as Melody tries to convince J2H that this day will indeed be fun. J2H looks at her with a frown on his face as he moves on, brushing past Joshua Acquin without taking any notice on who he just walked past.

Melody: We can get massages, and sit in the hot tub, go in the steam room. We can get facials and everything.

Another frown crosses the face of the World champion as he looks at his slightly shorter girlfriend, her hair tied back neatly in a ponytail.

J2H: I am not having people plaster shit on my face and tell me it's good for me, but the massage and hot tub, that sounds alright.

A smile breaks out on the pretty blonde's face as they continue to walk towards their destination. They stop outside a door reading the word spa and the door opens. Devona, Kate Steele and Amy Marshall exit through the door having just enjoyed a team building spa session and past the two champions. Devona laughs as she walks past J2H and Melody, causing come confusion from J2H. J2H and Melody enter the door and a receptionist sits in front of them.

Melody: Hi! We'd like a couples massage please.

Receptionist: Of course.

The receptionist waves to a nearby woman who walks towards them.

Receptionist: If you just follow this young lady here, she will take you to a couples room. Bath robes will be in the room for you to change in to and someone will be with you shortly.

J2H: Yeah, thanks.

The woman leads them through a side door and down the corridor in front of them, past the steam room. J2H peers inside to see through the steam, the shape of Blood Legion members James Tuscini, Dmitri, Jeremiah Hardin and Uncle Pinky sitting down. J2H continues to walk down the hall, where a huge man stands outside of a door, leaning against the wall with a book in hand, his hands making the book look tiny. J2H recognises him as friend of Devona, Beast. J2H looks through the door of the room Beast is standing outside of, Beast's eyes not leaving the page, to see the big man's brother Beauty sitting in a chair, his face covered in mud, with cucumber on his eyes. He's wearing a fluffy pink robe, while one women works on his finger nails, and another works on his feet.

J2H: What a weirdo.

Without looking up from his book, Beast responds.

Beast: Tell me about it. You should try being related to him.

J2H: Now I know why your friend was laughing as she left this place.

Beast nods his head and smiles, still his eyes not leaving the page. J2H shudders and continues to follow Melody down the hallway. They get to a door and the woman points at it before opening the handle and pushing it open. Melody reaches the door and walks in first, followed by J2H. Candles are seen around the room, unlit, and peaceful relaxing music can be heard playing. The woman shuts the door behind them and Melody looks at J2H.

Melody: Well, get undressed then.

J2H: I don't think we've got time for anything like that Mel.

He flashes her a cheeky smile, causing the young blonde to blush as she looks at him.

Melody: You know what I mean. Get undressed, lay on that table there, and cover that booty of yours with the towel.

J2H: Yeah, well my boxers are staying on, you don't want some woman grabbing my goods.

Melody smiles as she turns around, the two getting undressed, camera at head height of course, again, this is not a Steve Ramone promo. J2H lifts his clothes, seeing two hooks to the side of the room and hanging his clothes on one on them. Melody follows suit and hangs hers next to his. The two move towards the tables, both next to each other and pick the towels from them, covering themselves over at the right parts and look across at each other, Melody smiling at J2H.

Melody: This is gonna be so relaxing. It's what we need to get rid of all the stresses we have and give us time to talk.

J2H raises his eyebrow at Melody as he looks across at her, unsure where this is going.

J2H: Talk about what? We talk every day Mel, for hours.

Melody: I dunno, like maybe there's a question you want to ask me or something, or maybe just a talk about the future.

Before either one of them can utter another word, two masseuses walk in to the room, one male, one female. The male starts to walk around the room, lighting the candles in the room, a fresh aroma quickly hitting the air. Melody smiles as she breathes deep, smelling the lavender smell in the room. The woman walks to the side of Melody and the man towards J2H.

J2H: Just my luck.

The mumble can barely be heard but Melody quickly moves her face towards J2H.

Melody: What was that?

J2H: Oh nothing. Anyway, talk about the future?

The man starts to massage J2H's shoulders while the woman works on Melody, running her hands on her upper body.

Melody: Oh, I mean like what are we gonna do after we're done with the show and the boat docks and we can go home.

J2H: Ummmm, we probably go home, just like everyone else, except we drive for half an hour and the rest of them drag their arses to the airport.

Melody rolls her eyes as she feels her muscles relaxing.

Melody: I mean after that. Are we gonna go away somewhere to just chill out where there's only us about? Maybe somewhere romantic, somewhere where we won't be disturbed.

He wasn't sure what exactly Melody was getting at, but after a week on a ship with a lot of people he didn't like and thousands he didn't know, the thought did appeal to him. Just getting away for a while might be just the ticket after a match that threatened to do so much damage physically and mentally.

J2H: I think I might need a few days to recover from whatever hell Raab plans on putting me through. We both know he's not gonna take it easy on me after I slapped his bitch with my title belt. It's obvious he will become irate the second he gets in that ring and will be trying to rip the flesh from my bones. We both know this is gonna happen and if he does that, I could end up in hospital or something for a while. I don't know what's gonna happen, other than I'm gonna walk out with both belts. Not sure what the price I'll be paying for it.

The thought of him being hurt weighed heavy on Melody's mind from the second he accepted this match with Lord Raab. She went through hell just watching him in the Thunderdome match against Dmitri, wincing at every attack Dmitri laid on to him, feeling sick when he was assaulted over and over by the vampire. She despised the thought of barbed wire cutting in to his flesh, or being burned by exploding boards, the thought made her genuinely feel sick to her stomach.  

Melody: You're not gonna get hurt.

Her words were what she wanted him to hear, but the tone of uncertainty and a slight sound of fear in her voice instantly told J2H that she was nervous when she thought of this match.

J2H: Look, let's be realistic Mel, I could get hurt, but I could get hurt in any match. A little bit of hardware in the ring won't stop me. I got through that Thunderdome match, I'll get through this one.

Melody can't help but let a sigh pass from her lips as the nerves run through her body.

Melody: That match nearly killed you. You couldn't move right for days afterwards.

J2H: True babe, but that was the worst possible match I could have been in. Deathmatch ain't nothing compared to that. Stepping in that dome, that was hell, that was scaring, knowing he'd have to damn near kill me to beat me. Knowing that he'd have to hurt me so bad that Austin thought I couldn't continue. That match had no limits, this one is child's play compared to that. Raab is gonna be so hyped up, that he's gonna lose concentration and I will never lose concentration. I'm more confident about this than before. If he does catch me with something that hurts, I'll shake it off. We'll see what happens and how I feel after the match, and if I come through without any problems, we'll head off somewhere.

Melody smiles at the thought of a little trip away.

J2H: Besides, it's not like there's a show for a couple of weeks. SCW is usually protective of people who go through these kinda matches and give them time to recover. I'll be shocked to see either me or Raab booked on the next show regardless, same will probably be said for Mikah and Polly. Hell in a cell matches usually give people an extra week off, and if we can get you that week off two, we'll have almost two full weeks to do whatever. Can go home for a while, hang with the duck.

Melody: Your son. Not the duck.

This draws a strange look from the man massaging J2H's shoulders. He turns his head to look at the man.

J2H: It's not my son, it's a real life duck, she, well we have a duck as a pet. Don't ask why.

The man nods his head and continues to work on J2H's back. J2H turns his head towards Melody again, quickly deciding to change the subject of the duck.

J2H: I'm sure that SCW would be ok with you taking a little extra time off after a title defence. If they gotta book champions, they can book the lower ones or something.

Melody: Where do you want to go?

A million dollar question for J2H. He'd been all over the world, not just with Melody, but with SCW. He returned to SCW fairly early in their world tour a couple of years ago, travelled with them on various other tours, seeing so many places. He liked to go to places that was different, different countries, most recently Romania, so this was a tough one.

J2H: I'm not sure. We've been pretty much everywhere. We'll figure it out after I take care of Lord Raab, get off this ship and back on dry land.

Melody's mind starts to wonder, wondering where their next adventure will take them. She knew he was adventurous to some level, she knew he would happily go anywhere in the world.... Well, maybe barring Norway. She knew her leaving him for Norway still left a bitter taste in his mouth. She also knew he was a summer kinda guy and the sun was more certainly in his favour than snow.

Melody: We can look at a world map when we get back.

She knew she wanted somewhere romantic, hoping that a question would be asked. She saw what she saw on Tuesday and it wasn't a giant seagull. She knew the right moment and the right location could spawn a question she had wanted to hear for a long time in secret. She'd hinted at she wanted for her future, but she was more than happy just to have J2H in hers.

J2H: Yeah, it's not like there nowhere we can go and it is a goal to go to every country at least once, but first, I gotta get through this match and you got those titles to defend. Gotta break that Team Hero record babe.

Melody: Oh we will. I'm confident.

J2H: Good, cause you and Odette could go down in history of being the best team SCW has ever seen. It's actually pretty cool Lucas can grow up and see his mom and auntie dominating people on television.

The thought brings a smile to Melody's face. She always saw herself as the mothering type in the future and loved spending time around her best friends boy, and he loved spending time around her.

J2H: Anyway, maybe it's time to enjoy this massage. We can talk about future plans a little later.

Melody nods her head in agreement, focusing on the hands on her body, relaxing every muscle as the scene fades to black.




Finally! Finally made it through to the end of the week, where the time for everyone to start to take the event a lot more serious. A lot of people use this cruise to relax on the companies dime but when Friday rolls around, people start to take things a little more seriously. People start to think of the weekend ahead. People start thinking of the magnitude of their matches, they start to watch a few past matches, come up with a strategy, start to formulate a plan in their mind about how they're going to exploit their opponents weaknesses, how they're gonna turn their strengths against them. Some people have been doing that for weeks, like J2H. The second Lord Raab won Blast From The Past and J2H regained the championship, his mind had already been focused on Lord Raab. Not even thee curve ball of a Deathmatch could sway the young champion, his mind had already worked out every flaw Lord Raab had, including his biggest flaw - Samuel McPherson. He was ready and it was time to sell this match on the world, it was time for them to dig deep and spend some money on another SCW Supercard. It was time to make things very clear to Lord Raab.

FRIDAY.

Evening has started to fall, the sun slowly going down over the ship, as J2H stood on a higher deck. He looked completely calm as he runs his hand over the SCW World Championship belt over his shoulder, shining in the sun as it slowly faded for another day. He'd had a week packed with events, some he liked, some he hated but this, this is where things were natural for him. This was his bread and butter, this is where he made his money and this was where he was at ease. He looked down at the people below him, some still trying to catch the last of the sun's rays. He noticed Polly Playtime skipping past, darting her way through some fans and in to the hallways of the ship. He looked towards the camera and smiles.


J2H: And this is what it all comes down to Lord Raab, Summer XXXTreme V, your biggest night, the biggest night of your career and it comes down to this and this alone. The chance for glory, the chance for you to be remembered for something other than fucking that horrible looking thing you call a man, in some random bathroom, it's time for you to be remember for something good in your life and not something that make people get a little bit sick in their mouths.

The confidence flowed from him like a river to the sea, his face still calm and peaceful.

J2H: But they will not remember you for the way you'd like to be remembered, not at all, not even close to how you'd like to be remembered.

A firm shake of the champions head backs up his statement.

J2H: You think you're going to be remembered for being the first man to take both the SCW World Championship and the Internet championship at the same time. That's what you think that people are gonna remember when they talk about Lord Raab. That would be your biggest achievement to date, wouldn't it?

He pauses, smiling down the camera for just a few seconds to let it sink in.

J2H: Bad news, you won't be remembered for that. You'll be remembered as that man who came to a fight, expecting that and failing miserably. Not only that, the man who got tricked in to the match to lose that belt of his. Yes Raab, I tricked you in to it. It wasn't tough to do at all, it was really fucking simple bro. I watched Blast From The Past, I had to know who was next for when I took my belt back from that snake Rage, my bad, Jake Sullivan. I had to keep an eye on it very closely and two men who deserved it, made it to the final, but from the second those two men did, I only ever had my eye on one of them, and that Raab was you. I've beaten Ben Jordan before, that's all good and true but you had something I wanted, something I needed to complete the jigsaw pule. You had that one thing I needed to cement my legendary status in SCW, and the second I got my title back, I sat and thought about it. I thought to myself how can I rip that title from Lord Raab's hands? How can I get him to put that title in my hands and I won't lie, I was a little bit stumped. SCW rules state that Blast From The Past winners get a title shot, unless you pull a Simon Jones and win as World Champion, there's nothing in the rules about champions having to defend, and then you Raab, you shot yourself in the foot.

J2H looks up at the scene below him, looking at The Boss Ladies posing for pictures with a group of fans. He looks back down the camera.

J2H: You played right in my hands when you walked out there and gave the title shot to the most undeserving, veteran of like two single matches or something stupid like that, Samuel McPherson. You said the words you was happy with one run as the top champion and that made me see, you actually want to hold all the titles at some point, you want to do something that stands you to one side from the rest, but you didn't see it yet. You didn't see taking my title would make you the first man to hold the two top titles at the same time. I goaded you in to that match, proving how stupid you truly are...

He shakes his head in disbelief.

J2H: If you would have took the match anyway without giving it to that fool, and beat me, you'd have been a double champion anyway without having your title on the line, stopping me from becoming a double champion! How fucking stupid can one man be!?

J2H holds back a laugh, his lips smiling widely as he shakes his head at Raab stupidity.

J2H: You could have stopped me from having this chance, just by actually going through with the match. You could have been a double champion if you won, I couldn't have been if I won, and now what I've done is I've dragged you in to a position where you have to defend that title, where you don't have everything to gain, but everything to lose. As soon as I said that, I knew you couldn't back down, I knew I had you in my pocket. I knew you were right where I wanted you. I knew you couldn't be honorable to Samuel and let him keep the shot, I knew as soon as I laid things out to you, you was gonna accept and disappoint Samuel and that is where I saw something I never thought I'd see. I watched Samuel McPherson become your biggest weakness. It happened right before everyone's eyes when a week later, you said consider the challenge accepted. Samuel was standing right next to you when you said it, that must have shattered his heart Raab, that must have broke his very soul just hearing that. No matter how much you may have talked, no matter what agreement you came to, that must of broke him just hearing those words come out of your mouth.

He knew he was speaking truth. He knew what it was like to get screwed out of something, just look at Rage turning his back on J2H not too long before, he knew the feeling of betrayal.

J2H: That must be like giving a kid a piece of candy and then instantly taking it away from him when he smiles at you. It was a bitch move Raab and you made it for your own personal gain and that was the second Samuel became your weakness. How you may ask and you probably will because you're too damn stupid to work it out.

He pauses for dramatic effect, looking around the ship once more before turning back towards the camera.

J2H: See, the pressure is on you because of what you did to Samuel. The pressure is on you because if you fail, and you will fail, then you've took away his title shot for nothing. You have let him down, you have taken away his big chance to headline at a supercard, because you felt you'd stand a better chance of defeating me. You put on a mask, held up a gun and stole his chance right there for nothing at all because you are one selfish son of a bitch. Now that thought is in your mind, it's gonna be stuck right there in your mind because I put it there. You will not stand a chance against me and now you know that you have let Samuel down by taking this chance away from him. You have stole it back and you have stopped him, and it's all for nothing at all.

J2H's eyes look back towards the deck, seeing Evie Baang arguing with an unknown man. J2H shakes his head.

J2H: That's gonna end about as well for him as this is for you against me Raab. I'm not coming to the ring to get bullied by a fat man in a mask. I'm not coming to the ring to get pushed around and treated like I don't belong, because I've beaten much bigger and much better than you will ever be. I've taken down SCW legends and future legends, I have beat more people than you could imagine, people much higher up the food chain than you could ever be. You think the thought of barbed wire and explosive shit actually scares me? Actually makes me doubt myself? It doesn't Raab, I don't fear that shit and I don't fear you. This might be your kind of match, but this is my fucking supercard bro. People are paying to see me, people are paying to look at me and not look at you, they're paying to watch me fight you in your own style of match and beat you like a ginger stepchild. They didn't pay their money to watch you win a fucking thing, they showed up and spend a fuck ton of money on this cruise, to see me win. They're here to watch this guy become a double champion and you lay there in the ring regretting taking the shot away from Samuel.

He points to himself, cocky, yet confident with every word that he says.

J2H: You should have known the second I become champion again, that there was no chance for you and no chance for Samuel. Part of me can't help but think you handed the shot to Samuel just because you knew you had no chance against me, you knew you be embarrassed in that ring, so you threw Samuel to the wolves and stepped away. Part of me thinks when you grew those balls a little and jumped in to the spotlight, you knew you had to go for something violent, just to give yourself a little advantage over me. You knew because I called you out for being a coward, you couldn't just stand and take that. You knew you had to step up to the plate, but you knew you couldn't beat me one on one in a normal match so you stacked the deck, in what you thought was your favor, but it wasn't. What you've done is put yourself in a place with so much pressure on you, that you will fold. Your kinda match, taking a shot from Samuel, the very real chance of losing, the pressure is all on you.

He points down the camera to prove his point, but quickly pulls his hands up in a defensive stance.

J2H: I stood there and listened to you just under two weeks ago, well for the little you said and well, you're not very creative, are you? You want to beat the living shit out of me. Now how many opponents have you said that to in the past?

He taps his chin with a thoughtful look on his face.

J2H: Oh yeah, every fucking opponent you've ever faced in your life. Yet, you admit to wanting to beat the shit out of me, get away with everything you possibly can, yet you still claim you never stacked this match in your favor? Fucking hell bro, pick a lane and drive in it. You couldn't beat the shit out of me in a normal match, so you go for one you can beat the shit out of me in, who does this one favor? I mean I'm a wrestler, a man who can take a normal match and do magical things, yet you're a man who has built a career in these kinda matches to kick the shit out of people. Are you seeing the big picture yet?

He waves his hands around, starting with his hands together at the top, pulling them around in a rectangle shape and meeting them again at the bottom.

J2H: You picked the match because you wanted to beat the shit out of me, couldn't do it in a normal match, so with me talking like this, can you now see you did it to try and get an advantage over me? Cause you see it now Raab? Cut the bullshit, because it's as clear as day. Claiming this is your last solo match? Well ain't I the honored one, you say you want to end my career, get in fucking line cause everyone says that to me, but worthless career? Really? Worthless?

Another shake of the head comes from the champion, one with pure disappointment in his eyes.

J2H: I've done more in my SCW career than you could ever dream of. Mr I'm happy holding the World title once. That must have been the best five weeks of your career.

The sarcastic tone fills the air as J2H rolls his eyes and smiles.

J2H: I remember my first five weeks as World champion, and the next five week, and the next, and the next, and the next and the next, oh, and the next. You get the picture.... Well, you probably don't but everyone else gets the picture. How about your three month run as Roulette champion? That must have fond memories for ya. So did my four month run, so many good memories for that one. How about your tag title run, was it as fun as my four month one of those.... Oh wait.

He taps his chin, his eyes pointed upwards as he thinks.

J2H: Kudos on the six week Internet championship run, I'm sure that was fun but all good things come to an end, cause in two days that comes to an end. Now, looking back at that what I just said, who really has had the worthless SCW career? That would be you bro, because what I've done, you can't keep up with. Bitches in glass houses, shouldn't throw stones.

He bows his head, a smirk on his face as he looks up at the camera.

J2H: That must sting, eh Raab? That must bite you hard, knowing that once I take that title belt from you, I become a grand slam champion, I become a man that got there before you did. That must eat you alive inside. That must really weigh heavy on that child like mind of yours knowing that will without a doubt put me in the Hall of Fame before you can even be considered. It's all about the achievement for you, it's gonna rip you apart knowing that I'm gonna get there before you. That guy who's career you'd love to end, the guy who you want to beat so bad is gonna get there before you, he's gonna get there and you're gonna be regretting every decision you ever made.

He looks up at the evening sky, taking a deep breath before looking at his title belt on his shoulder.

J2H: This thing right here is gonna have a little company soon, cause not only will this be coming home with me but so will the Internet Title.

He turns his head towards the camera.

J2H: And you can try as hard as you want to stop it Raab. You can make a deal with the devil himself or pray to the almighty, whatever floats your boat, but not even they will bet against me in this one. Not even they would be stupid enough to go against me when it comes to me keeping my title, because when you look at it Raab, when you really, really look at things, there's not a person on this planet that thinks you stand a chance in hell against me, there's not a person in history that would have ever thought you'd have stood a chance against me. No one past, present, or even future would back against me here because I'm not coming here to end my career. I'm not coming here to have someone with the IQ of a tennis shoe beat the shit out of me, I'm coming here to win, I'm coming here to end the myth that you are any kind of monster, I'm coming here to show people no matter what match is thrown at me, no matter how much it favor's someone else, I will always find a way to win, and more importantly that all that Raab...

He breathes deeply as he continues to look down the camera, his eyebrows slightly raised in a confident smirk.

J2H: I'm coming here to cement my legacy.

He nods with all the confidence in the world as he looks deep in to the camera.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

He turns around, walking away from the camera, the camera slowly fading out the further the SCW World champion moves away from it, eventually fading to black.

30
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Lord Raab
« on: July 07, 2017, 09:03:45 PM »
  Once a year - thank fuck - The SCW stars take to the sea and embark on a journey to nowhere, just the sea, for the sake of it for Summer XXXTreme event. No one really knows who's brain child this event was, no one knows who to blame for the fact that once a year, everyone hauls ass on to a boat to float around aimlessly. Anyone smart would have seen that although it sounds nice in reality, realistically, forcing someone to "play their character" a week around fans to sell an event is not really that fun. Wrestlers need the time away from the cameras to be themselves, to remember who they really are but this event takes away their freedom. Oh it's all nice to sit in the sun for a few hours, but to not slip up in front of the fans, whoever's brain child this was didn't think it through. Who gets in the shit if we fuck up? We do, we get told we're wrong for breaking character around the fans. Thanks for setting us up to fail. I mean would you like to work twenty four hours a day for seven days straight for no extra pay? No, you wouldn't. Even taking away the free room and use of the ship, for those hours, we'd have to be paid more than what the rooms are worth...

Some see this as a chance to maybe get some time to relax, some have to focus on work, some have to get things right, some people's lives depend on it. It's all good if you're a nobody trying to make out you're something - Yes Steve Ramone, I'm looking in your direction - But when you're the top champion - Not you Crystal, I said top champion, i.e. someone who puts the effort in - You have to get things right, you have to be in the spotlight, you have to drive the show and lead. When you're forced in to an uncreative Deathmatch because Mr blood and guts himself, Lord Raab is your opponent, you have to think about things a little more. Thankfully for J2H, and unfortunately for Raab, Raab's lack of research gave J2H the advantage. You see he had an ace up his sleeve....

MONDAY.

The cruise is well underway. Some SCW stars have already decided it's time to mix with the fans, doing what they can to cause a whole lot of excitement amongst the people on the ship, gearing towards Sunday's huge show. Make  no mistake about it, regardless of personal thoughts on the show, it is the make or break show financially for SCW. It's not cheap to drag on all the shit needed for gimmick matches, the traditional Ultimate X stuff for a start, but when you have to couple that with a hell in a cell - who came up with that concept on a ship? And stuff for a Deathmatch, costs rise. Throw in a mix of most SCW stars more than willing to take advantage of a mostly all inclusive package for food and booze and costs mount up. Those are just the ones you see on the outside, but the hidden costs make up for it too. J2H had chosen to keep his presence hidden a little for the first couple of days of the cruise. He needed to focus on himself and not on what is going on around him. A Deathmatch is obviously a dangerous thing, so he was taking no chances.

Waking up to the gentle rocking of the cruise ship on the sea, the SCW World champion slowly opens his eyes, his voice groggy as he speaks.


J2H: I had this nightmare that I was stuck on this damn cruise ship for days.

Melody rolls over, her arm draping across his chest as she pulls herself in a little closer to her boyfriend.

Melody: It's not a nightmare, it's happening, and it's exciting!

The tone of her voice matches her words, excitement ran through Melody. She loved being around the fans, she loved smiling and laughing. Melody was naturally photogenic and had no problem posing for photos with fans, just to see them smile. Although he'd never really admit it, its part of what he loved about Melody, her giving nature.

J2H: I hate this damn event. I end up spending most of my time avoiding people I really don't want to be around. At least when we're on dry land, I can lock the door and forget these idiots exist.

Melody rolls on top of him, her legs straddled to his side and sits up, wrapping the covers around her, covering her body - Sorry, this is all ya getting, this ain't a Steve Ramone, must flash off the pornstar kinda promo.  

Melody: Stop being captain grumpy pants. There's so much to do on here and I know we're working but we get some free time, so we can hang out, and really take advantage of what this ship has to offer. We can swim, or go to the movie under the stars thing, or the casino, or the spa!

She runs her hand over J2H's chest, a wide smile on her face.

J2H: Or we can hide away from it all, just show up for whatever stupid promo crap Christian is making us do and not be around people.

Melody: Well, someone's not looking forward to showing up at the fan forum on Wednesday, are they?

J2H shakes his head as he looks up at Melody.

J2H: Someone is not. The fans ask such stupid questions. They annoy the hell out of me. I don't care that they're not moderated or any of that shit babe, it's just the same old stuff over and over again.

Melody: You've got to do it though. It brings smiles to their faces.

J2H: Why have I got to do it?

Melody taps her chin, a thoughtful smile on her face as she looks down at him.

Melody: Well, it's your job for a start.

J2H: My job is to make them hate me. To make them not cheer me on or think they have anything in common with me. My job is not to be loved my them, even if they do want to cheer me cause they know Raab sucks.

Melody: You always do so well with them.

Melody was right, he did have a way of drawing in the crowds for these events. People would line up for a long time just to see what he had to say, even if at times he was simply going through the motions, the fans always just wanted to see what he had to say.

J2H: Auto pilot babe, auto pilot. I can do these things with my eyes closed. In fact, tomorrow, I might do that one with my eyes closed, cause why the fuck not.

Melody frowns at the thought of J2H doing an entire fan forum with his eyes closed and firmly shakes her head.

Melody: No, keep those eyes open. It's only an hour, and then we can do whatever we want here.

J2H: Like hide away?

His smile does nothing to convince Melody as she taps him playfully on the chest. He looks up at her and tilts his head.

J2H: What time is it babe?

Melody leans over J2H, reaching towards a bedside cabinet and picking up one of J2H's expensive watches, her eyes focusing on the time.

Melody: Just after nine.

J2H closes his eyes, sharply shaking his head as he looks up at Melody.

J2H: Shit, I'm late babe. I'm meant to be somewhere at nine.

Melody pouts as she rolls off J2H, allowing the young man to get out of bed. He quickly moves around the room and towards the door, but Melody calls after him.

Melody: Erm, Jam?

He stops and turns around, looking at Melody with a raised eyebrow. Melody points him up and down, forcing J2H to look down.

J2H: Oh yeah, clothes.

Melody smiles at him as he makes a move back towards her and the camera cuts somewhere else.

Ah, remember I told you about hidden costs and an ace up the sleeve? Well, you're about to see just what I meant. There are certain areas set up for just SCW wrestlers and personnel, and we're about to take you to one of those said areas. Ninety percent of wrestling isn't what happens in front of the cameras, it's what happens behind the cameras. Wrestlers don't show up, have a match once a week and go home. Hours upon hours of honing their craft goes on away from public eyes. Not every wrestling fan in the world is at the gym with these wrestlers to see what they do.... Wrestling fans in a gym? HA! My point is that people don't see half the things that really happen when it comes to wrestling. It's like watching a movie, you never get to see what happens when the director yells cut.

Austin Parker stands in a gym setting, glancing down at his watch as he taps his foot impatiently. He looks around the gym, looking towards the door, as many people work out. Regular fans eyes look at the man dressed in faded blue jeans, cowboy boots and a matching hat, but Austin ignores them, looking towards the door. A look of relief crosses his face as finally J2H strolls in the room, dressed in gym clothes, instantly drawing the attention of the regular people. The confident champion moves towards Austin, looking at him with a nod, but his bubble is burst quickly.


Austin: Yer late.

J2H stops, looking at Austin with a smile.

J2H: Party don't start till I show up anyway so it doesn't matter.

Austin: Stop talking shit, we only got the ring for a lil' while so move yer ass.

J2H rolls his eyes as Austin leads him through the gym. J2H looks to one side, seeing Damien Payne lifting a huge amount of weight over his head. J2H shakes his head and moves forward towards a door, glancing to his left to see Calvin Harris on a running machine, earphones in and focused like a true warrior. Austin opens a door and the two walk in to a room with a wrestling ring set up, a training ring - See, hidden expenses people don't see. The ring ropes are laced with barbed wire. Boards are in the ring also covered in barbed wire. J2H looks around the ring, trying to take in as much as he possibly can.

J2H: Hmmmmm.

Austin: Ah dunno what ya hmmming about. We shoulda had the ring for ahn hour, but cause ya late, we now got it for about forty minutes, so let's get started.

Remember the ace up the sleeve comment? I  mentioned it twice already and here it is - Austin Parker. He is the ace up the sleeve that Lord Raab did not count on when he made the challenge for the most obvious match choice of the year. Even Stevie Wonder saw it coming when Raab mentioned a stipulation. Everyone knew it would be extremely violent cause well, it's Raab, a man who doesn't see wrestling as an art form, more of a way to be feared. It's almost impossible for interference in a match like this, not many want to step between ropes covered in barbed wire anyway, let alone try and get in there to help someone, but what didn't dawn on Raab is that the man in J2H's corner had much more to offer. He didn't have to plan on getting involved, what he had was much more than throwing a cheap shot, he had experience in that match type. Austin Parker's story filled career came to an end in a Deathmatch many years ago against friend and now co owner of SCW, Hot Stuff Mark Ward. They two had battled in Japan in a heated match for a world title when disaster struck. Austin was caught in barbed wire, wrapping itself tighter around his neck as he struggled to free himself, digging deeper in to his skin, causing muscles to rip from bone, ultimately ending the match and bringing the curtain down on his career. He knew this match wasn't just career changing, it was life changing. In a strange way, Austin had become a father figure to J2H through his training and felt uncomfortable letting the young star risk not only career, but life in this match, but knew there was nothing he could do to stop it. He just knew that he had to prepare the champion the best he could and hoped he come through it unscathed.

J2H: So this is it?

Austin raises an eyebrow at J2H, looking at him with a shake of his head, partly in disbelief.

Austin: That's what ya got ta say?

Austin knew on first glance it wasn't too much to look at, but he knew the dangers of being inside this hellish setting. One mistake, one slip up, and blood could be flowing from anywhere in the body. He knew that arteries could be shredded in this environment. All it took was one little mistake and everything in your life, should you still have one, could change.

J2H: I'm not shaking off the importance of it, or the danger, but after facing Dmitri in that Thunderdome match, this feels like a bit of a let down, a step back. Like for some reason, it's just not all that interesting. That Thunderdome match, that caused doubt cause no one had ever been in one in SCW, no one had really seen one, no one knew what to expect, but this, people can youtube a million of these matches. I just don't feel like I should be scared of this one.

Austin: A lil' bit of fear never hurt anyone, but make no mistake about it, ya should fear this one. Not fah who ya facin', but this is a match that needs ta be respected.

Austin was right. Just the slight lack of concentration could change everything. There was no casual when it came to this match, it had to be taken seriously, or there would be no could about it, you will get hurt and there's nothing you could do about it. Austin knew he had to drill this in to J2H's head, no matter how confident, or hard headed the champion could be, he had to make sure he was aware of the risks.

J2H: Man, I respect every match I'm in, but this shit is simple. Stay away from the ropes, throw the giant ape in to the ropes, kick him in the face, win, take his title and laugh at him for letting me talk him in to this shit.

Austin: Ya may have talked him in to this title vs title bullshit, but he's the one who talked ya in ta puttin' ya body on the line, who's really the idiot?

J2H bites his lip and looked at Austin with narrowed eyes. Austin felt justified in his comments through the experience he had in this situation. He knew that if he could go back to that day, he may have said fuck the title and stepped away from the match if he knew it would be a career ending situation. He knew the risks but you never do think things will happen to you. It's not something a wrestler can think about.  

J2H: I'm not an idiot Austin, I'm a genius when you think about it.

Confusion comes from Austin, while the opposite comes from J2H, just looking back at him with utter calmness.

J2H: Raab demands a match that suits him, thinks he's gonna end my career, says the same shit Dmitri said to me, that everyone has said to me in every match forever. He feels comfortable stepping in to this cause in his mind, he has things sewn up. He's relaxed a little too much. It's a Raab trait. Remember when he and Mr Yaaaaaaaarp went for the tag titles against Team BJ?

Austin nods his head slowly at J2H, looking at the champion.

J2H: Hardcore tag team match cause he thought that Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean couldn't handle the hardcore style of the match. He thought that because he's had a million of them, to the point he tried to name the Roulette championship, the Violence championship, he would become feared. Also, a really fucking stupid name for a belt, but anyway. He thought he could manipulate a match to give him the advantage and it failed. He's playing the same game with me and again, it's gonna fail. It's what he does. He tries to flip things around and ends up with egg on his face. This won't be any different, so what I've done is let him get a little bit relaxed going in to this, and he thinks he's got it already won and then not only will I take his title, I will also take his pride along with it. I want people to see that no matter what bullshit match they throw at me to try and get my belt, it will backfire. I may not end his career, but I will make him so embarrassed that he tried to make this one his match and beat him, forcing him to tuck his tail between his legs and walk away to save face.

Unimpressed can be the only way to describe the look on Austin's face as he looks towards J2H, confidence pouring from the young man as he looks back at Austin. Austin shakes his head at him and points to the ring.

Austin: How about ya quit ya yapping an' get in the ring?

J2H: How? The fucking thing is surrounded by barbed wire. How am I meant to get in the ring?

Austin turns his head to a man waiting in the rings and gives him a nod. The man walks towards the ring, climbing up the steps while wearing thick gloves, and unhooking part of the wire, pulling it back on hinges to allow a door like piece to move from one side to allow J2H to get in the ring. He and Austin walk up towards the steps, climbing up. Both men carefully enter the ring and Austin nods towards the man, who closes the wire door back up. Austin and J2H move to the middle of the ring.

Austin: Looks a whole lot different from this side, don't it?

A statement the champion could not disagree with as he looks around the barbaric set up from inside the ring, observing the set up. He moves towards the ropes, taking a closer look at the sharp barbs pointing towards the inside and takes a step back, moving towards the turnbuckles and looking at the area around them. He looks closer at the top rope area and back to Austin.

J2H: How the fuck am I meant to climb the ropes without cutting myself?

Austin: Well, ya don't.

A look of slight dismay crosses J2H's face as he stares back at Austin.

J2H: What do you mean I don't? I'm a high flying wrestler. I have a lot of impact moves that would knock out a rhino from the top rope. How am I mean to use them if I can't climb up there?

Austin smirks at J2H, turning to look him in the eye.

Austin: Still think y'all smarter than Raab? Boy he took out a lotta ya game with this match cause ya can't climb the ropes, ya can't bounce off the ropes, ya gotta play him at his own game.

A bite of the lower lip from J2H tells Austin what he feels about it, the wheels turning in his head as he thinks about how to adapt his game.

J2H: Fuck it, I'll face him at his own game. It will be more embarrassing for him when I beat him. The fact that I stood up to him and beat him that way will show people that I am the best in the world at everything I do.

Cue the eye roll from Austin as he slowly shakes his head. He loved J2H's confidence, but learned valuable lessons at his age, that J2H must learn at his. Lessons about being grounded, lessons about the fine line between confidence and over confidence. Austin points towards the metal barbs on the ring ropes.

Austin: If he drives ya towards these things, an' the sick son of a bitch will, y'all need ta duck ya head, tuck ya chin, keep ya eyes away from them, or they'll be the last thing y'all ever see. Don't let him do that at all, ya hear?

J2H waves his hand, casually brushing off the advice from Austin as he looks at the wire. He turns around, turning his attention to the middle of the ring.

J2H: Yeah, yeah, don't let the fucking freak in a mask try and poke my eyeballs out. Pretty that mask gives him an advantage too. Cheating like his name is Jeremiah Hardin.

Confidence flows as he smirks at his own low blow on the former SCW World Champion, but he looks down.

J2H: I'll just slam him on a few of these things and mask or not, the pig faced fucker will bleed.

With a quick nod of the head, J2H indicates that he is talking about the barbed wire boards that litter the ring. Austin turns to look at them on the floor and moves towards one, beckoning J2H to follow him. The champion does and Austin stands over them.

Austin: This ain't no ordinary boards, these things have C4 tapped to them, pressure on them means explosions. It's not enough to kill ya, or blow off a body part, but god damn, those sum bitches hurt.

The champion looks down at them, scratching his chin as he does. He moves his head in closer to examine the boards before turning his head towards Austin.

J2H: So these things have live explosives on right now?

A twisted smile crosses Austin's face as he lowers his head towards the champion, almost crouching over with him and whispering in his ear.

Austin: Why doncha jump on an' find out?

J2H slowly turns his head towards Austin, looking at him in the eye. A moment of silence passes before Austin can't help but break out in a smile.

Austin: No, they're no live there. Y'all think it's a good idea ta make an explosion on a ship where people can't see it? It'll cause panic.

J2H: So what are they?

Austin: Smoke packs. Ya hit them, they smoke, they're saving the explosive stuff till the show.

Austin looks for a gap in the barbed wire on the board and stamps on it, causing a huge puff of smoke to rise up from the board and creep across the ring. J2H waves his hands around in front of him, trying to clear the smoke from the ring.

J2H: Yeah, thanks for the demonstration, but I coulda just took your word for it.

Austin: If ya land on those things, make sure ya roll through them or ya gonna end up with serious burns that won't heal.

J2H: Yeah, got it. Don't let Raab poke my eyes out, roll through the board if he gets lucky and throws me on one of them.

J2H's casual attitude causes Austin to slowly shake his head as the young man walks away to look at another part of the ring. Austin sighs as he mutters to himself.

Austin: This is gonna take a lot of work...

The scene fades out as Austin moves towards J2H.




Superstar Karaoke competition? Really? Like fucking really.... Someone needs to take Christian's Twitter away from him at times. Yesterday's demand to be there for a meet and greet thing wasn't enough, but Christian had to go and do this shit. Things like this didn't interest most stars of SCW, certainly didn't interest the SCW World champion but Christian had done it and got people talking. It's the forth of July, Independence day, a day to spend with family and friends, yet here we are cooped up on a ship, with co-workers we don't like and he announces a karaoke contest. There was already a party on the ship that night, no one needs to be at a karaoke thing. What is this, the 90s? Still it interested some people.

TUESDAY

Sitting out on the balcony of the cabin he and Melody was put in, one with every touch of class you could imagine for a cruise ship, SCW World champion J2H sat outside, the cool sea air bouncing off his skin. He looks out at ocean as the breeze runs itself off his shirtless body as he reaches for a nearby drink. Pulling it to his lips and taking the slightest of sips. His state of being on his own is soon interrupted by two slender arms wrapping themselves around his neck, reaching down and holding him. He looks back, tilting his head to the side to see Melody Grace pushed against him, her  body pressed up close to his as she squeezes against him. She plants a soft kiss on his cheek and moves around to the front of him, sitting across his lap and looking at him.


Melody: Hey babe!

He wraps his arms firmly around Melody, holding her in position as he looks at her.

J2H: What's up babe?

Melody twirls his hair, running her fingers through it and looking in his eyes. These two really were the definition of opposites attracting. J2H, the brash, confident, arrogant rich kid and Melody, the calm, shy yet approachable young lady, yet somehow it worked, and worked better than most relationships could ever work. They had constantly surprised people, listened to the whispers and the sly comments and becoming stronger and stronger.

Melody: Did you happen to see Christian Underwood's tweet earlier.

J2H avoided his phone for the most part of the cruise, occasionally popping on Twitter to see what was going on. Wrestlers seemed to open up a lot more on there, you could learn more on there about a wrestler at times, than you can by having a conversation with them.  

J2H: Nah babe, I don't take too much notice of what he tweets anyway, not after last night and that meet and greet bullshit. What genius idea is he forcing people to tonight? What punishment is he gonna lay down if people don't show up and leave him looking stupid?

Melody: Well, you know they have that Independence Day party? Well he's also arranged a superstar karaoke thing.

Karaoke? Really? J2H hated karaoke, he hated the thought that all of a sudden, Christian Underwood thought he had a company full of Rhianna's or Bruno Mars'. Wrestlers are not singers, we will not be seen on American Idol. We've seen Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean on Lip Sync Battle, but those two probably can't sing for shit anyway.

J2H: Karaoke? Who the fuck does he think I am? That Bieber idiot?

Yeah, I went there. If everyone else can mock J2H for looking slightly like him, he can mock himself - Although I don't see it.

Melody: You're probably a much better singer than he is, but they're having fireworks, and a lot of people will be there. It will be fun babe.

J2H: I hate karaoke. I hate the fact that we will have to listen to people sing, or try to sing. Karaoke should be wiped out from the face of the earth. Seriously, why does everyone think all of a sudden they can sing at these things?

It's true. Karaoke brings out the worst kind of people thinking they can sing. From the really bad Elvis impersonators, to the people who can ruin a modern day hit because someone, somewhere was once stupid enough to tell them they could sing, it brings out so many singing wannabes. To J2H, that was not entertainment, that was designed by bar owners to force people in to buying more alcohol to drown out the sound of tone deaf people with a microphone who fancied themselves to be the next big thing in the singing world. First karaoke, next thing, a compliment from Simon Cowell..... Yeah, right!

Melody: Well you don't have to sing, we can just go and enjoy the fireworks.

J2H: And listen to the people who think they can sing, that really can't.

Melody knew he'd probably hate being there, not so much for the singing, but being around co workers. He didn't hate them all, just most of them. He only tolerated a few of them, a few he had history with, but he knew this was something Melody wanted to do. Again, proving the opposites in the two, because Melody was a social person, she loved being around the crowd and speaking to people, where as J2H preferred to keep his circle small and close.

Melody: There's alcohol there.

He wasn't a massive drinker, but knew it would help to drown out the voices on stage. He looked in to Melody's eyes, knowing that she wanted to be there and around people. While J2H was happy spending the night sitting on the balcony, he knew Melody wanted to be out there.

J2H: For a little while, but I need to change. I'm the champion, I gotta look good and make an impression on people.

A wide smile crosses Melody's face as she stands up, moving away a little from J2H and allowing him to get back to his feet. She wraps her arms around his neck and hugs him tightly before letting go. He steps in to the room and moves towards the bedroom area of the room, through the room and in to the bathroom to the side, championship perks, more than one room in this cabin. He strolls in to the other room while Melody goes in to the main living area. He quickly turns the tap on, the water running out and in to the sink. He puts his hands under the water and cups them, gathering the water in his palms before splashing it in to his face, feeling the cooling liquid hitting his skin. He grabs a nearby towel and quickly pads his face dry and puts the towel back. He moves in to the bedroom, and the camera switches to Melody patiently waiting on the sofa, looking out of the window at the seas. J2H's voice can be heard from the bedroom.

J2H: Babe, is my jacket in there?

Melody stands up, looking around the room and spying J2H's suit jacket.

Melody: Yeah. I'll bring it in.

J2H: Thanks babe.

Melody moves towards the jacket, picking it up from where it hung on the back of a chair and pulls it up, but something falls out of the pocket. She looks down to see a box fall to the floor and picks it up. Curiosity gets the better of Melody and she opens the box. Her eyes widen as she sees....

Melody: Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeep!

J2H: What's wrong?

The voice from the bathroom shakes Melody in to life as she quickly puts the box back in his jacket pocket and lifts it up as J2H walks in to the room, looking at her curiously as she holds the jacket out in front of him.  

J2H: What's wrong, Mel?

Melody fumbles for her words as she looks towards him.

Melody: Giant seagull flew past, giant bird made me jump.

Amazing what comes to mind when under pressure. Melody hands J2H his jacket, the made match of his silver suit pants. He pulls it around his white shirt and looks at Melody with one raised eyebrow.

J2H: Right...

Melody wraps her arm around his and looks at him.

Melody: Shall we go?

J2H nods and the two make for the room door. This is the perfect time for one of those scene switches as we now move on to the deck of the boat, the forth of July Independence Day party in full swing, as is the superstar karaoke. Melody and J2H walk arm in arm in to the scene, J2H's eyes looking towards the superstar singing. He rolls his eyes as he sees Steve Ramone screaming out the last note of a metal song to polite cheering and strange looks on people's faces, only Cyrus, Andreas and Kaylee showing any enthusiasm to Steve's performance on the stage. Shaking his head and seeing Steve bowing as if he'd just sung note perfect, even though the look on people's faces would indicate otherwise. J2H looks towards Melody.

J2H: This was a fucking bad idea if this is what we gotta put up with.

Melody looks at J2H with a sweet smile and a reassuring squeeze of his arm.

Melody: At least you didn't walk in it at the start of the performance.

He looks towards the front row where Jessie Salco, her husband Shane, and her brother Jake are seen throwing up Devil Horns as Ramone continues to milk the crowd.

J2H: Must of been some shit song, that only those kinda people who go to the no deodorant show known as Bloodstock must know.

Melody: There's fireworks at ten babe, so after we see them, we can go somewhere else. Maybe the Casino or something.

J2H looks down at his watch, seeing the time is only eight thirty and lets out a slight groan. He looks towards Melody with a smile.

J2H: Now beautiful, you promised me alcohol and fuck knows, I think I need it. Listening to that one note was enough to put me off of sobriety.

Melody: Now that I did.

Melody and J2H walk through the crowd, passing a table where Jon Dough, Eyesnsane, Alana Allure, and the rest of the crowd of people they tend to be around. J2H didn't overly care about people who just hang around wrestlers and appear in promos for the sake of it. It made no sense to him, to take the spotlight off the person trying to sell something to the crowd, so he didn't bother to learn much about them unless he had to. He looked up to where Melody was leading him, casually stepping past Matt Spears as he nods towards J2H. J2H and Matt Spears have probably never even had a conversation, yet everyone showed respect for champions.... Well, most people anyway. Reaching the bar, Melody moves in to order as J2H looks at the guys next to him at the bar, seeing them to be Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean.

Ben: Alright mate.

The cockney flashes a smile at J2H who just nods back.

J2H: Yeah, you?

Ben: Yeah, cushdy mate.

Ben looks at the huge amounts of beer bottles in front of him and tries to pick up as many as he can, but Jamie looks at the barman.

Jamie: Can we have a tray please? Not even Superman here can carry all those bottles.

The barman nods and reaches down, pulling out a tray and placing it in front of Jamie. Jamie starts to load up the tray with drinks and smiles at Ben.

Ben: Go on then muscles, your bright idea, you can do the honours.

Jamie picks up the tray and moves away from the bar, carrying the tray to a nearby table. J2H's eyes follow Ben and Jamie to see that the drinks are being delivered to a table consisting of Sam Marlowe, Ryan Keys, an unmasked Lord Raab and an equally unmasked Samuel McPherson. J2H looks eyes with Lord Raab, the two of them staring across at each other. J2H smiles at Raab, Raab doing his best to not waste his recent personal growth and keep himself in check. Ben and Jamie hand the drinks out to everyone, breaking Raab's stare. J2H slowly turns around as Melody slides a drink in front of him.

Melody: What's wrong?

J2H: Nothing, I was just looking at the friends forever table over there.

J2H picks up the drink Melody has placed in front of him and drinks without looking at it. He looks at Melody with a raised eyebrow.

J2H: What's that?

Melody: It's a cocktail. It's pretty good.

Melody raises hers to her lips and takes a drink, J2H looking at the red liquid inside and shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: It's not bad.

They look across the deck of the boat, where they spy Odette sitting at a round table, next to her sits Gabriel, with their son Lucas on his lap. Next to Gabriel, sits the newly christened Jake Sullivan, he with his daughter Ember on his lap. Next to them sits Synn, and the now rarely seen Shane Boswell and Fantasia. Odette waves to Melody from across the pool and Melody waves back.

Melody: Let's go say hi!

A frown crosses J2H's face as he looks at Melody, shaking his head at her.

J2H: You have to be joking. I can't go anywhere near Rage after what he did to me. I know we all had to sign those no public fighting with people bullshit, but every time I see him, I want to smash his head through a table.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III! First off, he's not Rage anymore, he's Jake, and second, you can't attack him, he's got his daughter with him and that would be wrong.

Melody's stern face shows J2H that this time, she meant business.

J2H: I still don't believe he even has a kid, it just don't look right.

Melody: Well it is and they've seen us so now we need to go say hi.

The two start to walk around the pool, casually walking past Xander Bishop, who is standing talking to two young women, a wide smile on his face. Past Cadence Carter, surrounded by young men, unsurprisingly with her low cut revealing top. He continues to walk, spying Mikah and Kris Halc standing to the side of a table with the rest of the Black Sheep members seated, twins Killian and Porter Sweete sit alongside Crystal Millar and Chelsea Payne. J2H and Melody sneak past Mikah and Kris, not interrupting their usual flirting session, that's not flirting cause they both married to different people, but you get the idea.

J2H: Thank fuck she never saw me, I could just see a best friend comment coming on and there's a pool there that would be tempting to throw her in.

They quickly move past Otaki, talking to a group of fans and spot Travis Nathaniel Andrews leaning on a rail, looking over the sea. This wasn't really his scene, being around people, yet he was as proud of his country as the next American and the forth of July was a big deal to everyone who looked up to the stars and stripes. Melody's eyes look at J2H, instantly knowing what he was thinking.

Melody: Don't even think about throwing him overboard. I know it's tempting but you can't.

He wasn't sure why Melody was stopping him from doing something he would have loved to have done, but he listened to her. Moving past the Mean Girls trio of Mercedes Vargas, Veronica Taylor and Celeste North, all holding classy looking cocktails in their hand as they move in the opposite direction to J2H and Melody, they eventually meet the table of the Seven Deadly Sins.

Synn: Why don't you guys join us?

J2H looks toward Rage, the two men looking at each other for a few seconds.

Synn: I can assure you that Jake is a changed man.

J2H: Yeah right. I'm surprised he hasn't flipped out because the sea is too choppy for him or something, or anything else in life he can't control.

Jake Sullivan, the former Rage, the man he played just to get his hands on the World Title, only to lose it to J2H at the follow supercard, grits his teeth as he looks towards J2H, but remains silent, just turning to look down at his daughter on his lap.

Synn: He's very different now and I'm sure somewhere in this new person, he regrets everything he did back then.

Jake's head snaps towards Synn, his eyebrows lowered and slowly shaking his head at Synn.

Synn: Personal growth, Jake.

Ever the mentor and leader of this successful group, one of the well known groups of Sin City Wrestling, it seemed that Synn was getting through to Jake. He remains silent but points to an empty chair at the table.

J2H: I would but I really wanna see the next singers.

J2H turns around to see not one, not two, but three singers on the stage in the form of the Bad Boys Giani Di Luca, Mickey Carroll and Dax Beckett. J2H sighs and looks at the empty chair, a second empty one next to that.

J2H: Ok, maybe for one drink.

Melody smiles towards him and the two sit at the table around the group, He grips hold of his drink as he looks at them, taking a drink of the red liquid and looking around, slightly unsure what to say.

J2H: You know you guys have got someone missing, right?

Synn looks around the group and noticing that indeed J2H is right, there was a prominent member of the group missing from the party.

Melody: Yeah, where's Despy?

A huge explosion above their head is heard as fireworks fly in to the sky, exploding in to many different colors and shapes. J2H looks down at his watch, muttering to himself.

J2H: Is it ten O clock already?

He reads the time to see it as eight forty five, yes, just fifteen minutes had past since he last looked at his watch. Fifteen minutes to appear, get a drink, chat with people, slowly walk through the crowd and around the pool to where he was seated right now. Another burst of fireworks explode on the deck above him.

Melody: These shouldn't be going off right now. What gives?

It didn't take long to figure it out as the familiar face of Despayre looks over the rail, looking down at the group below him and hold Angel on the rail. Synn turns his head and looks sternly at a smiling Gabriel.

Synn: You just HAD to get him fireworks didn't you?

Gabriel nods with a wide grin over his face as he looks at Synn, no shame or remorse in his actions, in his Independence Day tradition with Despayre. Despayre leans over the rail waving at everyone.

Despayre: Happy Independence day everyone!

J2H looks towards Melody, slowly shaking his head at her.

J2H: Next forth of July, we're going on vacation.

The camera fades out as Melody smiles towards J2H, leaving the two to enjoy - or not in J2H's case - the rest of the evening.




If you follow Christian Underwood on Twitter, you'd see just how much he's trying to change everyone's plans by demanding, honest to God demanding people be where he tells them to be. Fuck the plans everyone else has made, eh Christian? Just force them to be at one of your stupid events. Last night, Superstar karaoke? Really, on the forth of July, you wanted people to turn up and sing. We're wrestlers! We come to fight, people wanna be the next J2H, they don't want to be the next Beyonce! The smart ones get it, it was an ego driven, do what you want move from Christian because it's common knowledge that the man can actually sing. What's next for you Christian, hand yourself the world title to pump that ego a little more? One man who doesn't seem to listen to Christian's demands was J2H. Christian's Monday fanfest had a huge absentee and we're not talking about Crystal, well, she never showed up probably, she never does, but the man people wanted to see, J2H. He wasn't cheered by the fans and he couldn't give a damn about that little fact, but everyone still wanted to see him. He had plans on Monday to work on his upcoming match, but had arranged to host his own little fan question time on Wednesday - See Christian, we are capable of making our own plans and doing it better than you dragging everyone in the same room at once. See this is unique, this is J2H in a room full of fans, fans that paid to see him, not just show up to listen to one of a hundred wrestlers, but to see him. I know that you probably thought most wrestlers wouldn't fill a room on their own, but this one did....

WEDNESDAY

A packed to the rafters conference room in seen, every chair taken, people standing at the back, all to see one man, the SCW World champion, J2H. On the stage area, a microphone is seen set up as the crowd softly talk to themselves in anticipation, waiting for the champion to make an entrance. The lights slowly dim, causing every fan eagerly to look towards the stage. "Light's Out" starts to play and some boos are heard from the crowd as J2H, dressed in white pants and a white sleeveless shirt walks on to the stage, his championship belt over his shoulder as he moves towards the mic. He stops in front of the microphone and picks it off the stand, holding in patiently in front of his face as the music fades out.


J2H: You guys can boo all you want, SCW has already took your money for this one, so boo away.

The crowd listens to him and boos as he smirks at them.

J2H: Here's how today is gonna work. I'm gonna look for hands in the air, I'm gonna point at ya, I'm gonna answer whatever question you may have. I mean I don't care what the question is and you'll get an honest answer. I don't see any boss around here to tell me otherwise. Hot Stuff is probably laying in the sun somewhere and Christian is probably working on his next tweet to force us somewhere later tonight.

He casually rolls his shoulders back as he looks around the crowd.

J2H: So let's get this started.

Almost every hand in the room flies in the air and J2H looks around. He knows anyone can ask any question at all, but had no nerves or problems answering questions for anyone. He points to a man in the first row, wearing a J2H shirt.

J2H: You in that amazing shirt, what's your question?

Fan: How different are you off camera, than you are on camera?

A good question. Wrestlers often play a television character, just like an actor playing a role and than go home and change. He knew many wrestlers that were brash on screen but would be completely different away from it.

J2H: I'm not much different on screen or off screen. I'm confident, calm and put in effort in every aspect of my life in every situation. Ok, so I don't go around randomly beating people up or picking apart their flaws when the cameras are off unless they really deserve it, but I'm pretty much the same. There's so many people in the back that you see on TV and you think they're approachable, that they're cool, but they're complete dicks when the cameras are off, and you see the opposite. Some of SCW's biggest heels are some of the nicest people you can meet. I prefer to keep things on the same level. Next.

J2H looks around as hands fly in to the air once more and he points to another fan, a young lady in the front row.

Fan: Do you go everywhere with Melody?

A smile crosses the champions face as he walks up and down the stage.

J2H: I do a lot of things with Melody, but we're not in each others pockets. We don't spend a night apart if we can help it. Like if I'm at a show away from home and she couldn't make it to the show for whatever reason, I do what I can to get home before she wakes up. When we're on vacation, sure, we do everything together. When we're at home, she might have her thing to do, I might have mine, but we'll be back around each other as soon as we can. Christian Underwood and Mark Ward like their guys to be constantly promoting the business, so they may come up with me being in one place while at home, Melody at another at the same time but we meet up when we're done and hang out. Now, let's get a question from over this side.

He walks along the stage to the left, looking out in to the crowd and pointing to a woman sitting a few rows back.

Fan: Is it hard to live a normal life when you're so well known?

He rubs his chin, as he thinks about the answer. It's a catch twenty two question. What really is a normal life? Can normal be defined? Everyone's lives are a different kind of normal.

J2H: It has it's moments of being tough, but it comes with the job. I mean people wouldn't hassle a mailman for an autograph or anything like that, so he can go home to his wife, take her out for a meal and not have a problem. For wrestlers it's a lot harder to do what most people consider normal. Some fans are respectful, leave you alone and let you get on with your day, others want photos. I think it gets easier the more you're out and around people cause you just get used to it a bit. We know at any given time, we can go out and be hounded and this is why a lot of people in our sport move to a place where they can just be a regular guy or girl. A little town where everyone knows your name and you're just a guy that wrestles. It's not so easy like that in Beverly Hills but we put up with it the best we can.

His eyes scan the crowd a little more, looking at the people around before pointing to another fan, a middle aged man.

Fan: Why does it seem like you're always on vacation?

J2H: Because I am always on vacation.

A cocky smirk comes from the champion as he looks directly at the man.

J2H: Being the top guy of the company, the face of the place, the one people always think of when they think of SCW, you get to make a lot of money, but you have to work for that money. I haven't been off a show in two years to get where I am, I've had to be in some of the biggest matches in the history of wrestling, just to continue to improve. You can't just keep going and going without a break. Now I haven't taken a break in SCW for a long time, so if I can throw in a few days away to relax, to recharge, then I'm gonna do it. There's a big wide world out there to go and see and I'm not gonna be a guy who retires in Florida. When I'm done, I'm retiring somewhere different, start over, be James who lives down the street, not J2H who will kick ya ass. All these vacations, just scouting locations.

He walks to the other end of the stage pointing to someone in the crowd.

Fan: So you plan on retiring soon?

Clearly an influenced question from his last answer, the woman asking the question looks intently at J2H on the stage.

J2H: No, I won't retire for a while. I never say never when it comes to wresting, but I will never be officially retired. I may be unemployed but I won't say retired. I'm in my early twenties and done more in that time than most people in their fifties have done because I worked for it. I don't want to do that retirement bullshit, cause everyone who retires get asked the same question over and over. Everyone always asks about one more match, people have that one more match get the taste for it and come back, making their retirement thing pointless. People do it to hear the fans shout out thank you, they do it to push their own ego, they do it to say look at me. I prefer people to look at me for what I've achieved. If I left tomorrow, I'd earn those thank you's, people get them and beg for them cause they need to feel special. I don't need to feel special, I am special, I don't need to be retired for the attention. Retirement is not on my mind.

He looks towards another fan on that side of the stage and points, a young girl.

Fan: Would you ever be in a tag team again?

Interesting question from the young lady, forcing J2H to pause and think about the possible answer.

J2H: Well there's so many couples in SCW, and not many tag teams left, I wouldn't be surprised if SCW ditched both sets of tag titles and made a mixed tag title. If they did that, maybe I'd try and team with Melody but anyone else, I'd probably end up doing most of the work for the team, while others just got a free title. Maybe if Austin would get his ass out of retirement, I'd team with that old cowboy but I don't think I'll team with anyone else.

He walks to the center of the stage, looking out at the crowd before pointing to a young man in a bright Hawaiian shirt.

Fan: Bro, every supercard, you make predictions on people, you got any predictions for this one?

A smile comes from J2H as he raises the microphone to his lips and looks down at the man.

J2H: Sure. Steve Ramone will think he's gonna win and try and cash in on me when I beat Raab, but he won't win cause he'll be about to, forget what he's doing and lose to Matt Spears. Damien Payne will quit, Xander Bishop will start a rap battle with himself and lose, Joshua Acquin will blow another chance at moving up the ladder, Jeremiah Hardin will have the realization that he should never have had the World title, when he can't beat Ramone. Bobbie Dahl will eat a pie mid match, Otaki will throw a lot of purifying salt in the air, Cadence Carter will wonder if wrestling is for her when booked against those people. The Boss Ladies will show up, lose to The Disney Dolls, then question their future again, like they usually do, Jake Sullivan will lose his cool and hulk out on everyone while Calvin Harris pulls a stomach muscle laughing at him. Tuscini will offer The Elders pia as a gift while Dmitri sits drinking tomato juice, claiming it's blood. Somewhere in the show, Alexis Staggs will tweet something about being pregnant.

J2H raises a hand.

J2H: Seriously Alexis, you're pregnant, we get it, please stop boring everyone on Twitter about it, you're not the first to be pregnant, you won't be the last!

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: Chelsea Payne will realise that Damien Payne is probably a long lost brother, Jessie Salco will be too busy listening to shit music to remember she even has a match, Sam Marlowe will pose with more fans. Travis Nathaniel Andrews will spout off some bull about being Mr SCW without ever winning anything good, Ryan Keys will forget his clothes again, Kris Halc will flirt with Mikah, who will then claim that he and I are friends. Polly Playtime will play Monopoly with herself, cause she just loves playtime as much as a kindergartner does. The Mean Girls will be mean to a commentator, Kate Steele will let her team down, Devona will spend the night stopping the big brother, throwing the little idiot overboard, Amy Marshall will use so much hair spray that there will be another hole in the Ozone layer. Mickey Carroll will see the errors of his ways and become a priest, Giani Di Luca will slip on baby oil, taking him out of the match, Dax Beckett will trim his beard and accidentally cut most of it off, Jamie Dean will get arrested for public indecently, Ben Jordan will vow to check in to rehab for his alcohol problem, Crystal Millar will get beat so badly that she will retire in that ring. Evie Baang will come up with a perfume called Crystal's Tears after she points and laughs at the former champion. Lord Raab will get beat up so bad, that even his mask will be too embarrassed to be on his face, and if Samuel gets involved, I'd smack him so damn hard, that he will stop saying yarrrrrrrp, and become a wordsmith over night and I will walk out with both titles.

He pauses for breath as the crowd laugh and applaud his predictions, causing J2H to smile as he looks around, ready to point to someone else. He spies a woman in the middle and points.

Fan: Why did you attack Samuel on Climax Control and not Lord Raab?

31
Climax Control Archives / A short break away
« on: June 22, 2017, 11:47:44 AM »
  Short breaks, a wrestlers God send on occasion. Many outside the wrestling world don't see what really goes on in the wrestling world. You're on constantly, you pose for pictures when you don't want to, you smile like you mean it, when there's days you just want to just be left alone and be genuinely normal, live a normal life, be a normal person. We accept that's what comes with the territory, but you don't have to like it. It's a dark side of fame and no matter what we do as wrestlers, as people on your screens, it will always happen. If you're a good guy, people expect it, they expect you to be nice, if you're a bad guy, everyone wants a picture with someone who's mean on television, it's just the way this works. Everyone has to keep the company they work for in a good light, it means they get more viewers, which means you get more money, and let's be honest, it's a capitalistic kinda world. Those short breaks away though, those one's where you're not told to advertise things, ones you can really have off.... Well, sometimes they don't start as well as you hope either...

Los Angeles International Airport - One of the busiest in America - often sees it's fair share of celebrities pass through it's gates and in to the air on a daily basis. From film stars, to pop stars, to those famous for the sake of being famous, many well known names have been on that runway and headed for the skies above. This brings out more than just a fan, hoping to spot a celebrity, it brings out the paparazzi, like sharks circling a prey, these men and women stand for hours at gates, hoping to hear the whisper of a famous person leaving or arriving, just to ask a few random question. On this warm Tuesday morning, this was no different, as people from various outlets were there, waiting for that famous face to appear. Their luck was truly in today as not one, but two famous people entered the airport, the man dressed in white, three quarter length pants, and a light blue sleeveless shirt, and the woman dressed in jeans, torn at the knees as is the fashion these days, and a white shirt, hugging her upper body, the couple you know as J2H and Melody Grace.

The World Champion and one half of the Bombshell Tag Team champions, walked hand in hand a bag over the shoulder of J2H, eyes quickly moving towards them as their faces begun to get recognized, not just by fans, but by those sharks mentioned early. Quickly approached by a man in his twenties, short dark hair, he identifies himself as a TMZ reporter as the couple head towards security.


TMZ Reporter: I'm from TMZ, I got questions! Where are you going?

The couple continue to walk away from the man.

J2H: You don't even ask if you can talk to us and ask us stuff, you just jump in? That's shit man.  

TMZ Reporter: Sorry, I just heard a few things and I want to give you guys the chance to talk about them to our loyal fans.

A sharp inhale comes from the World Champion as he and Melody continue to walk, being followed by the persistent man.

J2H: That's the thing about rumors, they're ninety nine percent bullshit and made up by people who has too much time on their hands and need a life.

TMZ Reporter: These are from people close to you. It what I've been told and they've never steered me wrong before, so maybe you should answer them.

A smirk crosses J2H's face as he looks at Melody, shaking his head.

J2H: Or maybe I should just keep walking and not take any notice of any bullshit.

TMZ Reporter: Well, I've heard your contract is running out soon and you point blank refuse to sign a new one unless you're given more money and are made the star attraction of the show.

A wide smile crosses the young man's face as he stops and looks at the reporter, his eyebrow raised as he stares a hole deep through his soul.

J2H: Why would I care about money? Seriously. Do I look like I need money? Years ago, I was a money grabbing bastard and you know why? Because I wanted enough of it so I could do what I want with my life before I was old, and broken. I am not old, I am not broken, I got all the money I need. I would not refuse to sign a contract over money. As for being the star attraction, I already am the star attraction. I got idiots calling me out all the time that don't deserve to be in the ring with me, deluded people who think that they can keep up with me. Take Steve Ramone as the perfect example for that.  

TMZ Reporter: Why accept a match with him then?

J2H: To prove that he doesn't belong in a ring with me. It might just shut him up about things and let him stick to his level of facing Ryan Keys or something.

TMZ Reporter: Is it true that you guys are actually going away to get married?

J2H holds back a laugh as Melody looks towards the reporter.

J2H: Bro, if Melody and I was gonna get married, it sure as shit wouldn't be in Romania, it would be somewhere a shit ton better than that. Only Romanians get married in Romania. With the money I got, I think I can do a lot better than that.

A smile crosses Melody's face as she hears him talk about possible marriage, a subject he has strongly avoided in the past and on many occasions, not even considered.

TMZ Reporter: I also heard something else about you leaving SCW.

An eye roll comes from him as he walks closer to security with Melody by his side.

J2H: Is that your go to question or something? Are you leaving? Is that all you got?

TMZ Reporter: It comes from a source very close to you and it ties in with your contract situation too.

J2H: Oh great.

Sarcastic tones come from J2H's lips.

TMZ Reporter: I heard no matter what happens in your match with Lord Raab, even if you become double champion, you will be at least taking a break.

The question seems to catch the World Champion off guard as he stops as the couple get towards the security gates, J2H looking firmly at the man, a slight smile appearing on the corner of the man's lips as he waits. Melody looks at J2H with a raised eyebrow as he stands in silence.

J2H: I focus on one match at a time. Lord Raab isn't next, Steve Ramone is. I could get injured against Ramone and not make it to the supercard. I could get injured in Romania and not make it to the next show. Now we didn't come here to talk, we came here to get on a plane and get away from here.

J2H points to security and he and Melody walk away from the reporter, and moving towards metal detectors.

It was clear J2H's hesitation hadn't gone unnoticed by his girlfriend, her eyes never left him the entire time he stood and answered. It seemed like an age had passed between the question and answer and it left a slightly bitter taste in Melody's mouth. Could he have made these plans without telling her? Was he keeping something as big stepping away from SCW hidden from her? The question has burned in to her mind, and never left for a second as they walked through security, as the walked through the terminal and to the gate. It played on her mind as she sat down on a private plane. It played on her mind as the engines revved and the plane flew gracefully in to the air. She had to ask, she couldn't wait anymore. Thirty thousand feet above the ground seemed as good a time as any to ask him. It's not like he could leave the room.


Melody: Can I ask you something?

Her voice caught his attention as he sat across from her, a table between them. His eyes were focused on the laptop set up in front of him for the early part of the almost fourteen hour flight between Los Angeles and Romania - Why Romania you ask? Why the fuck not? The world is out there to be seen, so see it. His eyes pull away from the laptop screen and look towards her.

J2H: Yeah?

Melody shifts in her seat, looking across at J2H dead in the eye.

Melody: That question about you leaving SCW after your match with Raab, you seemed uneasy answering it. Is there any truth to it?

J2H doesn't say anything, he simply looks across at Melody, biting his lip and thinking for just a few seconds.

Melody: Well? Are you keeping anything from me?

J2H: Mel, I don't like secrets. They show nothing but disrespect to the person you're holding them from. Being honest keeps trust up and builds trust.

Melody continues to look at J2H as its now his turn to shift slightly in his seat, trying to pick his next words wisely.

J2H: But I will do what you know I do. I'll evaluate after the supercard, like I do every time. I'll sit and see how my body feels and if I feel there's anything left for me to do. I'll think about my future because I'm owed like two weeks off from every month I held the SCW World title, and after my last run and this one, it gives me like half a year off if I wanna take it. I don't know what the plan is this time around, but I'm focused on Steve Ramone, then I'll be focused on having Raab try to rip the flesh from my bones and then I'll worry about the future.

Melody: So you don't already know what you're gonna do?

J2H: No, I don't but I know whatever it is, it will be right for me. I've had my ass kicked in so many matches and still come through them but if I wanna stick around in this for years to come, I need to be driven. If there's nothing left in SCW to drive me, then I'll consider taking some of that time off. Till then, I'll focus on what's next.

Melody looks at him, and J2H returns her stare, a silence between the two fills the planes cabin. Eventually, Melody nods her head as she looks at him.

Melody: Alright Jam, I believe you but if you do come to a decision, please tell me first, ok?

He nods towards her, slowly moving his head up and down.

J2H: I will. You know what, I'm just gonna take this laptop to the back of the plane, cut a promo on Ramone, send it in and we can have a few days away from all the shit that comes with being a wrestler. Let's actually have this break without having to work.

Melody: You'll always have to work, because you get noticed everywhere we go.

J2H: Nah, you get noticed first, then they see me and I become the guy that gets pushed aside.

Melody shakes her head in defiance of what he just said but he nods towards her.

J2H: I'll be back.

He stands up, grasping the laptop in his hand and moving towards the back of the plane. He steps past a few empty rows and sits down at the seat furthest away from Melody as he can find, and pulls down the tray from the seat in front and pulls it towards him. He places the laptop down and searches for a recording program and quickly double clicks it. He repositions the camera to capture his whole face and hits a red circle, setting it to record.

J2H: That's right Steve, a promo on you from thousands of feet up in the air, cause you're just not worth me scouting a good place.

He smirks down the camera, every movement being recorded.

J2H: Well it looks like you finally got what you wanted, right? The chance to prove yourself against the best wrestler in SCW. That mouth of you finally paid off. All that begging for chances at titles has finally landed you the biggest chance of your miserable little life. Why are you so fucking obsessed with titles Steve?

He lays a palm out flat in a questioning manner.

J2H: Are you that insecure as a wrestler, that you need to have these little trinkets to feel that you have some kind of worth?

He leans back in his chair.

J2H: Are you over compensating for shortcomings Steve? Is that why you just have to have gold, because if not, you see what a truly pathetic loser you really are?

A smirk crosses the champions face as he breathes calmly.

J2H: You're meant to be some kinda man, but look at yourself, you're a loser at every single level as a wrestler and a human being. You've mocked me in the past about who I was rather than worry about who I've become. Let me tell you Steve, THAT is a double edged sword because we all remember what you were. I mean people mocked you for it for year. Every single promo was you, alone in a hotel room with a laptop. Oh the memories have just flooded back for so many people out there listening to this bro. They remember Steve Ramone and his mighty laptop promos, where every one was the exact same and the only thing that changed was the opponent. You was still gold hungry then, but that laptop was your bestest buddy in the whole wide world, and every promo ended with you shutting that laptop. You remember that right Steve?

He holds back a smile.

J2H: Now me back at that time, I wasn't perfect, I couldn't wrestle for shit, but I was still better than you. I was this kid that had to throw out some kind of confidence or it would have shown people they could eat me alive. I wasn't great but I won, and I won gold. I earned it, I never once begged for a title shot like you do every fucking week like a broken record. I earned it with win, but I was never really that good. My five title runs Steve, most of them, I wasn't that good, your four, yes four, one shorter than me, was never any good. Fuck, my last title run before my current one, lasted longer than all yours put together, but I got better Steve, cause I evolved, you didn't.

He waves his finger from side to side.

J2H: I worked hard, I improved in every way possible and I did not stop until I picked up that title that I wanted, the title that I hold today. I pushed myself Steve, I went and I worked for everything, while you replaced your laptop with two idiots and a porn star. Yet you still think you belong in the ring with me?

A frown passes the face of J2H.

J2H: Hard work to get known vs two idiots and a porn star. This is why I'm known and this is why people couldn't care less about you.

He runs his hand over his chin, enjoying every fact coming out of his mouth.

J2H: You replaced the hotel room with restaurants. Here's a newsflash for you Steve. No one gives a fuck about how you like your steak and people sure as shit don't wanna see you sitting there scoffing your face and sending that in for SCW to air! Seriously, choke on that steak and fucking learn no one in their right mind wants to see that! No one cares for a second about what you order in a restaurant, which always seems to be steak, fuck bro, there are other things out there, you're a walking heart attack! No one cares what cut Cyrus likes, or how Andreas likes his cooked, abso-fucking-lutely no one.

Melody: Preach!

J2H lifts his head up, looking down at Melody, who smiles with a shrug.

Melody: Sorry babe.

J2H: All good.

He leans back down in to his chair and sits looking down the camera on the laptop.

J2H: You are the king of taking something and making people get bored of it real quick. How long did you think it took for people to get bored of your apparent sex all over the arena? Let's just say I overheard someone high up talking about banning that thing you are apparently engaged to, from every SCW show known to man. People got bored of seeing the same shit on the show every single fucking week. People get bored of seeing it in your promos Steve. Seriously, people are probably fucking each other all over SCW on the down low, but they keep it off camera. You making sure it's caught on camera makes all of us know she's just a paid actress to hide the fact that you can't get something below your waist working.

Melody: Gross!

J2H: Gross but true. We know she's not your fiancee. Who would want to marry a woman that ranks lower than dirt. Just a paid actress to fake shit because you're just not really a man. An embarrassment to SCW, yes without a doubt, a man who takes things and makes people switch off after two week, God yes, but a man, you are not. It proves it the way you wormed your way in to facing me.

J2H pokes his lower lip out with a pout.

J2H: Awwww, did poor little Stevie get protective of a festival?

His mocking tone quickly turns in to a more confident tone.

J2H: Grow the fuck up! Because I mocked a place where middle aged men, with long hair wearing biker vests and T-shirts with bands on them that no one has ever heard of and general promote death, war and anger. A place where people show up and look like they have no idea what a shower is, just to stand in a field full of nothing but mud, where men all bop their heads at the same time, pretend to understand what some tone deaf idiot is trying to scream on stage, while three other idiots randomly play instruments out of tune, before everyone starts running around in a circle and starts running in to each other, increasing the stink of body odour. Where people use stupid rock on lines, and throw up devil horns, promoting the dark arts, before going back to their little menial office jobs, this is what gave you grounds to step up to me?  

A giggle can be heard coming from further down the plane from Melody.

J2H: Don't you see how ridiculous that place sounds? Anyone with just an ounce of self respect wouldn't turn up to that. Bloodstock? Fucking Bloodstock. More breaking news for you Steve, bloodstock actually means horses trained for the purpose of racing.

A laugh breaks out of his lungs, a wide smile plastering itself on his face.

J2H: All this fucking time you thought cause it had the word blood in it and cause you thought you could throw devil horns up at the great unwashed on the stage, you thought it was something to do with heavy metal, when all along, it's to do with race horses!

J2H covers his mouth, holding a smile beyond his fingers. He tries to compose himself, but more laughs pass his lips. He takes a deep breath and eventually composes himself.

J2H: You fucking idiot. All the time you thought it meant something darker and it's to do with horse racing. That is as stupid as your reasons for trying to step up to me, as stupid as everything about you. Now if you're that wrong about something you apparently attend on a yearly basis, then how wrong do you think you are when it comes to actually being able to hang with me?

He tilts his head, as if to be waiting for an answer, but a wide smile breaks out on his face once more.

J2H: I can't believe you used me insulting Bloodstock as a way to get a match with me, without knowing what it actually meant. I know you're hoping that this will get you in to the main event at the supercard, I know you're praying that this will help you worm your way in, but it really won't. You couldn't beat Halc, you've lost to people at the lowest level, Lord Raab's bitch boy Samuel could eat you alive and he gets lost in the ring on his own without Raab holding his hand. You couldn't beat Raab and you can't beat me. This match is just based on the fact that I let it happen, I wanted it to happen, I wanted you to be my warm up for the freak. I allowed it to happen so that maybe you will see that you're not good enough to even step up to the top two titles and you're not now, nor will you ever be able to step up to my level again. This is simply for me to show you to know your place here. That place is below me Steve, so far below me, you can't even see my level, let alone get to it.

J2H eases back on his chair.

J2H: Using this stupid ass reason to work your way to the top is gonna backfire on you. You seen you can't win the lowest title, you've jumped for the highest two titles and now once I beat you on Sunday, it's gonna prove that you're not good enough for the top two titles either. I suggest you wear a dress and try and beat Jessie Salco because bro, you shot yourself in the foot and you're gonna have nowhere to go once I'm finished with you. You bit off more than you can chew with me and now you're gonna choke on it.

He looks deep down the camera.

J2H: Next time Steve, you should think before you open that mouth of yours. You should think about those what if's. Like what if I don't win, where will it leave me. You didn't think of that, did ya? You thought of everything you could gain and not what you're about to lose. Trust me when I say you're about to lose it all. It's a long way back from the bottom Steve and when I send you back down below the roulette level. Enjoy opening the show against new people because you've committed career suicide by running before you can walk. For a guy that's been around SCW forever, you're still pretty naive to think you've gone and done something good here because basically, you've fucked it all up for yourself.  

J2H waves his finger at the camera.

J2H: Now I'm gonna leave you to think about that, while me and Melody go and buy a bloodstock and name it Steve.

Melody's head pops up from over the seat, looking down the row of seats in between towards J2H.  

Melody: Are we really?

J2H: To remind me of the glorious moment that Steve Ramone finally learned what the word bloodstock really meant, yes Mel, we are.

Melody clinches her fists together in excitement as J2H looks down in to the camera.

J2H: You're now fucked, your career is fucked, and every dream you've ever had of beating me Steve, is now well and truly fucked. That's real talk bitch! And now to go old school just for you....

J2H closes the laptop down as the scene fades to black.

32
Climax Control Archives / Not Honored.
« on: June 08, 2017, 11:50:46 AM »
 First defences are hard..... but fuck that, this is not a first defence as such is it? Once again, a championship belt was back with the man who made it famous, the man who took it to a whole new level and made the belt almost immortal. It was good for it to be home, back in the place it belonged, back where it felt most at home, with J2H. It had bounced around through the last cycle, first to Drake Green for five minutes, then to Rage, somehow creating one of life's little mysteries when it somehow managed to find it's way in to the hands of Jeremiah Hardin, then back to Rage before returning home to the hands of J2H. It wasn't the belts fault it ended up in so many hands, groped like a cheap whore at a hen night by many fingers, but more to do with the idiots that somehow managed to rip the belt from the hands of the only man who deserved it. That belt was now back home, it was comfortable, it was safe in the knowledge that it would only move on again when the real owner decided it was time.

A whole new level of calmness had met the champion recently, one where he was happy not to chase a title he should never have lost. Everything was right in the world again. Melody was a champion once more, not the level he felt she deserved but he knew she was proud of it. He knew she deserved to be at the top of her division instead of that lazy champion, but he was proud her hard work had paid off and she will be there again. Everything in his life was coming together. Nothing could shatter his calm... Well, almost nothing.

Noises can be heard from outside the room inhabited by J2H, inaudible talking can be heard as the champion sits up in bed and looks around the room, his eye narrowed as he looks around in the morning night. He was determined to catch up on some sleep, the tour from SCW may be a distant memory, but he had not fully recovered from the time on the road and no time at home. His muscles ached slightly as he looked towards the alarm clock on the side, reading the time to be two minutes past eleven. He looks towards the window, seeing the daylight breaking in, instantly knowing that morning was nearly over and he'd missed so much of it. Still the noises from behind the door peaked his interest as he sat there, no expecting guests himself, although not unusual for people to drop by. Melody was popular in the area, her friendly demeanour - when she's not cursing on Twitter at people - attracted people. He often through that she could base a reality show on her and the neighbourhood women, but someone beat him to that idea a long time ago. Her popularity often brought people over to the house. Today could have been one of those times.

Rolling out of bed, he places his feet on the floor, waiting for just a few seconds to steady himself before standing up and reaching a tattooed arm out to a nearby chair towards a pair of white shorts. He quickly pulls the shorts over his legs and straightens up, walking towards the door to investigate the noise and opens the bedroom door, walking out on the hallway of the upstairs lands and moving tiredly towards the top of the stairs. He walks down the steps and reaches the bottom of them, only to be greeted with the smiling face of Simpson.


Simpson: Good morning sir. It's a beautiful day out today, would you like some coffee?

An uncontrollable yawn escapes J2H's lungs as he looks at Simpson, wiping his eyes as the man towers over him.

J2H: Yeah, could do with a bucket load of it.

Simpson: Very good sir. Why don't you join the others outside on the patio and I will bring it right out to you.

J2H lowers his eyebrow as he looks at Simpson with a slight touch of confusion.

J2H: Others?

A firm nod comes from the big man as confusion creeps over J2H's face even more as he looks at him.

Simpson: Yes sir, Mr and Mrs Stevens are here with young Master Lucas. They're in the patio right now with Ms. Grace, and Dexter enjoying the sunshine. As I said sir, it's a beautiful day today.

J2H: You know what Simpson? Switch the coffee out for something a little stronger, a little more alcoholic, and forget the straw.

Simpson: As you wish sir.

As Simpson moves towards the kitchen, J2H takes a long deep breath, thinking about what he's set to walk in to as he walks towards the door leading towards the living room. He walks through the door and in to the grand living room. He looks through the sliding doors to where the group of people sit around a table, drinks on the marble top table in a tall jug with glasses half full around them. He takes another deep breath as he walk towards the door, his footsteps being heard, causing Melody to turn around and look towards him as the  Stevens sit opposite her.  

Melody: Baaaaaaaaabe!

Melody jumps up and wraps her arms around J2H's neck, squeezing him tightly.

J2H: What's going on?

Melody: I told you yesterday that Gabriel, Odette and Lucas was coming over today. I was gonna wake you this morning, but you was looking all cute while you was asleep, so I just left you there.

Odette: If it's a problem, we can go.

J2H looks towards Odette sitting opposite where Melody was sitting, but J2H shakes his head at her.

J2H: No, it's all good, I just ummm, forgot or something. Still tired from the tour and all that shit.

Gabriel: I get that. At least you never had to leave the country. The tours in the past, leaving the country, travelling from one country to the next was hard work.

A nod of agreement comes from the head of J2H as he looks towards Gabriel.

J2H: Yeah, but I got this funny feeling this tour was done to save some money for a huge tour near the end of the year.

Melody takes J2H by the arm and points towards the chair opposite Gabriel.

Melody: Come, sit down, I'll go get you a glass.

J2H walks around the table, sitting in the chair Melody pointed as Simpson comes out of the door, holding a glass of clear liquid and moves towards J2H, placing it in front of him.

J2H: Already way ahead of ya, thank you Simpson.

Simpson: You're welcome sir, can I get anyone else anything.

Melody: Yes, you can get your swimming costume on, get out of that stuffy suit and come out here and join us.

A smile crosses the bald man's face as he nods towards Melody.

Simpson: Thank you Ms. Grace.

Simpson moves back in to the house as J2H rolls his eyes at no one in particular.

J2H: I bet he comes out here in those horrible shorts you bought him.

Melody pulls of J2H's arm as she joins the group, sitting in the chair next to her man and squeezing his leg after hearing that comment.  

Melody: They're not horrible, he looks so good in them.

J2H: If you say so babe.

J2H looks down to his side to see Lucas sitting on the floor, opposite Dexter, the two looking like they're having a staring contest. Yes, a staring contest between a baby and a duck, you saw it right. J2H turns his attention, looking around the group and towards Odette.

J2H: Congrats on winning your own title again.

Odette: Thank you. I had a good partner.

J2H: So do we now call you the Disney Dolls or do we wait until you announce it on the show.

Odette scrunches up her face as she looks towards J2H, her eyes serious as she stares at him.

Odette: That is never gonna happen.

Melody pouts her lip out at Odette, Melody's hand moving on to J2H's as he free hand reaches for the drink in front of him, picking it up and taking a sip.

Melody: But it's sooooooooo cute! We can come out dressed like Disney princesses every week and the crowd will love it.

Gabriel looks across at his wife, looking at the look of disbelief on his wife's face as she listens to Melody.

Gabriel: You two do need a name. All the greatest teams had a real name, you two could break Team Hero's record someday so you might want to come up with a name.

Odette: Oh we will, as long as it doesn't have the word dolls in it.

J2H leans back in his chair as he picks up his drink again. He looks around the group.

Gabriel: I saw what you did the other night J, very clever, reminded me of something I would do.

J2H lowers his eyebrows as he looks towards Gabriel.

J2H: What?

Gabriel: Baiting the hook for Raab, driving a wedge in between himself and Samuel just to get yourself a chance at becoming a grand slam champion. That was very clever.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at SCW first World champion, a man respected in the business not only for his accomplishments inside the ring, but currently for his work outside of the ring training two SCW Bombshells in the form of Evie Baang, now number one contender to the SCW Bombshell championship, and the woman who has beat two grand slam champions in two matches, Devona.  

J2H: It was easy to do. I knew he was gonna crumble. I knew as soon as I offered him something new, he was gonna screw over Samuel as soon as I offered him that. Goes to show what kinda guy Lord Raab is. The guy is selfish as fuck and put his own accomplishments above his relationship. He pulled the rug out from under Samuel out of pure greed. Sooner or later, he'll think about this and I would have beat him before he even gets in the ring with me.

Odette: You gotta get past Tuscini first.

J2H: Tuscini and probably Ramone.

The three look towards him confused by his comment on Ramone.

Melody: What's he got to do with anything.

J2H: You honestly think after I ignored him, after I laughed at his challenge, he is not gonna get involved in my match somehow? Like commentate, or come to the ring and call me out face to face? Or attack me? I'm calling this one now. Steve Ramone will somehow wiggle his way in to my match on Sunday, trying to force a title match, which he hasn't earned. He had a chance at the Roulette championship less than a week ago and failed so watch the title hungry bastard try and get involved in my match on Sunday. Calling this right now.

He picks up his drink confidently and takes a sip.

J2H: He won't need to and it makes no sense on why he's there. I know every sees him as a man who forgot wrestling is more than just title belts, but after getting his ass kicked by Kris Halc, it would make no sense for him to mix it up with me, but he will try. He won't cost me the belt because by the time he does show up, and again, he will, Tuscini would have been long taken care of.

Odette: Someone sounds confident.

J2H: Someone is confident. People seem to love my predictions I do for the supercard, but I wanna keep them that way. My predictions are pretty accurate, but this week, I just predict I will beat Tuscini, and Steve Ramone will somehow appear in my match. He won't be able to help himself.

Before J can continue, he feels a tug at his shorts. Looking down, he spies Lucas standing up next to him, looking up at him with his arms reached up towards J2H. He looks towards Odette who waves her hand in encouragement.

Odette: You can pick him up if you want. You gotta get used to it sooner or later, you and Melody will be parents someday.

An uneasy look crosses J2H's face as he looks towards a beaming Melody. Not wanting to disappoint Melody, he reaches down and lifts Lucas on to his lap, the young man beaming with a bright wide smile as J2H looks a little more at ease. Before any conversation can continue, Simpson appears behind him.

Simpson: Sir, I'm sorry to interrupt, there's a telephone call for you concerning a business opportunity that Mr Wahlburg has set up.

J2H holds Lucas out towards Melody, not the best choice in the world knowing that every time Melody holds Lucas, her broody side has a habit of kicking in. Melody takes Lucas in her hands, smiling widely as J2H stands up and looks at the group.

J2H: Excuse me for a minute. Just need to take this call. Mel, why don't you guys get packed up and we'll go to the beach house or something? It's finished now, it's not too far away, and being as we have an Aussie around, could fire up the Barbecue or something.

Melody: Sounds great!

J2H stands up and walks past Melody, rubbing her shoulder as she holds Lucas and he walks in to the house. J2H looks at Simpson as he passes.

J2H: You too Simpson, get ready, we'll head down to the beach house in a little while.

Simpson nods his head as the scene fades out.




Everyone loves a day at the beach, right? We're in June for Christ sake! Summer is in flow in California and the beach is the place most go to. As a wrestler, you're always on, always ready to meet a willing crowd to put yourself in the front of their mind, it's what sells tickets, but we all need downtime. Melody's foresight to buy a little getaway beach house was the perfect place to go and relax, to put your feet and forget the wrestling world and this was one of those days.

Just hours earlier, this small group sat in the home of J2H and Melody Grace but now the group were at the beach house. A fine job had been done on the home, once falling to bits, unloved and uncared for, some elbow grease and a whole lot of effort had turned the house in to a livable space, the old wooden exterior replaced and decorated to a much higher standard then before. No more was paint peeling off the outside of the house, looking like it's best years were long behind it, but a fresher, more modern look covered the facade.

The soft sound of music could be heard coming from the outside porch of the building, the back end of the house facing the beach, and smoke could be seen coming from the outside. The scent of grilled meat his the air as the camera moved in towards the group showing Odette standing behind a barbecue - An Aussie at a barbecue is a given in every Australian's eyes, no one can barbecue like an Aussie and Odette's natural leadership in the situation kicked in as soon as they reached the house, there was no stopping her. Odette's eyes glanced towards her husband and son, just a few feet away from the house on the sandy beach, Lucus' eyes glowing as Gabriel makes shapes in the sand. To one side, Simpson laid on a sun lounger, heeding the advice of Melody and slipping in to more comfortable attire, wearing a pair of bright red shorts and a sleeveless shirt. Melody leans on a railing, overlooking the beach and J2H next to her, a smile on his face.


J2H: This was a great idea getting this place and you've done amazing work with  it Mel.

A prideful smile crosses her face, hearing praise from J2H wasn't rare in situations, but it's always nice to hear from someone you love.

Melody: Thank you. It was a great idea to invite Odette, Gabriel and Lucas here. Our first guests here.

J2H breathes deeply as his eyes look around the beach, observing people walking past, the stress from their daily lives melting away as they switch off from reality.

J2H: First of many I would think, considering you bought this place to decorate, sell and move on. Doesn't look likely you want to sell this place and move on.

Melody bites her lower lip as she puts her hand on his, looking towards him with a sympathetic shrug of her shoulders.

Melody: I ummm, haven't ummm, got a good enough offer for the place yet. I will do maybe in five or ten years.

She smiles at J2H who puts his arm around her shoulder, looking at the water in the distance as the waves lap up on the beach.

J2H: Yeah, five or ten years should do it.

A smile crosses his face as he looks at Melody. He knew when she bought the house she would refurbish it and fall in love with it. He knew she wouldn't be able to part with it when the time came and already accepted that face. He had the money to finance her little things like this if she needed it, he also knew she wasn't short of money herself and would have happily piled her own money in to the house completely. People seem to be under the wrong impression when it came to those two, always thinking J2H was paying for everything, when it was never the case. People need to mind their own business.

Melody: So that phone call earlier, new business?

He turns his head to look at her with a smile on his face.

J2H: Yeah, just a few shares in a super cars business. Nothing I really have to get involved in but means I get to drive all the new super cars before they hit the market.

Melody: Sounds expensive.

He tilts his head to the side as he thinks about a response to Melody, knowing that this is not a cheap business to enter. He knew at some point, he wanted an empire for the two of them, his degree in business that he managed to complete at a very young age was there to be used and no one wrestles forever, no one can do this demanding job till it's time for a dirt nap - other than Rage, who seems to have been around for the last one hundred years. He knew it was time to invest his money elsewhere and start an empire. He wanted to be involved in everything from fashion to cars, although Melody would be more on the fashion side to him, he ruled nothing out when it came to a business chance.

J2H: It is and it isn't. High risk, high reward. I know more rich people than poor people, and these rich people talk in one language, the language of possessions. They all want the newest toy and it could turn millions in to billions.

Melody: Can't we just buy a little coffee shop for normal people and start small?

Another opportunity he hasn't ruled out. He wanted his finger in every pie. He'd done almost everything in wrestling, almost everything. It was time to look beyond wrestling.  

J2H: Well people do like coffee. Always worth looking in to, always worth setting shit up for when we're done wrestling.

Interesting comment there, don't you think? Is this the last hurrah? Was this the plan?

Melody: Getting ahead of ourselves there. You have that title to keep and you could break your own record.

A sharp shake of the head indicates his feeling on the record.

J2H: Nah, I'm not gonna break my own record. Not even gonna come close to doing that shit. There's no challenge anymore, I've beat everyone there is to beat out there. I mean come on babe, Steve Ramone challenging me knowing full well I'm busy plotting the downfall of Lord Raab is not a challenge, that's just desperate from Steve.

Melody: You need to get through Tuscini first babe.

J2H: I'm gonna steamroll through Tuscini. That guy is not on my level, I see he's apparently honored to face me.

He had not watched James Tuscini's promo, nor did he intend to before his aired. He never watched a single opponent promo until his one aired, due to not wanting to be influenced by it. It's his own unwritten rule, shame many others didn't adhere to that rule. He'd heard through the grapevine the title of Tuscini's promo.

Melody: Most people are who face you.

J2H: Most people are deluded Mel. Most people think they can beat me. Just watch when Ramone sticks his nose in my business. He's doing it cause he is a title hungry bitch who thinks he can beat me. Instead, he's setting himself off for a harsh dose of home truths if he faces me.

Melody: Just focus on Tuscini first babe.

J2H wraps his arm around Melody's shoulder a little firmer than before and pulls her closer, his eyes smiling beneath reflective sunglasses.  

J2H: Already focused, already ready to send him back to tag team matches, trust me, I got this. Also got another idea.

Melody: You're full of ideas today.

J2H: That I am babe, that I am. This house is big enough for six people for the night, so fuck driving back, might as well drink and party here for the night, let everyone just crash here and head back tomorrow. It's national best friend day or something, so you should hang with your best friend.

J2H nods his head towards Odette, in the zone on the barbecue, focused on everything going on in front of her. Melody smiles at J2H, turning and putting her arms around his neck.

Melody: What has gotten in to you today?

J2H: Nothing. Everything is just falling in to place this week. I conned that oaf Raab in to putting his title on the line for me to take off him. You're a champion again, and it's well deserved. I get to smack Tuscini around the ring on Sunday, you're around your best friend. Odd to say but I'm in a happy mood. It doesn't happen often.

Melody pulls herself in close, hugging J2H and pulling him closer.

Melody: I'll go ask O if they wanna stay!

Melody's excitement forces her to squeeze J2H a little firmer than usual before she turns around and moves towards Odette. J2H turns towards the sea and smiles.

J2H: Everything is coming up Milhouse....

Someone out there will get the reference to that as he looks at the ocean, pressing his hands together as the scene fades out.




Well the Stevens accepted the offer to stay with Melody and J2H for the night, and the party had moved inside the house as the sun disappeared and the moon appeared. Unsurprising a sea breeze had replaced the humidity as it moved through the sand, rearranging the sand from one place to the next. Only one person stood on the porch previously occupied by life, and that man is J2H. Over his shoulder sits the SCW World championship belt. His eyes dart around the now empty beach as he starts to speak.


J2H: New chances, new opportunities, that seems to be the mantra of the day around SCW now, thanks to a pissed off boss and a mostly lazy roster. I'm not gonna lie, it's about fucking time this happened.

He nods his head firmly.

J2H: For too long, people have got chance after chance that they didn't deserve to get, people have lived on the weight of their name and that's it, nothing more nothing less, just the weight of who they used to be. People now have to earn their way to their spots. What the fuck do you think I've been doing for years? Earning my spot week in and week out to get where I am today! Have I slacked? Fuck no! I've worked my balls off to get to where I am and worked my balls off to stay where I am. Now it pains me so much to admit this, but so has my opponent this week.

He sighs as he shakes his head with disappointment.

J2H: I feel fucking dirty saying that, but ever since he stepped foot in to SCW, he has been consistently on the show, consistently making himself known as an SCW guy. People know he's gonna be on the show one way or the other because he is always on the show. He's always there and associated with SCW. A lot of you whiny "I want a title" bitches could learn from that and actually put in the effort. He's been in match after match, lost match after match but somehow bounced back to earn and win titles. This guy is the shining example on what it takes to be an SCW star, still in my shadow but an example none the less. He has earned the spot, but is he good enough to be in the spot?

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Fuck no!

A look of confidence crosses the champions face.

J2H: The guy can't even win a tag match with a far superior partner in Dmitri. Trust me, that vampire bastard is something else considering the way he pushed me and you Tuscini, you can't win a tag match with him by your side. Your spot has been earned, it's right there but you do not in any way deserve to be sitting there, you do not in any way deserve to be this high up. See this level is beyond you but well done for being noticed in a crowd of the most lazy bastards ever put together and called itself a company. Well done for being a company kiss ass.

He breathes deeply.

J2H: You've won titles, well good for you Tuscini, but let me make this clear. You've never met someone like me in the ring before. You tried to run before you could walk here, I remember it well. When I won this very belt those years ago, I put out an open challenge and you opened your mouth and accepted.

J2H runs his fingers along the title belt.

J2H: I had to deal with championship whores like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Steve Ramone pissing their pants the second I said I would take on anyone, two men who would sell their own grandmothers for some gold. I had to listen to people whisper in my ear "Hey J, if you don't want the belt, we can work something out and I'll take it." Yes, I had that, I had people sit there and say that to me, people who couldn't win a single match in SCW and still fucking can't, but you Tuscini, you expressed an interest and got overshadowed by losers who cried for a shot week in and week out and got smashed up by me. You waited patiently and now your chance is here. Was it worth the wait to you?

He pauses for just a second.

J2H: Was it worth waiting over a year to be in the main event with a guy you accepted an open challenge invitation? It might feel like it now, you were probably on cloud nine when you heard about it, but let me tell you this. Come Sunday, you will not be so happy, you will not be as excited as you no doubt are right now, because it wouldn't have mattered if it happened a year ago, the result from then will still be the same as the result on Sunday and that's me walking out with the title belt when everything is said and done. I never forgot Tuscini, I never forgot you wanting to be the one to step up to me so early in your SCW career, I never forgot you had the ambition to try and rip this belt from my hands.

J2H taps the side of his own head.

J2H: I never forgot for a single second and I knew your day would come. To me, this is the battle of old school vs new school because dear God, some of the shit that falls out of your mouth belongs way back in the sixties somewhere, when Uncle Pinky was just a spritely young thing of fifty. Seriously, Kris Halc pointed out in his match against you how much you like to go to the well of who you've beaten in the past, how many times you've beaten them, blah, blah, blah. That means shit to me. Every dog finds a cool bit of sidewalk once in a while and that's all it is. You found your cool bit of sidewalk and picked up a few wins, but they mean shit to me. I don't care if you beat low level jobbers, the same guys that get an erection whenever I say open challenge just so they can jump in the limelight without earning a fucking thing. You go look at the level I've beat and come back to me.

He puts his finger to his ear, jolting his head around, looking from side to side.

J2H: Can you hear that? Everyone can hear it, it's almost like Tuscini saying he beat Rage. That's it, that's what he'll probably go on this week!

J2H clicks his fingers, the snapping sound filling the air around him.

J2H: Get in line buddy, we've all done that.

He points a thumb behind himself as if to say the line starts behind him.

J2H: Everything about you Tuscini is just wrong, it's just out of date. If you was food, you'd be covered in mould right now because everything about you is past it's sell by date and it's best before date. You're a fucking stereotype! Italian guy, who's family have connections to the mafia? Fuck right off!

A smirk and a shake of the head comes from the champion.

J2H: I'm from Beverly Hills but it don't mean I know the Beverly Hillbillies, yeah, I went that old show, because you act like an old man, you'd probably know it well. Your links to mafia because of the whole Italian thing is like saying every Englishman likes team, every Dutchman wears clogs and carries daffodils and every German marches. Like every Russian knows ballet, every Indian makes a good curry or every Chinese guy is real good at math!

He places his hands out in front of him

J2H: The only way you could be more a stereotype is if you grew a moustache, knew how to fix pipes and had a brother called Mario.... Yes, you're Luigi, because you'll always be second best to someone. Seriously, tell Pinky to turn off the Soprano DVDs and do what you apparently pay him to do and manage you. I got Austin Parker, I'm a two time World Champion, you got Uncle Pinky, you can't seem to step in to modern times and ditch the old lines, ditch the old moves and be fresh. There's the difference with us bro, I'm taking this place to new levels every time I open my mouth, you sit there and sound like you've come from the days of old.

He runs his hand over the championship belt.

J2H: You got yourself in to this place because you're everywhere on the show, yet no one can work you out. What are you? Are you wise guy Italian, or are you, like you claim to be with Dmitri, a monster? Cause bro, if you're a monster, you're the worst fucking monster I think I've ever seen. You couldn't give a baby a nightmare. Saying your a monster and being like three feet tall just makes you a joke, it makes you nothing. You're making a mockery of yourself. Go look in the mirror, you might see one thing, but here's what we all see Tuscini. You join up with a vampire, a freaking vampire! You, Mr Italian, Mr I got links to bad people, and call yourself unholy.... What is unholy about you? I mean everyone knows Italians are very religious people, you seem proud of your Italian roots, so how can you be a real Italian and yet be unholy?

He taps himself on the side of his head with his fingers.

J2H: A real Italian would see a vampire as a monster, work of the devil, but nah, not you bro, you just join up with one and thinks the team makes sense. It really makes no sense, but it doesn't stop there with you, does it?

He shakes his head fast but firmly.

J2H: You join up with another vampire, and a couple of other weird freaks and form the group Blood Legion. First off, stupid fucking name, second off, you stand out like a sore thumb! You don't fit in there. You're deluded guy, thinking you do cause you call yourself a monster with no proof of being one, but you really don't fit. Can't you see, you're basically lunch?

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: You're there as lunch Tuscini, when Dmitri, and that other vampire get a bit peckish, you're there. The stable doesn't make any sense at all, and I'm not the only one that sees this. Who forms a stable one week and does nothing with it the next?

He points down the camera.

J2H: You do Tuscini. My point to this is for all your bark, you have no bite. You keep your face on the screen, but that's about it. You may have been noticed for all this bullshit that doesn't make sense, but I know for a fact that there's nothing about you other than talk. On Sunday, you get in the ring with a man of action and as always, I will show the world that I don't talk confident to put on a front, I am confident and I will be the second that music hits, the second I step out on the ramp that I will be walking back up that ramp with that music playing still holding my gold. Congrats on earning your spot, congrats on being the first person to benefit of this shake up, congrats on main eventing with the best wrestler there's ever been but it's gonna take a lot more than what you've got, or a Steve Ramone run in to ever wrestle this title out of my hands.

He adjusts the championship belt on his shoulder, slowly moving it in to a more comfortable position.

J2H: This right here is about as close as you're ever gonna come to getting this belt from me. On Sunday, being where you are, you think your dreams are about to come true, but I'm telling you straight right here and right now that I'm about to piss all over your dreams and move towards mine, cause you're just a stepping stone on my way to ripping Lord Raab's title from his hand and becoming a double champion.

He smirks down the camera.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

He turns around from the camera, confidently strolling back in to the beach house to join Melody, Odette, Gabriel and Lucas as the scene fades to black.

33
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 12, 2017, 08:11:45 PM »
 J2H: Well at least he got the right idea by showing up last week, even if it was to talk pointless shit. You showed up Rage, one of the few things you got right in the last couple of months. Well thanks for pointing out that you're a three time world champion, state the obvious a little there. Thanks for that one, but in my eyes, in many people's eyes, that's three times too many. You never really did have people behind you, did you? You know why? Because you're shit Rage, you're old, dull and the angry man gimmick it stuck so far back in the early two thousands, I wasn't a teenager and it was stale then. Begs the point, how old are you Rage? Like sixty or something? You sit there saying you have your doubters, shit bro, you have more doubters than supporters because you're over, you passed your best before date before I had thirteen candles on my cake. Calling Drake a washed up little has been...

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: Pot, meet kettle.

He tosses the photo of Rage on the fire, but pulls out a photo exactly the same as the last one.

J2H: For you idiots out there, this is to show that Rage hasn't changed at all ever. It's called symbolism. Talk about Melody and her trips.... Don't be a prick all your life Rage, have you ever thought it's because we can afford it and two star motels are out of your price range? As for the golden couple thing, you and Kittie couldn't be a golden couple if we left you in a room with a bunch of people with spray paint. It's not really difficult to see why people are putting money on me to win. Probably because I am gonna win Rage. There's not a doubt in my mind about that one, I mean have you not been paying attention Rage? Has something in your head not clicked yet to see I was never a man who took the belt and thought that was end game. So many people think that, so many people get a belt and think that's the end, when it's only the beginning. I saw winning the belt as the beginning and it's no coincidence that it's driven me to get better and better. It pushed me to improve and I did while you still stayed the same. Anyone with half a brain, something they would have in common with you, would know who's gonna walk out with that belt.

He tosses the photo in to the first and turns around another, the exact same as the first two.

J2H: Are you getting this now? We get it, everyone is an asshole to you with no basis. Mother Teresa could be resurrected and you'd probably call her an asshole to her face while she's doing charity work. Everyone's an asshole to you, come up with something new there, police are assholes, doctors are assholes, mothers are assholes, kids are assholes, babies are assholes if we look through your eyes. The only thing you said right in that little promo of yours was saving the best till last. Calling me kid is way up there with Hardin calling me Hawksey, shows mental age. Hardin's mental age is clearly about five while yours is about one hundred and five. You seem to think people are over me as champ, which still beats their feelings of you.  

He tosses the photo in to the fire and lifts a forth photo the same as the last.

J2H: You knew that was coming, right? Thing is Rage if they are over me, it shows they invested time in me while you, well, you heard the groan when you pinned Drake, and you must have heard the groan when you pinned Hardin. That speaks volumes about how much the fans were gonna be invested in you. They don't see you as something different, they're wondering if somehow SCW has been transported back to the early two thousands. Let's talk to Jake here and not Rage. Jake, you're stale, the only time you was looked at as having a new lease of life was when you left the Sins and joined me. Now you've just reverted back to what you was and so has the fans opinion of you. The people learned a valuable lesson when I lost the belt.

He looks seriously down the camera.  

J2H: They learned to be careful what they wished for because they saw a five minute champion, a cheating champion who showed up to talk about his belt once in two week because it was advertised, and you, a guy who whined and bitched about being screwed over. This is fucking wrestling Rage, this ain't ice skating, this ain't ballet and it sure as fuck ain't ballroom dancing. These things happened but you turned from the Incredible Hulk to the incredible sulk. At that point, the fans that wished for me to lose the title, saw their grave mistake. They saw three lazy bastards and face facts, you all are, hold a belt none of the deserved. They looked back and saw how hard I worked and they appreciated that. I didn't appear in my hometown for five minutes like Drake did, I didn't come out and talk like my lines have been written by a five year old who watched wrestling twenty years ago and just copied them, like Hardin, I didn't come out here and cried about losing and being screwed and all that shit, did I? No, I gave them quality, I gave them realism, I gave them what they wanted it and after they saw the three options following me, they were not over me, they were right behind me.

He throws that picture in to the fire and turns over another exactly the same.

J2H: Also Rage, no need to say me and my so loudly, makes it sound like you have a speech impediment with those words. Truth is this. I'm gonna put my hands on the title, and rip that belt from you. I've been talking about legacies Rage, so it will be rude not to talk about what you're gonna leave behind.

He shrugs his shoulders

J2H: Nothing Rage. There is no modern day legacy you will leave. The only thing you will leave is the bitter taste in people's mouths that you stayed around much longer than you should have. You didn't just outstay your welcome, you outstayed your usefulness. That belt coming back to me will be sweet relief to every wrestling fan who ever breathed.

He tosses the last picture of Rage in to the fire.

J2H: I've spoke about the legacy of three people, but the most important legacy is about the man talking, cause come Sunday, I will not be robbed of a moment I've wanted for a long time. When I'm dead and in the ground one way or the other, whenever my time is up, people probably won't care that I'm gone, but people will remember what I've done and that's have that moment that you will all love and raise that belt above my head once more, listen to the fans feel happy that you three fucking losers will not walk out with the belt, and my legacy in SCW will be cemented in it's rich history. Come Sunday at Into The Void VI, you will not be able to think of SCW without thinking on the name J2H. That's real talk bitches!

J2H throws the rest of the photos in to fire before he turns around and walks away. The photos burn to a cinder as the scene fades for the last time.


34
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 12, 2017, 08:10:04 PM »
  One final push to get you over the finish line. It's how most SCW stars think when it comes down to the final week of supercard. Extra gym time to the physical side to put on the best match possible. Extra radio, television and fan gigs just to get people interested in getting off their asses to come and see us, but when ya in a city like New York on a Monday afternoon, why bother trying to kill yourself. Everyone needs a little time to soak in their surroundings and get used to the time they will spend in the city. This is what J2H was doing as he sat overlooking the Hudson River, at a rooftop bar and lounge called Gallow Green. He leans on the rail looking across at the waves of the river and breathes deeply. He adapted quick to new surroundings, taking a day out at the start of the week to get his bearings and this was no different.

Young people moved freely around him as he pushed his elbows in to the rails overlooking the city, his mind fairly clear, but it wasn't too long before he was approached by a surprising figure, someone you wouldn't expect to see in this kind of location, SCW commentator Jason Adams. Jason moves towards J2H, standing next to him.


Jason: Hey champ!

J2H looks at him with a look of confusion.

J2H: Champ? Jason, I lost the title a couple of months ago, haven't been the champion since then. Don't you remember? You was there at ringside.

J2H's confused face is met with a confused face of Jason as the commentator scratches his head.

Jason: I was? Was I spinning in my chair at that time?

J2H: Very possible. I've seen you random spin in your chair mid match.

Jason: Oh right, oh yeah, you lost, then that champ lost, and then he lost, and then that guy lost to the guy before. It's all so clear now.

J2H: For some of us anyway. What are you doing here? This doesn't exactly seem like the kinda place you'd go to.

A look of sadness crosses Jason's face as he turns away in slight embarrassment.

Jason: I saw this cute little puppy and I followed it in to the elevator. I got some strange looks from the lady it was with but it was so cute, then the doors opened and I ended up here. I don't even know where I am.

J2H: Would you like me to call Belinda to come and get you?

J2H sarcastically smiles at Jason but a look of fear crosses his face.

Jason: Oh God no! You should have heard her scream today when she found out I replaced her face powder with itching powder. I wasn't even in the same hotel as her, but I heard her scream my name across the city, followed with I'm gonna kill you right after.

J2H can't help but smile at the commentator's look on his face, a look of pride trying to break out through the fear.

Jason: She's gonna kill me more tomorrow when I put barbeque sauce in her shower head.

J2H: Ever thought that you're the reason she wants to kill you?

Jason: No, why'd ya say that?

J2H shakes his head, turning away from Jason as he looks back at the city as Jason moves next to him.

Jason: Hey, can I ask you something?

J2H moves his head towards Jason as he stands overlooking the city.

J2H: What?

Jason: I was talking to Rocky and Puss Puss, and Scotty, and talking about interviewing people and I want to do that sometimes, not all the time, but only times when Belly is mad at me for putting a whoopee cushion on her chair before shows, which is every week, she falls for it every week.

J2H: Focus Jason.

Jason squints his eyes, looking around, his neck jolting around as he looks in various places.

Jason: Focus on what? What am I looking at?

J2H: Focus on the question you was gonna ask me.

Jason: Oh yeah, that. Right yeah, they said I don't ask good enough questions to do the interviewing thing, and I think I got lots of good questions to ask, so can I practice on you?

J2H quickly looks down at his watch and back towards Jason.

J2H: Yeah, but don't take too long, I got place I need to be.

The commentators eyes light up as he smiles at J2H, looking at the young man with excitement in his eyes.

Jason: Ok, great, question one, where is Melody?

J2H rolls his eyes as he looks at Jason with a short head shake.

J2H: Jason, you're meant to ask questions about the person you're talking to, about what they do, what's going on with them.

Jason nods slowly as if to take it all in.

Jason: Oh, that makes sense. Ok, question about you, what conditioner do you use? Your hair is always so shiny.

J2H covers his eyes and shakes his head.

J2H: More advice heading towards you Jason. You don't ask things about their personal life, or things that people don't wanna hear, you ask about their wrestling life, their connections in wrestling.

Jason taps his chin as if to think a little more.

Jason: I really wanted to know what conditioner you used, but it's cool, I get it, and I won't talk Simpson when he goes shopping for you.

Jason hushes his voice a little.

Jason: Note to self, stalk Simpson.

He clears his throat and looks back towards J2H.

Jason: Ok, you've worked with Austin Parker for a long time now, helped your career a lot, will he let you take home chickens from his farm at the weekends to party with Dexter?

J2H: Did someone send you hear to prank me Jason? Did someone say "I know, let's piss off J today because we can."

Jason shakes his head with a serious look on his face.

Jason: No, I just heard that parties are better with chicks there. I don't get invited to many parties anymore, I don't know why.

J2H: Believe me when I say I'm not surprised Jason. Try asking me a question about wrestling on Sunday.

Jason scratches his head as he look at J2H.

Jason: Why, who ya facing on Sunday?

J2H: Fucks sake.

J2H rolls his eyes and puts his hand on his forehead, unsure if he can believe what he's actually hearing from a man who has called every televised match he'd ever been in.

J2H: You see the guy that beat me, who than lost to that guy, who then lost to the other guy, who then lost to the guy that lost before? I'm facing those guys.

Jason: Oh, you're facing Drake Green, Rage and Jeremiah Hardin, why didn't you just say so?

J2H: God give me strength. Try asking me a question about that match and we might be getting somewhere.

Jason: Good idea! Have you ever thought about being an interviewer? You might have the right idea on how to do things.

J2H: Well I'm glad one of us might have the right idea.

Jason smiles widely at J2H.

Jason: Ok, a question about that match. Are you going to win?

J2H puts both hands on his head, running them through his hair and locking his fingers behind his neck. He looks at Jason with a serious look on his face and just nods his head. A sarcastic tone comes from his lips.

J2H: Yes Jason, I'm going to win.

He taps Jason on the shoulder as he attempts to move away from him.

J2H: Maybe you should stick to being a commentator. I mean interviewers don't get a chair to spin around in, do they?

Jason puts his forefinger across his chin, thinking about what J2H has just said.

Jason: Good point, I like that chair.

J2H: I need to go Jason, I need to be anywhere but here with you. That guy over there might become a wrestler one day.

J2H randomly points to a man at the bar.

J2H: You should go question him, be the first guy ever to question him about wrestling.

Jason's eyes widen as he imparts a toothy grin towards J2H.

Jason: Great idea! I'll see you later!

Jason quickly darts off in the direction of the random man and J2H mutters to himself.

J2H: I'm guessing you don't need an IQ test to work for SCW....

J2H walks away as the scene fades to black.




A lot of funny things happen in SCW. Lot's of things at times where you wonder where the staff gets their ideas from, how they justify most thing. At one time or another, we've all raised an eyebrow wondering what is really going on, how it's going on, what the point of it is, and why people just walk in here and demand what they want and seem to just get it without a reason and without earning it. Also makes you see why people fuck off and not come back after, after they say they want, they get handed a chance, lose it and run away. No doubt about it, we will probably see this at Into The Void VI where someone will lose and quit - Oh you know who you are, you already considering it, still, it makes a lot of people wonder how the staff come up with things that make no sense. Even the best of us wonder, even J2H gets confused about this matter...

Strolling around a suite in the Park Hyatt luxury hotel in the heart of Manhattan. J2H's eyes directly looked at huge windows. He never did what most did in SCW when it come to the tour, looking for cheap hotels and scrambling his money away like most did, depending on grateful fans to offer stars drinks and dinner to save as much money as they could, he went all out for himself and Melody, constantly spending more than most for their comfort, and at a thousand dollars a night, this proved it. He liked his luxury, he loved the fact that most fans wouldn't crowd this hotel and only the best of New York would be there. Most fans may have thought that wrestlers were rich people who could afford to live in this way, but the truth is, most of them were humble and saving money was a way of life, not many, if any, had the spending power of J2H and Melody, combined, they could probably buy SCW if they wanted, but real fans knew this wasn't the case for most wrestlers. J2H knew that fans hoping to see wrestlers on the finale of this tour would be parked outside three star hotels, looking for their favorite wrestlers to appear. Even on the world tour, which J2H was some part of in the mid to latter stages, he kept himself away from where most wrestlers stayed and this felt like a genuinely perfect location to be considering his "let's see everything possible" thing Melody had drilled in to him lately.

Although today, Melody was nowhere to be seen as he looked out of the suite window, the view of central park not too far in the distance, eating up the land below him from his vantage point. From behind him, Simpson moves behind him, admiring the view.


Simpson: Such a beautiful view, sir. Maybe you should join Ms. Grace out in the world today, I'm sure she's having a fantastic time.

J2H looks towards Simpson with narrowed eyes before turning back towards the window.

J2H: Not right now Simpson. Something is very much troubling me.

Simpson: Anything I can help with, sir?

J2H raises a piece of paper in his hand, holding it towards Simpson. Simpson looks at the paper and J2H continues.

J2H: This is the card for Into The Void VI, Simpson. I know it's been set for a while, but I'm looking at it and you know, I don't understand how this whole thing got booked.

Simpson scratches his bald head and looks towards J2H.

Simpson: I'm not sure I follow, sir.

J2H: Well let me explain. A lot of these matches make no sense. I didn't take much notice of it until I was flying over here and I looked on the SCW site. I do what I can to keep up with everything and that's why I'm the fucking best here, but I would like to know how the fuck some of these people can be booked in the matches they're in.

Simpson: I believed they're all very well researched and matched sir. Mr Ward and Mr Underwood take great pride in what they do here. They have earned the loyalty and support of many people over the many years in business. I have faith that they know what they're doing.

J2H: I'm not so sure Simpson. I know every card has their random filler matches because people are too lazy to work and put themselves in a position to be higher on the card. I know a lot of them sit there and do nothing and expect to be called in to the spotlight, but some of these Simpson.

He holds up the paper.

J2H: Some of these don't make sense. I think they book randomly.

Simpson: I highly doubt that sir. I believe every match is very much well thought about.

J2H: I don't Simpson.... I think it's done something like this...

Time to play with your imaginations a little as we step in to the world on how J2H thinks SCW books their matches. Behind a desk sits J2H, in an old navy blue suit. On his head is a grey wig in the style of a certain president in the world. J2H looks down at the desk in front of him, where a paper and pen sit. At the top of the page is the words "Into The Void VI booking". A laptop is also set up in front of him and the camera moves around to show a youtube video of a cat jumping off a sofa and in to a wall. J2H laughs uncontrollably as the cat hits the wall.

J2H: Stupid cat! What was he thinking? It's a wall you idiot! Now I was meant to be booking something.

J2H looks down at the paper with the words Into The Void VI booking on top and shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: I got about twenty minutes spare, so I might as well do that and spend the fifteen minutes I got left after booking this shit to watch more funny cat videos. Let me think.

He puts his fingers on to the side of his head, his middle and forefinger planted on his temples. He pulls his fingers away and writes on the paper in front of him.

J2H: Blast From The Past Final, Ben Jordan and Sam Marlowe Vs Lord Raab and Evie Baang! Well that was simple! Also means I don't have to book that Samuel guy! I mean that's all I need is another masked freak on the show who only has one word in his vocabulary. Man, that was hard work, maybe I need a break.

He leans back in the chair, exhaling rapidly but springs forward in his chair.

J2H: No boss man, you da man! You focus! Let's see, main event, main event, Rage won the belt again, but that's boring to know, I nearly fell asleep saying it but he's been going at that Drake guy when he can be bothered to show, and that awesome, charismatic, heroic, man who has kept my business alive with his hard work, J2H. Yeah, let's  book them three against each other for the belt! Great idea boss! You're rocking out the hard work today! Now what to do with Hardin. I mean yeah, he got help and he doesn't deserve to even be employed for his low down tactics to put him where he was. I could book him against Dmitri, but they just joined that stupid named stable with him, so that will be stupid.

He taps his chin.

J2H: Fuck it, I'll throw him in that match, because it doesn't have to make sense, we're SCW, we do what we want! The legendary J2H Vs Drake Green Vs Rage Vs Cheater Cheaterson! Earning your money today boss man. But now what do we do with Dmitri.

He turns his head towards the window and a balloon of a pink elephant casually floats by the window, causing him to tap his chin.

J2H: Jamie Dean! Dmitri Vs Jamie Dean! Boss man, you are flaming today! Not in that way though! Let's get back on to the women, before anyone takings that flaming comment toooooooo seriously! Bombshell title, we got that Polly chick, she cute in a lolita kinda way. You know she'll be up for a spanking if ya asked her nicely, but Melody is owed a return match, also probably be up for a spanking if ya asked her nicely, she probably got a very naughty side, but she needs a rematch, so book that. I wonder if we can make that a bikini mud match or something cause that would be hot!

He quickly writes down the matches he came up with and looks up.

J2H: Now that Crystal thing has been moaning about the title. Calls herself a film star but has anyone ever seen her on a film set? Like in any of her promos? Has she even done anything to earn a title match this last couple of months? Shows up to chat shit on the shows but does she even bother? Fuck it, we'll stick her in there because we can, we're SCW, why the fuck not!

He quickly add the name of Crystal down to the paper and looks up, tapping his chin.

J2H: Now we got debuts. Laki N.. Ummmm, we'll just call him Samoan guy. Let's give him Joshua Acquin, cause neither of these two bitches are likely to show up, so maybe we can fill that spot with something more entertaining, something more useful like a puppet show. Now Devona, weird creepy broad, probably some voodoo queen or something. Let's find her an opponent.

He stands up, walking around the desk and towards a wall, where two dart boards sit side by side, one circled by the named of bombshells, the other by names of male superstars. He takes three darts out of the board and steps back before launching one at the board, landing under a name.

J2H: Devona will face Amy Marshall.... That should be one for the ages, NOT! Snoozefest right there, everyone bring your pillows and your sleeping bags, cause that one should be one to help battle insomnia. See, another charity event by SCW!

He walks back behind the desk and sits down, writing down Amy's name on the paper and let's out a yawn.

J2H: See, it's working already! No boss man! Stay awake, stay focused! Who we got left, ah! Max Burke and Ivan Darrell, oh those two kicked the shit out of each other in the Blast From The Past, let's book them against each other to do it again.

He sits up straight, his eyes blinking rapidly.

J2H: Wait! Booking that makes sense! That's unlike us! Let's book something that has no meaning again, I don't like this sensible booking. Let's book Mercedes Vargas against....

He looks to his left to see a goldfish bowl with a lone goldfish just mooching along at the bottom of the tank.

J2H: That goldfish reminds me of someone. Someone lazy, someone who can see the top but just can't be bothered anymore to get up there..... Kate Steele!

J2H clicks his fingers and grins from ear to ear.

J2H: Mercedes Vargas Vs Kate Steele! Perfect, lazy goldfish Kate, can't be bothered anymore, I mean did you see that promo? Yikes, I mean way to put a whole five minutes work in to it! Right, more title matches. Steve Ramone and James Tuscini have been after Ryan Keys Roulette title for a while, that will do, but Kris Halc should be in that match, why? Cause he casually mentioned it one time and we book things that are casually mentioned! Duh!

He writes down the names for the Roulette championship match on the piece of paper and shrugs.

J2H: Now for the women, someone really wants to see a whole twenty second Veronica Taylor promo again, I don't know who, and I don't know why, but yeah, fuck it, her against Jessie Salco. I should strip Salco of that title for polluting the airwaves with her shit music though. Come on, no one can understand that shit you listen to, and if I wanted to give myself a headache, I would just smash my head against the wall! Newsflash Jessie, you're the only one who cares about that shit music, no one else wants to hear about it! Should probably throw Chelsea Payne in that match cause she casually mentioned it too, except she'll probably cry and quit if she don't win. She seems like the type, ah well, another match booked.

He quickly writes down the names of Veronica, Jessie and Chelsea.

J2H: Right, what is this card missing? Think like the boss who like cock more than Amy Marshall. I know! I got it! Tag matches playa!

He stands up and moves to where two pots are set up in front of him. He reaches in to one of them and grabs out a name.

J2H: Well the Angel Clan are apparently returning, although I doubt that cause they've blown out more matches lately than anything else, they should be fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiired! But let's give them an opponent anyway. They will be facing.

He looks down at the paper he just drew out and sees the name.

J2H: Two of the group with the stupid fucking stable name.... Man, we really need to start banning stupid stable names here, but The Fallen. Does anyone care what two members of The Fallen? No, me neither. Now new tag team, The Boss Ladies.... We should also ban really fucking stupid tag team names too, but they can face....

He reaches in to the same pot, pulling out another name and looking at it.

J2H: The Female Elders.... Fucking Elders, they're all the same, can't tell one from the other so which ever two wanna show up, fine with me. Now let's try and make it equal before the men start complaining that the women got tag matches but they didn't and all that shit. I don't want two men's tag matches, just one, but I need higher stakes.

He thinks for a few seconds.

J2H: The classic number one contenders match! Yes! Higher stakes! You are a genius boss man, an absolute fucking genius!

He turns towards the second pot and reaches in grabbing out two pieces of paper, he looks at the names.

J2H: The cheesy name of The Bad Boys Vs the cheesy name of The Elders. Well that's a sucky match if ever I saw one.

He moves back behind the desk and sits down, leaning forward and writing the names of the last three matches. He counts them on the paper.

J2H: Thirteen matches, well twelve and a puppet show because you know, Acquin. That will do.

He leans back in his chair and looks at his watch.

J2H: Four and a half minutes, new record and that's made me tired, time for more cat videos!

He leans forward in the chair, his attention turning to the laptop and youtube. The camera returns to J2H and Simpson standing in the hotel room, a serious look on the face of J2H as he finishes explaining how he feels SCW is booked. Simpson looks on amused at the tale told by the young man.

Simpson: I don't think that's how booking happens in SCW sir.

J2H: With a card like this Simpson, I wouldn't be surprised. Headless chickens at times, and randomness the rest of the time. Time for me to get the fuck out of this place for a little while Simpson, get the way this show was booked out of my head. Go have the rest of the day off, go hang with Melody, where ever she is in this big city.

Simpson: Thank you sir.

J2H moves past Simpson, pushing the paper in to his hand and walks past him as the scene fades out.




New York is the city that doesn't sleep, if you believe the words of the legendary Frank Sinatra, and why wouldn't you believe old blue eyes? It's a town always on the move. Through the day thousands of proud New Yorkers move through the streets to get to their place of employment, world reknowned for not being the friendliest set of people as they push on and through to their destination, but when darkness falls, New York becomes an almost whole new place. The working day stress is done and the smile appear on faces as they set about relaxing, in trendy places, hoping to bump in to a celebrity or two on their travels. New York is only second to California for celebrities to dwell, and there was two celebrities out on the town this very night.

Cielo's was the nightclub to be at if you was a fan of celebrities. Even the DJ's were not just some guy with a laptop and turntable, but famous DJ's the world over and two men were there, two you would class as celebrities as the camera soon found out.

Opening up inside the VIP area of Cielo's, movie star, producer, music star if you're old enough to remember The Funky Bunch, Mark Wahlburg sits at a round table, surprisingly he sits alone at a round table, but a bottle of champagne sits in a bucket in front of him and two glasses on the table. Towards the entrance, the bouncer lifts the velvet rope, allowing a young man to walk through and in to the VIP area, a man you all know, J2H.

Smartly dressed in a silver suit, the SCW star straightens up his jacket as his eyes peer around the VIP area. Seeing Mark Wahlburg, J2H nods in his direction, causing him to stand up and look towards J2H with a smile. Moving past other VIPs, J2H makes his way towards the person he's meeting, moving through the crowd and to stand in front of him. Mark extends his hand towards J2H and J2H warmly shakes it.


Mark: So glad you could make it. I wasn't sure that I'd even get your call.

He releases the handshake as he points towards a chair, J2H nodding as he table a seat.

J2H: Wasn't sure I'd call either but glad you were free. Beats a night sitting in a hotel, or doing some shit I have fuck all interest in doing.

Mark: No Melody tonight?

J2H firmly shakes his head at the question.

J2H: Even the best couples don't need to be around each other twenty four seven. Hotel has an all night spa and there is where she is.  

Mark nods at J2H and sits opposite him, reaching down for the champange bottle and grabbing it by the neck, reaching for the glasses with his free hand and tilting the neck, pouring the bubbling liquid in to the first glass before pushing it towards J2H. He fills the second glass and puts the bottle back in to the ice bucket.

Mark: Nothing wrong with that, big matches coming up, always good to relax.

J2H: Yeah, but people don't see us together, people think we've ended things.

Hmmmm, remember last week, remember the papperai hassling Melody? Questioning if J2H was set to dump Melody. Maybe she was jumping ship and he found out about it, maybe he knew more than he let on, and has now pushed Melody away. Maybe she was doing things behind his fact that she thought he didn't know and that the pappera
i had some how figured it out and J2H had indeed thrown Melody to the curb. Would explain her tweet about moving to New Orleans would it not? He knew it already got people wondering what or who was in New Orleans. He hasn't been seen in public with Melody for a last couple of days.


Mark: The media are bat shit crazy like that. Don't worry about them, always looking for a story that isn't out there.

J2H picks up his glass and nods his head, taking a sip of his drink and placing it back down on the table. He looks at Mark, biting the inside of his lip.

J2H: You got me curious about why you wanted to meet me. I don't usually take any interest in this but when a movie star asks you to give them a call, you kinda get interested.

A smile paints itself over Mark's face as he leans back in the chair he's sitting in.

Mark: Well, I've heard a few things myself about you, from a few weeks ago. I heard that you're owed a few months off from wrestling at any time you want because of holding the championship for so long.

J2H pokes his lip out and looks at Mark.  

J2H: You're very well informed. It's written in to contracts that any major championship run over three months allows you a week off every month you're champion. I have thirteen weeks to take off. I made a deal with the staff that not being booked for the whole cycle and I'll still show up, would only take off three weeks instead of eight because I was still around but in general, I still have ten weeks to take off if I want to.

An understanding nod comes from Mark as he looks at J2H.

Mark: Not many companies will do that, doesn't matter what line of business you're in. Not many people get that amount of time off.

J2H: It only goes in there after you work there for a while. I've worked there for what feels like forever and signed a new contract just after I won the title, so it was put in the contract there, so if I wanted to say screw it and walk away tomorrow, I can.  

Mark: Something you're considering by the look on your face.

He takes a few seconds to think - The thought of taking a break was more than fresh in his mind and he'd be a liar not to admit it.

J2H: Oh I've thought about it, but walking away tomorrow is not an option I wanna take. I got one more thing left to prove in SCW before I say to hell with it. I've done so much there as it is, SCW has been life changing for the better and the worse, but I will prove what I have to before I walk away.

Mark: Well if you decide to step away from it, I have an offer for you.

J2H looks firmly at the film star, his hand moving over his chin as he looks across the table.

J2H: Well, I'm listening.

Mark clears his throat as he smiles at J2H.

Mark: Now you didn't sound too keen on the idea when we spoke about the reality briefly in Boston, but I think it would be a great idea to do if you were to step away from wrestling, have them follow you as you move in to the next stage of your life.

J2H: Shit man, I don't even know what the next stage of my life is while I'm in wrestling. Melody's talking about New Orleans.

Mark: Even better, you guys in a new city, adapting to life there.

J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: Man, I ain't moving to New Orleans. I don't even know why she wants to move there and I don't like it,  but I know I sure as shit ain't moving there.

Mark: Maybe we could factor that in as well, how you two handle a long distance thing.

J2H: Also not likely to happen. She nearly killed us doing a movie with Drake Green. She knew I hated it but fucked off anyway, putting our relationship at risk. Any other movie she does, will put us at risk, her moving to New Orleans and me not going, ends us. There will be no reality show there at all. Just be me sitting around, putting on weight in a big empty house, while Melody does what she does in New Orleans. Ain't no one wants to see that.

J2H wraps his hand around the glass in front of him and looks up.

J2H: But by all means, if Melody does for some reason ups and leaves for New Orleans, feel free to get in touch with her about her reality series on how she gets over this.

J2H raises the glass to his lips as Mark looks across at him thoughtfully.

Mark: Don't do something you'll regret man, you guys seem good together.

J2H: End of the day, it's not my choice on what she does. She pushes my limits, one day, the limits will push back.

The two remain silent for a few seconds, but J2H breaks the silence.

J2H: What's all this interest in me anyway?

Mark: Well you're young, you're popular with people even when they boo you, you have a good look about ya that goes far. Movies, personal appearences, even modelling. I know a lot of people in all these different industries and you seem like a smart enough guy for a young age. I know your background was the opposite of mine, you grew up with money, I didn't. Would be really easy for you to have just spent money rather than make it, but you got the drive to make it. I like people succeeding when they work hard. You've gone and got ya ass kicked constantly from when you was live seventeen, I know I couldn't do it. If I can help break you in to places where you wasn't before, I'm happy to help.

J2H thinks for a few seconds, looking across the table.

J2H: Well, I don't wanna do this forever, I don't really want to sit at home and do nothing for the rest of my life either, but shit like movies ain't me bro.  

Mark: Why not? I mean most of the acting side you do already when you get in the ring with a microphone. it's about pulling the crowd in to the palm of your hand and working them, that's what movies are.  

J2H: See I swore after the shit me and Melody went through about movies, it's not something I would consider. I put her first, and she put a movie first, I knew how that made me feel and I refuse to make people feel that low. Television show where I could show up, guest spot, an hours work and get on the next flight home, yeah, sure. Movies are not my thing.

Mark: Television I can help you with. How would you feel about a spot on Wahlburgers? Maybe an episode next season where you show up, meet the family, try the food. If you like it and I know you will, maybe we can come up with an endorsment deal or something. Maybe get the Wahlburgers logo on your clothes or something when you do make appearences. You wouldn't even have to do anything, just something for your clothes, maybe a baseball cap or something.

J2H taps his chin as he looks at the man, thoughts running through his mind as he thinks about this latest offer.

J2H: That's something I can do. I mean if Melody does fuck off to New Orleans, comfort eating will probably become a thing for me, so I think we can work something out there.

Mark: Well before you start losing the battle of the bulge, have you ever thought about modelling?

J2H: As a profession?

J2H raises his eyebrows as he looks at him with a curious look.

Mark: Yeah, I mean I know a few guys at Calvin Kline, I worked for them a while ago, years actually but I still know people. Every year or so they pick a new model to pose in their latest line and you could be perfect for it.

J2H turns his head, looking at the camera with a wink and a smile before turning back to Mark across the table.

J2H: Me working for CK, posing around in underwear, with some hot model drapped over me? I model a lot anyway as part of SCW, so many photoshoots and things like that.

Mark: But I bet you don't get paid any extra. These kinda shoots puts hundreds and thousands in your pocket for less work than you've ever done before. No one trying to hit you with a steal chair, no one trying to punch you in the face. Just stand in name brands and earn good money. Once you do something as big as that, the offers will come rolling in. All you need to do is keep yourself in shape and before you know it, you've got yourself a new career.

J2H: I dunno, seems too good to be true.

Mark: It is but it is true. I mean if you walked away from wrestling tomorrow, what would you do?

J2H: I wouldn't have a clue. Take some time off, shake up my life and think about how much I want to do. I could get a real job, I should try that some time apparently.

J2H pauses as he thinks about what to say next.

J2H: I have a business degree, was younger than most when I got that so maybe I'll throw money in to businesses and go from there. Maybe I'll blow all my cash on a sports team and sit in sky boxes smoking cigars, drinking brandy and talking shit with other owners. Maybe I'll just pack up my bags and disappear somewhere, shave my head, become unknown again and life a life on an island that doesn't have the internet yet.

Mark: The island idea isn't a bad one but I think you're a guy that would miss the limelight and I think I can offer it to you without having to get beat up. You could swing by Boston every now and again, be on the show, head in this direction every now and again to do some paid photoshoots.

J2H: Rather just bounce around the world.

Mark: A lot of these photoshoot chances will be all over the world. Wrestling was a good foot hold but you can do a lot when you're away from it. You could be known as the wrestler, or you could be known as much more.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he thinks about what's been put before him. A lot of sense was spoken, and he could be much more than what he already is, regardless of who is in his life and who isn't, part of him deep down knew he could be so much more if he wanted to be.

J2H: I won't lie, you've said a lot of tempting things to me to try and get me to move on from something and I will consider them. Change is good sometimes and I could be looking for one soon. You really can get me in to all those industries?

Mark: Without a doubt. I try and get involved in as much as I can and know a lot of people in these places. I could probably get you something new the day after you decide to take some time off from getting ya ass kicked. You will be in demand J, trust me. People will be crying out to see you in different things. The world is your oyster.

An instinctive smile runs across J2H's face as he confidently leans back in his chair. He picks up the glass as he leans forward.

J2H: You know what, let's see what firm offers you can come up with and we'll go from there. Probably have a lot of free time on my hands anyway soon so see what you can come up with and let's see what happens.

Mark smiles as he picks up his glass and knocks it against J2H's as the two smile and the scene fades, leaving them to get on with their night.




Night has fallen and the people come out to play. Happy New Yorkers head out to enjoy the nightlife on this Friday night. The weekend has officially begun and people were gonna take full advantage of it. Well, most people anyway because one person in New York had other things on his mind. One person decided that it was time for seriousness and less fun. The man was J2H. Darkness surrounded him but a bright light to one side of him slightly off camera brightening up the side of his face, a serious look plastered upon it as he looks down the camera. In his hand, he holds a thick wad of paper, unknown to the people watching just what they are. The camera pans out to see a small bonfire to his side. He takes a deep breath as he looks down the camera.


J2H: Someday, I will not be here. Someday, my body will be ashes or buried six feet underground, I won't be in anyone's life. I won't be around anyone and I will be the one people won't talk ill of because I am no longer walking this earth. People who will never say they missed me while I was alive, will say they miss me when I'm gone. People would prefer to hear they're missed when they're alive, they're not here to hear it when everything they've ever done physically no longer matters. When we're reduced to a pile of ashes, when we can no longer be spoken to, when we can no longer be heard, there's nothing left but memories. Some good memories, some bad memories, but things that can't be change. Whatever we do before we become this pile of ashes, is done to create a memory, to leave a legacy. Now we don't know how long we have left before we draw our last breath, we don't know if we will wake up tomorrow and see another sunrise, we don't know if today is the day we leave this planet willingly or unwillingly, but we all want to be remembered for something, and Sunday will be just one of those things I will be remembered for.

He takes a step closer towards the fire burning brightly.

J2H: In order to move on, you must let go of the past, you don't want to die with regrets and if my time comes today, or even tomorrow, I will have no regrets. If my time comes on say Monday, if my eyes don't open again on Monday and who knows, I will die with no regrets and a smile on my face, knowing I gave you all something to remember me by.

He takes the top few pages, the camera showing them as photographs, but unable to see who's on them, and throws them in to the fire.

J2H: This is me letting go of every regret I've ever had, burning every mistake I've ever made to focus on leaving you a legacy, on a memory that can not be replicated. Fire in many cultures means rebirth and fuck knows come Sunday, this is a man who will be reborn, this is a man at Into The Void VI will be reborn as a champion once more, as the leader of Sin City Wrestling.

He looks at one of the pictures on the top of the pile before throwing it in to the fire.

J2H: My entire career, I've sacrificed so much, but there's one thing I haven't sacrificed and that is me. I have held back, and I've still looked good doing it. I've reeled myself and beat most of SCW without moving in to top gear, but Sunday, I sacrifice it all for just one moment that I want more than anything, a golden moment.  

He tosses another photograph in to the fire.  

J2H: The thing with moments, is the ones you really want, rarely come along, you get one big shot at them and this is my big shot, this is where I can see the moment in front of me and I want it. This is why I will give my heart and soul to get it, say farewell to the hang ups of the past and happily put my life on the line for this moment, the moment I've earned more than any other person in your lives. Hours upon hours I've put in to get what I want. My heart has been broke a million times and I've held on to the world by string, hoping that someday, I will get what I deserve and I will get it. I've worked harder than any other man you know, any other person in this world and I will get my just desserts, I will get what I crave.

He looks at the top of the pile once more and slowly shakes his head.

J2H: I will get to that happier time in my life again, where I will be respected, where eyes will open and you will see what's in front of you is something special, and that's when I wrap my fingers around that championship again on Sunday.

He throws another photo in to the fire.

J2H: I've spoke about legacies and what I'm gonna leave behind me when it's time for me to become dust in this world, a faded memory but what are you gonna leave Jeremiah Hardin?

J2H flips a photo around to show a picture of Jeremiah Hardin pinning Rage not too long ago.

J2H: Is this your legacy? Is this what you're gonna be remembered for? For cheating your way to the top, but getting a little extra help to become a champion? To me, this is all you're gonna be remembered for because no one else really cares about anything else you've ever done. If you would have played the game fairly, maybe people would have remembered you for a lot more than what they will do. You just knew you didn't have it in you, you just knew that no matter what, you couldn't beat anyone at the top so you tarnished everything you had just to be at the top for two weeks. It was a risky game that backfired on you Hardin because you're simply in this match because they didn't know what to do with you, you're here because they didn't have nothing for you to do. I know it and I think you know it. After this, you will end up back where you started right after the last supercard, back playing in the lower levels. Your legacy was ruined because you did it yourself and there is no redemption for you, there is no coming back from it Jeremiah. There's nothing you can say or do to cling on to the top of SCW anymore.

He throws the picture of Jeremiah in to the fire. He lifts the next picture to show Jeremiah in the presence of The Fallen.

J2H: How your woman can stay with you knowing deep down what you did is beyond me. She knows in terms of success, she's far better than you are, and she didn't need help to get it. You call yourself a man, a man who believed he could lead but when you wake up in the morning, look across the bed and smell that morning breath, you should know deep down in your little ol' cheating heart that you are overshadowed by someone that is a million times better than you are. Have you thought that maybe she's with you because she feels sorry for you? Have you ever thought that maybe she just has a shit load of pity for you Jeremiah? People have ended up in relationships out of pity before, and my instincts tell me that you are the living example of a pity relationship. Your legacy is being second best in every aspect of your life. You're always with The Fallen, and you're not even half as good as they are, you've joined this group with Tuscini and Dmitri and take it from a guy who's been in the ring with Dmitri, you are certainly nowhere near as good as he is. Even Tuscini's been more involved in shit than you have Hardin and yet you are the one who thinks you're about to win a championship again.

J2H slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Real champions are leaders and you're a follower to these lot. You will never be a leader and you won't ever lead SCW again. Your attempts at being a champion was more than a let down and I will make sure you won't be an SCW champion again. Your legacy to the fans will be non existent. You didn't care when you left before, they didn't care when you returned, they won't care when you go again.

He tosses the photo of Hardin and The Fallen in to the fire.

J2H: Drake Green however does have a claim to a legacy, but I don't feel it's in wrestling.  

He holds up a photograph of Drake Green at a movie premiere.

J2H: This is the legacy Drake Green is after, not the legacy of being a wrestler. Hall of Fame means shit when it comes to Drake Green. Being a four time champion is still not a legacy. Title run number one lasted about five weeks or so, title run two, a little over three months, title run three, about three and a half months, and title run four, about five minutes. Add them all up and you still don't come close to my one title run. It's not about how many time you can win the title to build a legacy, for every title win, there's a title loss. That is not legacy material, holding belts as long as I did, that is the legacy building thing we all want to see. Drake's whole thing about being known, remembered when he's food for worms is two things. One, fourth rate movies.

He tosses the picture in to the fire and holds up another one, one with Drake and Mikah.

J2H: And having a trophy wife. Now I touched on this with Jeremiah about being in the shadow of his other half and the truth is, you're very alike. Ok, she's become lazy as fuck since winning the title, clearly a Drake Green trait bleeding through but she hasn't run off, she hasn't disappeared, she hasn't run for the hills and lived on past glories like you have Drake. She's building bit by bit to be known as the best Bombshell ever to grace SCW. We know it's not gonna happen but God loves a trier and she's leaving you so far behind her, you're running to catch up.  

He throws the picture of Drake and Mikah in to the flames and holds one up of Drake Green lifting the SCW championship above his head.

J2H: When it comes to wrestling though nowadays Drake, this is a picture you will never live out again. Your heart is not in SCW, your heart is not in wrestling. Tell me, how many movie offers have you got so far in the last week since I  mentioned your true intentions? I bet they've been filling up your mailbox like crazy. See that's what you honestly want to be remembered by because you've already given up, you've put up your hands and quit already. You're willing to come back and ruin all the good things you've ever done here just to get your face out there again. You're basically an attention hungry whore, that will deceive people, hold on to the truth, just to get what you want and that's to make a couple of movies a year and watch your wife overtake you in the wrestling world. I know you'll be back at some point when you want to make another movie, or when you simply just wanna remind people you're Mikah's husband, but at this point in your life Drake, you just might as well admit that you're selling out your legacy here to make shit films that no one goes to see. The name Green holds more power when it follows the name Mikah now, and not Drake.

He tosses the photo of Drake holding the championship belt in to the fire.

J2H: You're not a name anymore Drake, you haven't been for a long time and it's starting to show when this match is mention and people look genuinely surprised that you're even in it. People are stunned to find out that you and wrestling are even a thing. They hear the name Green and think of Mikah. You don't hold any weight in this wrestling business anymore and the sad truth is, is once you left, people forgot who the fuck you were, people forgot that you was once a wrestler, they forgot that you came from there. They see that you don't give back to it, and it's all in your head to think that you're actually helping SCW by being back here. You're offering SCW nothing and your run here has been piss poor. Your five minutes of fame getting lucky against me disappeared when you lost the belt to a chancer. You've done nothing since but damage your own legacy. I hope it was worth returning to attack me all that time ago just because your wife was listening to me more than she was ever listening to you, because you ruined everything you worked for in the early days. People won't think about them when they look at your latest little run here.

A serious look crosses his face.

J2H: I don't have to ruin your legacy by beating you Drake, far from it because the second you attacked me, the second you stopped me from being in the ring to celebrate Melody's championship win, you ruined your own legacy. I didn't even have to lift a finger. The second the dust had settled when you got lucky enough to beat me and lose and we were chasing Rage, I was sprinting while you were signing autographs for fans and hoping they would pay to see you on the silver screen. People can see you used SCW just to stay in the limelight, just to try and add some credibility to your failing career outside. You failed epically Drake, you fell on your face trying to steal a little bit more publicity. Your wrestling legacy has been ruined because when you're done after Sunday and these people are not stupid enough to think you're staying after this weekend with your zero effort approach, they will not be talking about Drake Green in wrestling circles again.

He looks down at the next photo and a smile crosses his face.

J2H: Ah, and a third man, and if you take wrestling that literary, the man who is THE man in SCW right now, even though no one in their right mind will ever take it seriously.

He holds up a picture of Rage to the camera.

35
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 06, 2017, 07:16:11 PM »
  J2H just looks at Melody, not saying a word as she sits up next to him, looking at him with a bright smile, but J2H continues to stare at her before shaking his head and laying back down.

J2H: No, just no babe.


A frown crosses Melody's face as she looks down at him and shakes his shoulder once more, trying to stir him.

Melody: I figured if we get there early, we can grab coffee, get to the hotel and relax, maybe go to a casino for a little bit and we can have some us time.

J2H sits up again, looking towards Melody with eyes half open.

J2H: Alright, but you're gonna owe me for this one. Five in the morning, damn!

J2H turns his legs out of the bed and plants them on the floor.

J2H: Things I do....

The camera fades out.




Closer to home yet not exactly.

Mid afternoon on Friday, another hotel room is a place to call a temporary home, this time away from other SCW stars still hanging out in Boston, or moving on to New York. A rare trip closer to home, not quiet the mansion in Beverly Hills, their return home was very short lived, but a hotel room in the MGM Grand in Las Vegas, Nevada. Random as it seems, there was a big reason behind being there, not so much for J2H, but more so for Melody Grace. Her friendship with Gabriel and Odette Stevens was more than documented, Odette very much behind the reasons Melody is in the ring nowadays. Melody was once a fan of Odette, her infectious personality drawing Odette to her and taking her under her wing. All those years had grown from mentor and hero worship in to true friendship. Melody would drop everything and run halfway across the world for Odette, and today, from one side of America to the other side for a special reason, the birthday of a young boy who Melody adored, a young boy by the name of Lucas Stevens.

The young son of Gabriel and Odette Stevens is turning two today, and as usual, a Seven Deadly Sins linked occasion did not go past quitely, as a lavish birthday party for the now two year old was already being planned, was already in the works and had been for a long time. With a father who is a magician by trade, and a popular mother like Odette, the party was sure to be a time to remember and Melody wouldn't miss it for the world. J2H on the other hand had no desire to be at a childs birthday party, any childs birthday party, but he knew Melody would never forgive him if he decided to stay in Beverly Hills and not made the almost three hundred mile trip across states to the party.

He knew Lucas, or partly, many times a guest in the Stevens household, and although he would intentionally keep his distance from former rivals, he was always welcomed there because of his association with Melody. It didn't mean he actually wanted to be there today, but the joy in Melody's eyes every time the young boy was mentioned, showed him how much Melody cared, showed him that she'd give up so much to be there.

Melody was on a slide down lately, losing the Bombshell championship put a huge dent in her self confidence for a while, her silence at Climax Control was more to do with not knowing what to say, and J2H knew this would bring her a chance to forget about the world for a while and focus on a little boy who he knew would melt Melody's heart the second her saw her. He knew Lucus would smile and Melody would forget everything bad that's happened lately. He knew she needed this so kept his protests to a minimum, yet still wasn't motivated to actually move....

He sat on the sofa of the hotel room, the sounds of Melody getting ready in another room didn't distract him from his mindless focus on a television screen, his eyes on a program but his mind completely blank, taking nothing in from what he is watching. Slow, shallow breaths enter his lungs as he eases back on the sofa, slowly going in to a daze. Melody walks out behind him, a white silk robe covering her body, moving closer behind the sofa and looking down at him, her arms reaching down on him and wrapping them around him. She trails her fingers up his shirtless upperbody, easing them gently over his chest and pressing him on his nose, causing him to snap back to reality. Melody softly kisses him on the cheek, instinctively forcing J2H to put his head back and look at the blonde, her hair tied neatly back in a ponytail.


Melody: Babe, you should probably start to get ready to go. We should be leaving soon and we don't want to be late for Lucus' birthday party, he's gonna be so excited.

A deep breath comes from the former champion as he tilts his head back, looking at Melody once more.

J2H: I am ready.

Melody taps him on the head and points down, causing him to look down at his body.

Melody: As much as I like the way you look, and I do, I really, really do. I don't think your dressed for a birthday party.

Melody runs her hand over his chest, causing him to look down at his body and state of dress, observing the lack of shirt, white shorts that hang just above his knees and bare feet. A slight sigh comes from his lungs as he tilts his head back to look at his stunning girlfriend.

J2H: You think anyone will care? They'll be focused on the birthday boy. It's his day, I don't think anyone would even worry about what I'm dressed like.

Melody moves around the sofa, sitting next to him, before swinging her legs around and putting them across him.

Melody: There are going to be adults there too, Jam. Moms with their kids and of course Synn will be there, and Despy, and the rest of the Sins.

The thought of Despayre instantly makes him roll his eyes. The backstage area of SCW shows have been a lot more relaxing for the young man since Despayre took a break. No longer was a simple cup of coffee split because of Despayre randomly appearing out of nowhere to say hi to a man he considered his friend. Despayre was one of the few friends of Melody's he would tollerate for the sake of his girlfriend, he notoriously hated some of the people she decided to call friends, but Despayre was the only one he simply put up with for Melody.

J2H: Oh great, Despayre, a guy I haven't seen in weeks and it's been my most peaceful weeks in SCW. You know he's gonna try and hug me, right?

Melody nods her head and smiles at him as she shuffles closer to him, the tops of her legs now across his and her arms around his upper body.

Melody: Well that's what he said in his text message to me half an hour ago.  

J2H looked at Melody, weighing up his options in his mind on how to possibly get out of the upcoming engagement. Looking deep in Melody's eyes, he considered how to get Melody to blow off something important, for his own personal gain. He's been manipulative in the past to try and get his own way, as proved by playing his hand in the game of hot potato concerning the SCW World Heavyweight championship, but deep down, he knew he was fighting a losing battle with this war. He knew that even if a unicorn appeared in the room and said she'd take Melody for a ride, Melody would ask her to come back later.

J2H: Oh great, that's my day then. Running and hiding from Despayre for the evening. Think Gabriel has any of the disappearing powder still left?

Melody playfully pats her boyfriend on the chest and traces her finger around his tattoo on his chest.

Melody: You know you're not getting out of this, right? Lucas would be so sad that uncle J couldn't be there with him on his special day.

J2H closes his eyes, taking a deep breath before opening them and looking at Melody.

J2H: I'm so not his uncle, you know that right? It wouldn't be fair to him to have one uncle as cool as me, and then one bat shit crazy like Despayre.  

J2H pulls Melody on to his lap and puts his arms around her, a smile breaking out on to her face.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III! What are you trying to do?

He returns Melody's smile with one of his own as he looks up to her.

J2H: Trying to give you a reason not to go to the party and stay here with me.

Melody shakes her head firmly at him.

Melody: A unicorn could show up, and ask to take me for a ride and I'll ask her to come back later.

A "well, that was weird." look comes from J2H as he runs his hands up her covered back, partly pleading with his eyes.

J2H: Yeah, I got no chance of winning this have I?

Melody shakes her head and kisses him on the forehead before spinning off his lap and sliding next to him.

Melody: We have to wrap up his presents too babe.

With a shake of his head, J2H points to the right side of the room, not turning his head or looking in that direction, causing Melody to turn her eyes in the direction he pointed.

J2H: No we don't.

Melody looks closely to see a pile of presents wrapped up and stacked neatly under the window. Her eyes widen as she looks at J2H.

Melody: You did all that?

He nods his head slowly as Melody rest her hand on his shoulder.

J2H: Of course not. Simpson came in while you was in the shower and did that. Like I know how to wrap up presents.

Melody: Oh... And why does there seem like there are more present there now, than there was when I went in to the shower?  

J2H: Probably cause there is. I was browsing online and saw some stuff so I bought it, Simpson picked it up and there you go. Might not be able to wrap that shit, but I can sure as hell spend money.

A wide smile crosses the young blondes face before she plants a huge kiss on his cheek, firmly pressing her lips on his skin. She pulls her face away from his, looking at him.

Melody: Ok, now you need to go get ready because I don't want us to be late.

He sighs as he puts his hands on his knees and forces himself to his feet, walking towards the bedroom area and Melody follows him. He sits on the bed and grabs a white shirt nearby, slipping his arms through the sleeves and starts to button it up. Melody moves towards the other side of the room, her robe dropping to the floor. J2H finishes buttoning up his shirt and looks towards the floor, pulling on a pair of sandals and quickly fastening them up before turning back towards Melody, his arms out wide.

J2H: Ready.

Melody shakes her head at the former champion with a surprisingly stern look on her face.

Melody: Babe, you can't go dressed like that, you look like you're dressed for the beach, and not a kids party.

J2H: Well how do people dress for a kids party? It's not like I go to them all the time. Hell, this is probably the only kids party I've ever been to or ever likely to go to.

Melody: Smart Jam, dress smart, but casual.

He rolls his eyes and kicks off the sandals. Quickly getting to his feet, he steps in to the bathroom to the side of the room. Looking in the mirror, he quickly shakes his head.

J2H: What the fuck am I doing here?

Melody: And no cursing at the party, there will be lots of little ears around.

He lowers his head with a smile, always claiming that Melody has the hearing of a bat, much to her disagreement. He quickly takes a deep breath as he looks at himself in the mirror.

J2H: Just do this for Melody.

He nods firmly at himself before walking out of the bathroom and seeing Melody fully dressed. A knock on the hotel room door causes them both to turn aroud.

Melody: I'll get it so you can get ready.

J2H nods towards Melody as he looks around the room. The camera follows Melody as she walks towards the door of the hotel, reaching towards the handle as she gets nearby and pulls it down. The imposing figure of Simpson stands behind the door.

Simpson: Ms. Grace.

He nods his head politely as he looks towards the smaller woman, dwarfed by Simpson's height, leaving her in his shadow.

Melody: Simbabwe!  

Melody holds her arms out, inviting him in to the room and Simpson quickly nods in response.

Simpson: Sir asked me to be here to help you to the car with the presents for young Master Stevens.  

Melody: I'm sure Lucus wouldn't mind you calling him Lucas. I don't know if he knows what a master is yet.

Melody looks towards the ceiling in thought and puts her hand across her chin as Simpson moves towards the presents behind her.

Simpson: I'm sure someday he will appreciate being greeted with his proper title. The car will be here to take you both to the Stevens residence shortly Ms Grace.

Melody: Thanks Simmy!

The cheery tone to her voice causes the big man to smile as he starts to lift the presents, moving them across the room to the door. He moves back to pick up more and move them back to closer to the door. Melody impatentiently looks towards her watch and opens her mouth to call out to her boyfriend, but before she can, J2H walks out of the bedroom door, dressed in a silver suit, and the same white shirt he put on previously, the sandals replaced with black shining shoes.

J2H: Don't know why you was worried. Never takes me long to look good.

He moves towards Melody, who runs her hands down the suit jacket.

Melody: You do look very good, and I wish I could stand here and look at you more, but we're gonna be late.

Melody moves towards the door, reaching down and grabbing two presents as she goes. J2H looks at Simpson and shakes his head slowly.

J2H: Party doesn't even start for like an hour and we're twenty minutes away...

He sighs as he reaches down, picking up three presents and walks out of the door.

Ever been to a two year olds party? Well you're all invited. Yes, you heard me correctly, you're all invited to the home of Gabriel and Odette Stevens. All you need to do is switch over to the amazing promo done by Melody Grace. Trust me, it's something special, go now!




The time to talk is here, it's what gets people excited and in fairness, this is the person you want to hear from. Forget the other three - or four in the match if Jeremiah once again fights with the strength of two people - This is the person you wanna hear from.

Outside the Stevens' residence in Las Vegas, Nevada. The party is still going on behind J2H as he sits down on a chair on the patio, thankfully giving Despayre the slip for just enough time to speak about his opponents in just over a week. He leans back in comfortable looking chair and looks down the camera.


J2H: Fuck listening to Drake Green, fuck listening to Jeremiah Hardin and friends, and fuck listening to Rage, this is the person you need to sit there and listen to because unlike those people, at least you're gonna get some straight up fucking truth from this guy.

A confident looking grin crosses J2H's face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: The return to the ring of one of the greatest SCW stars ever to pull on boots anywhere in the world is about to happen. The man himself is about to light up the ring with everything you've missed this whole cycle. See, I haven't had to get in the ring to get my point across to anyone, I've just had to be there. Take a step back and think very clearly. When was the last time a man controlled a division without holding the belt? When was there ever a man who could make the title bounce from one puppet to the other without having to be in the ring? I haven't had to get in the ring to make you people dance around. Rage took the belt AFTER I beat the ever living daylights out of Drake Green. He took the belt because I did the work for him. Then fake champ Hardin took the belt because I appeared again, further proof on who was in control in the division and then you Rage, you took it back because I kept my word and actually stayed away. This division is the way it is, it has the interest it does because I'm the one who controls it.

The confidence transfer from his smile to running through his whole body.

J2H: I'm actually the one who pulls all the strings here, I'm the one who makes the division relevant, I'm the one manages to keep people interested in people they wouldn't usually give a fuck about without even having to wrestle. See, they've been waiting for my return to the ring, because they know I'm gonna get that title back. I showed the fans something you sub par wrestlers haven't shown them. I've shown them all to be careful what they wish for. Since me, they've seen three really shitty champions. All of a sudden, they missed me, they wished to god I never lost that belt. I showed them that J2H without the belt means the end of SCW as we know it. I showed them that they needed me to make things interesting and that's exactly what they're crying out for. They're crying out for the best to hold the belt, and I am the best, have no doubt about it. They want someone who works for the title, who will die for the title and that's certainly not you three. Do you think Drake Green would put everything on the line to lead this company?

J2H slowly shakes his head, knowing his words are justified.

J2H: Drake Green wouldn't do a damn thing to promote this company, my title, he couldn't, he doesn't have it in him. Drake Green can barely get out of bed in the morning these days, he doesn't have the motivation. Drake of old times, he would have done everything he could have, but the man you're gonna see in the ring is not the Drake Green you knew. He's a man going through the motions, he's a man with only his personal gain in mind and believe me, the championship belt is not the gain he wants. What Drake Green wants is to be out there and get himself  beat up more than he's ever been before by anyone before. I know, it sounds strange, but it's true. Drake actually wants to come to the ring and get beat up big time. I know you're wondering why.

He pauses for dramatic effect, leaving people watching to wonder.

J2H: Sympathy.

A mock look of shock crosses J2H's face before it turns back in to a smile.

J2H: Seriously, you didn't figure that one out? You didn't think for a second Drake wouldn't want sympathy from you short sighted fucks? Newsflash, Drake won't be here after he loses this match, cause his purpose to be here will be done, his mission will be complete. He'll have done what he set out to do. He'll be fielding calls from movie people feeling sorry for him and that will land him more roles than ever before. There's nothing that America loves more than a loveable loser.

A casual look paints itself on the former SCW World Champions face.

J2H: Seriously, you buy music from people who can't sing on reality shows because you love a fucking loser America. Those loveable losers can relate to you all and that's what Drake Green will become after this match. It started the second Rage took advantage of my hard work. Everyone sat there and thought Drake's record breaking moment was ruined, oh poor Drake, he must feel so bad. Wrong! He loved it cause it started off what he wanted, you felt sorry for him and he got exactly what he wanted. When he gets beaten in to the canvas this show, people will feel so sorry for him, his career will sky rocket outside SCW. I've said it all along and I will constantly say it over and over and over until you get it through your thick little skulls. Drake Green uses SCW, he uses it for his career outside. He uses it so that he can get the sympathy he needs for you to go and watch his shit movies. These words are true, nothing but truth and you fall for it each and every time. You do it without fail and you don't see how much Drake Green plays you all like a set of drums.

He inhales sharply before slowly exhaling.

J2H: His commitment to SCW is not even there and this guy is someone you can honestly see winning the championship that deserves to be with me? If he got lucky again and somehow managed to walk out with the title, he'll give it up on Climax Control the next week. This is how much he cares about SCW and how much he cares about you all. He simply doesn't, and he will go out there, get beat up and go home knowing that he got everything he wanted from all you people. You cheer him, you need to take a good look in the mirror and see that you're just not that clever. Wise up people, cause that guy ain't the guy you should be cheering. This ain't the guy who deserves your cheer, this is the guy that wants to get beaten.  

J2H shrugs as he looks casual.

J2H: Well your wish is my command Drake, because I will send you out of SCW beaten, broken and worse than you've ever been. I'll show you that you got lucky when you took my title and I've learned from my mistakes and will not repeat it. Better get your nurse on standby, cause you're going back to the home old man.

He stops for a second, letting his mind refocuses on the next opponent to talk about.

J2H: There's another fraud in this match too, not just Drake Green and he's been the talking point not for a win, but for the help he got talking about. No prizes for guessing who.

He rolls his eyes, knowing the fans know exactly who he's talking about.

J2H: You know you've fucked up Jeremiah, when everyone takes a shot at you in their promos last week, even the good guys.

J2H laughs for a few seconds before looking down the camera, trying to hide a smile.

J2H: You really are a joke. I bet you're sitting here waiting for me to submit this promo to the editing people, so you can record more to yours so you don't end up too much in my shadow. Does prove your cheating nature.

A serious look crosses his face.

J2H: Couldn't do it on your own and you know it. We all know it and people have turned against you. You're pretty fucking lucky you're in this match, staff probably didn't know what to do with you. You know what people are gonna remember from your cheap title reign Jeremiah? Absolutely fucking nothing good at all. Let's see what you did, shall we? You got help winning the belt, that's for fucking sure, and deny it all you want, you know you did. You didn't lead your division in your lengthy.... ummmm, two week reign. One ring promo in two shows and even that sucked more than a baby at a tit. I mean it was truly awful, generic shit that even the newest of wrestlers can do. It felt like a five year old talking, it was so bad, it made me cringe. There was no creativity, nothing out of the ordinary, nothing to remember, just woeful. I had to admit it, but Steve Ramone and Travis Nathaniel Andrews can hold a crowd better than you, and be more entertaining. All those cheers you heard was in your head. It was seriously shit. You should be ashamed of that because in one fail swoop, you tried to assassinate SCW's reputation.

He slowly shakes his head in disgust.

J2H: You tried to kill SCW with the way you did things. You tried to ruin everything everyone's ever done to give this place a good reputation, and instead shot yourself in the foot because all you managed to do was ruin your own reputation. You've torn up your own reputation so bad that I can promise you that this will be your last title shot for this belt you'll ever get. Can even promise you this, that myself and the other two in the match don't want you in this match, don't want to work with you ever again after this match, cause you're fucking embarrassing. Not even a little bit embarrassing, but seriously the most embarrassing so called wrestler to step in a ring.  

He grits his jaw before continuing.

J2H: You shouldn't be in this match Jeremiah, you know it as well as I do. SCW should have drug tested you because before I turned up, you looked like Jeremiah plus one, you looked like you had the strength of two people, because there was more to your work than before. That's not a compliment because you needed help to get the belt, but talk as much shit as you want, but you knew you'd never beat Rage on your own and Rage showed that last week. Tell the world again how you wasn't a paper champion, when clearly you was cause you did nothing to show differently. You're actually laughable. I'm not gonna lie, I laughed for days when I heard you rant that you was gonna kick my ass!

J2H bites his lower lip to hide a smile.

J2H: Seriously, kick my ass? You and who else? Gonna bring The Fallen with you? Gonna bring The Unholy Alliance with you.... Also, for the record, your stable name sucks! Who you gonna get to help you kick my ass Jeremiah? World knows you couldn't kick my ass on your own, just like you couldn't kick Rage's ass on his own. I laughed so hard at the thought of you kicking anyone's ass on your own, I almost broke a rib. I knew you couldn't beat anyone at all on your own but I'm gonna tell you something Austin Parker told me a long time ago, and that is actions speak louder than words. Considering your actions, you must be a monk and taken a vow of silence.

A cocky smirk crosses his face.

J2H: I mean I haven't exactly been hard to find. I haven't hid from you. I showed up last week, I sat in my dressing room the whole show, didn't move at all. Just sat there and watched openers do better than anything you could have done, but no, you was too busy dicking around being controlled by that horrible looking woman and forming a new stable with a shit name. Good job buddy, you really went through with your word to kick my ass. Way to go!

J2H tilts his head as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You had every opportunity to come and find me and you just didn't. Not only are you a man who needs help, you're clearly a man who has no intention of backing up his words. This makes you a joke Jeremiah, an unfunny joke. You had your chance but no, didn't do a thing. What was the truth? The Fallen wouldn't let you out of their sight? The world knows you're their bitch, I mean they return and then you return, coincidence? I and the rest of humanity think not. You're a bitch now Jeremiah, you will always be a bitch, you're not a wrestler, you're just a little boy who does what he's told, so I'm gonna tell you to just stay in the back and allow this match to have some credibility. With you in it, it has none at all.

He presses his hands together and pauses.

J2H: Ok, this promo is submitted now bitch boy, so do what you always do and record more to yours trying to make mine look worse. I expect nothing less from a half a champ like you.

A confident look passes over the champions face as he gets ready to talk about one more opponent.

J2H: Now it must be time to talk to you Benedict Arnold.... Or would you prefer Judas?

He waits as if he's waiting for an answer.

J2H: Now I know you might be in the house behind me, but this one is gonna be a good little surprise when you switch on whatever device you have, by that I mean when Kittie turns it on for you because you're still at the level of paper and pen, and see this. I've been thinking Rage, something stuck in my head just a little bit. How are you any different from the guy that needed help to take the title from you?

J2H puts his hands out flat, palms up.

J2H: See, he wasn't the only one that needed a helping hand to win the belt to start with. Was it not me who beat Drake Green down for you to even beat him? Just like half a champ, did you not need an advantage to win the belt? Oh Rage, I think you did. I beat up Drake, I distracted you, I control the fucking division and you used a shortcut just like he did. Still gonna sit and preach that you're better than he is?

J2H quickly shakes his head and smiles.

J2H: Didn't think so. You're as big a fraud as he is.... I bet Hardin is gonna see this and agree but you Rage, you needed as much help as he did. Also wanna tell you something Rage, oh it's not a confession of anything but something I find amusing. You see when you burst through the curtains when you lost the belt to half champ, looking for me, growling, spitting all over the place like a dog with rabies, asking where I was. I was standing right behind you trying not to laugh as you covered everyone within a ten foot radius with your saliva. I was sitting there watching you growl and moan and sulk, all about getting screwed over.

The former champion raises an eyebrow as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Not nice when that happens to you, is it Rage? Not nice when you thought something was safe only to be taken down. It's not very nice when you think you're walking through a safe part of the jungle and a snake appears and just attacks for no reason. Every action you made, got an equal reaction out of me. You fucked me over, I fucked you over and you fucking deserved it. Oh you deserved it so damn much and the fans loved it. They never wanted to see you with a belt to start with, they didn't wanna see you walking around with something because you thought it was your god given right to have it. They knew you shouldn't have had it and your ego is bigger than mine. I worked for my success, I worked to be a champion, I never thought it was my God given right to have that belt, but you did. Why? Cause you're a hundred years old and think you deserved it because you've been around forever?

A firm head shake confirms the way J2H feels.

J2H: Dude, you're fucking dull as dirty water, no one wanted you to have that belt because they couldn't put up with you talking in your one tone voice, telling them how great you are and how you deserved it when they knew that you are never great, no do you deserve it. I heard you cried when people were talking about me losing the belt rather than you winning it. You probably cried when people were calling Hardin a cheat, rather than saying oh my God, Rage lost the belt. That should show you that you're not as good as you think you are in your own little mind. The day you retire, no one will care.

He pauses to smirk down the camera.

J2H: In fact, please retire and soon. You're stale Rage and you offer SCW nothing at all. You being at the top stops younger people coming through, people with two things you don't have.... Charisma and moves that were made after nineteen ninety.

A happy, satisfied look crosses his face.

J2H: You're old, you're outdated, you should have retired years ago, you shouldn't even be an SCW employee so after I get rid of you, after I being my title back home and we all know that's exactly what's gonna happen. The fans know, everyone in the back knows and I know, please do us all the biggest favor you can possibly do, do something everyone will remember you for and retire. Just go and let the new generation, the younger generation, the one's who can entertain, do their job because Rage, you don't fit in anymore. Long gone are the days of big men throwing punches and getting cheers, long gone and forgotten. Today's wrestling scene has changed, it needs people who will surprise, people who will electrify the crowd and you couldn't electrify a crowd even if you dropped them in water and threw a live cable in.

Another satisfied look goes on to his face.

J2H: You could have known your place in SCW, be known for being on my side but you decided it wasn't good enough for you. I'm gonna make you regret that choice Rage, I'm gonna make you wish you never had the nerve to step up to me. You could have had a role in SCW for many years to come but you choose to end your career. All you have left is my belt, and believe it when I say I will be taking that one away from you at Into The Void VI. I will be taken away your reason for even being here in SCW. You're gonna wish you stayed on my side Rage, because against me, that was career suicide.

J2H stands up and looks down the camera, a serious look on his face.

J2H: I don't even give a fuck which one of you three I have to pin. I don't care if I have to pin all three of you. The fact remains that this match is very simple. We have a man with no commitment, a man who needs help, and a man so old, his first job was dinosaur hunting. Then we have a man who ticks every single box it takes to be an SCW star, to be an SCW champion, to lead SCW from the front once more, something we haven't seen in almost two months. This fed has been leaderless since I lost the SCW World Heavyweight championship. I have proved by being here and talking on camera every week, influencing every single thing that happens with that division, that there is only one man to take back control of this division and put everything right once more. Rage is not the man to lead it, Hardin can't do it alone, and Drake Green is already thinking about how many movie offers he's about to get for losing. There is one to restore normality and that man will rise, he will grab the reigns again and he will give you all what you've been missing. Fear not, normal service will be resumed in SCW on May fourteenth, when I become the SCW World Heavyweight champion once more.

A confident smirk crosses his face as he nods firmly.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns and walks in to the house as the camera fades out. [/font]

36
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 06, 2017, 07:14:18 PM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> To most of you....

<img src=https://rlv.zcache.com/middle_finger_salute_retro_postcard-rb9b4162638de46008f79605de2e72d89_vgbaq_8byvr_324.jpg>


There's my PROMO header, shall we get on with it?

Charity, seems like a big word in today's society, a big word which others will happily take advantage of. We've all seen it, feels like every day people not in control of their finances are setting up a go fund me page to pay their rent just because they wasn't smart enough with their money. Or sponsorship, please give me money to do something I'm comfortable doing so I can get some self worth by giving it to a charity no one's heard of, because I am not in control of my own money to the point I can personally give money to charity. Most people have a heart to see someone collecting for cancer research and throw money in the bucket, but people asking for money to pay their rent over social media? Go fuck yourself! Common sense to put your finances in order to keep a roof over your head. Once you do that, and other basic costs, then see what's left, then see if you can afford the luxuries you'd rather piss away your money on than covering rent and expecting others to save you. People take advantage of other peoples kindness when real causes deserve money, not some stupid people who think the world is gonna pick up their tab.

Some things are worth putting money towards, things that matter to the greater good, not the "I'd rather have something new, than worry about my house".

On April 15th 2013, disaster struck the city of Boston. Two brothers killed three people, injuring two hundred and sixty four people on a day people were out having fun. They thought they were heroes to their religion, but in fact, all they did was spawn bigger heroes.

The Boston emergency services.... And this is where we start.

Most of the SCW crew have moved on, heading towards New York to set up many things in time for Into The Void VI. Others have headed home for the week, see their families and friends for a bit of time before the big show. J2H and Melody Grace decided not to do that just yet, but to stay in Boston for a little longer before moving on to New York. New York was the complete opposite of the way J2H liked to live, busy, polluted, stressful. A few extra days away from the prospect of New York was fine for him.

This day had started like any other for the couple, but a newspaper had caught Melody's attention this morning, advertising a charity event to raise funds for the Boston emergency services in the Boston Public Gardens, and her mind wandered on how she could be there, how she could walk hand in hand with her boyfriend through the crowds. Celebrities were advertised to be there, live music, stalls, local businesses selling their wares and promising all proceeds would go to the city of Boston for the emergency. Melody thought long and hard about how to get J2H to be there with her. Turns out, it wasn't as tough as she thought.

He was always willing to give to a good cause, he just detested the people who wanted something for nothing.

The two walked through the Public Gardens in Boston, Melody holding on to his arm as the crowds move around, music in the distance filling the air and causing a lively atmosphere. Alongside a lake, people stroll, in conversation as they head towards the festivities.


Melody: Thanks for coming out with me here.

Her soft voice whispers towards her slightly taller boyfriend as he looks towards her.

J2H: It's all good. It's a good cause. Emergency people get overlooked all the time, so it's good to do.

The softer side of J2H causes a smile from Melody as they walk by the lake. A young girl runs from her parents and stand in from of Melody and J2H, causing Melody to smile at her. Her mother rushes over.

Mother: I'm so sorry she got away from me.

Young girl: Melody! Melody! Melody!

Melody: Hi!

The girl, roughly seven years old, jumps up and down on the spot, pointing at Melody. The mother looks closer at her.

Mother: Are you Melody Grace?

She looks towards J2H, her eyes opening a little wider.

Mother: And J2H?

J2H nods his head towards the mother and looks back at the little girl before returning his glare to the mother.

J2H: Yes we are.

Mother: Oh my God! Elle here is such a big Melody fan. She has all your shirts and walked around with a copy of the Bombshell title she made herself, above her head when you won.

Melody: Awww, that's sweet.

A look of pride crosses Melody's face as she looks at the girl.

Mother: Would you mind if we got a picture with you guys?

The mother looks slightly embarrassed for just asking but Melody and J2H nod towards her.

J2H: Sure.

The woman scrambles for her phone through her handbag and both J2H and Melody crouch down next to Elle. The mother eventually finds the phone and holds it up. She quickly snaps a picture of the three and gratefully moves towards her daughter, reaching down and showing her the picture. A look of pure delight crosses the little girls face as her mother takes her hand.

Mother: Thank you so much. You really are her hero.

An instinctive smile crosses Melody's face, unable to stop herself.

Mother: You have a great day.

The woman moves away from the two and J2H looks towards Melody, feeling proud of the smile on her face that has been few and far in between lately.

J2H: You didn't just make that kids day, you made her entire life.

J2H puts his arm around the proud Melody and the two walk past the lake and towards a gate, looking at a green area where a stage is set up, with a sound system blasting through Cameo's "Candy" with many people doing the associated dance in front of it. Their eyes wander around at many stalls set up, some carnival games, some selling local products. Melody takes hold of J2H's hand and the two walk through the crowd a little, some whispers being heard as they walk past and eyes falling in their direction. J2H looks at a stall nearby to see a ring toss game with stuffed toys as prizes.

J2H: Gimme a sec babe.
 
J2H walks over to the staff and reaches in to his pocket and pulls out a note, handing it to the man behind the counter. The man hands him three rings and J2H quickly looks at the pegs behind the counter and throws the rings in rapid motion, the three rings leaving his hand in a split second and flying over the same peg. The man behind the counter reaches towards a stuffed bear and hands it to J2H.

J2H: What are you gonna name him?

J2H hands the stuffed bear to Melody, taking her by surprise.

Melody: I don't know but we'll come up with something. Thank you.

Melody grips the bear tight and the two walk through the crowd a little more when a familiar face from the silver screen approaches them. J2H squints his eyes as he looks towards him.

J2H: Mark Wahlburg?

The camera shows it is indeed Boston born movie star Mark Wahlburg.

Mark: You want an autograph or something, kid?

J2H looks taken back by the request, but a smile crosses the movie stars face as he looks at the SCW stars.

Mark: Relax man, I know who you are. You're the wrestler, J2H. Big fan, big fan.

He extends his hand to J2H who reaches out and shakes it firmly before looking towards Melody, looking at him with a slight touch of awe.

Mark: And this is the lovely Melody Grace.

He reaches towards her and hugs her in a friendly fashion before stepping back and looking at the two.

Mark: I thought SCW left town before I got back. If I could have got back to see the show, I would have been there.

J2H: Most left, we stuck around for a couple of days. Not a huge fan of New York so the longer I can stay out of there, the better.

Mark: You don't know what you're missing when it comes to New York. A guy like you could make some serious money there without having to do a whole lot. With your name, you could open nightclubs and do personal appearances for like forty grand a pop. That's gotta be worth more than what ya make a week at SCW.  Three days work for over a hundred grand, and ya get beat up less.

J2H raises an eyebrow at the thought of the huge potential amounts of money on offer in New York and looks towards Melody. He quickly looks back at Mark.

J2H: I don't think New York is my kinda place. I don't need the money.

Mark: You should think about it. In fact, I'm in New York next week shooting some stuff. Maybe we can meet up and talk about some business.

He reaches in to his pocket and pulls out a business card and hands it towards J2H. He looks at it, seeing contact details for the man himself.

Mark: Hey, maybe we can get you guys in the movie, maybe a cameo. I know you've got movie experience.

He nods his head towards Melody.

Melody: I've been in a couple of movies.

J2H puts his hand up to him, shaking his head at the man who has made millions in the movie industry.

J2H: It's not for me. I have no interest in being a Drake Green wannabe, going from wrestling to movies.

Mark: Well I heard through the grapevine that you guys were offered your own reality show.

Melody: How did you know that?

Mark: Nothing stays secret in the television business. There's always someone there trying to make a few extra dimes by shipping it around to others.

J2H: We haven't decided if we wanna do all that shit yet. We spoke about it but never did make up our mind. I don't even like friends in my home, let alone a bunch of strangers walking around there.

Mark: Well I have a production company so if you guys wanted to team up on something like that, we could make it work to work out for you. But hey, it's been great meeting you guys, but I gotta get going. I gotta be on the stage in ten minutes to talk. Give me a call next week, we'll see what we can do.

J2H: Sure.

The uncertainty in J2H's voice goes undetected as Mark Wahlburg puts his hand out, shaking J2H's firmly, before turning around and hugging Melody once more.

Mark: It's been great meeting you both and hope to see you guys next week.

He politely nods at the couple before turning and walking away. Melody looks at J2H with a slight smile.

Melody: Look at you getting movie stars phone numbers.

J2H looks down at the card in his hand before sliding it in to his back pocket. He shrugs his shoulders and looks towards the bear holding Melody.

J2H: Hey, how about we get out of here?

Melody lowers her eyebrows with curiosity as she looks at him.

Melody: Why?

J2H: I got something planned.

Melody: If you want.

J2H takes hold of Melody's free hand, walking her through the crowd and towards an exit gate. As they come towards the exit gate, J2H sees a man collecting money with a bucket, collecting for the emergency services. He moves next to the man and reaches in to his pocket and pulls out five one hundred dollar bills. He looks down at them and slides them in to the bucket. He reaches down to Melody's hand again and the two walk out of the park.




Skipping away from the park was always planned from J2H, he always had other things in mind for the day, yet showed up to the park event for a sense of duty to the SCW wrestling banner. His mind was always a distance away from that event, it was on a more of a sea setting than land. He'd see how low Melody Grace was lately, he saw the look she made whenever the Bombshell championship was mentioned, she felt that she let the fans down, so being the superstar he was off camera, the guy that many didn't want to see, or care to see, he had plans for Melody. Of course it meant a day for him too to kick back and relax, enjoy the scenery and switch off for a day, which was well needed. The life of an SCW star, unless you're locked up in your home, or a hotel room somewhere - which was the case for many living outside the Nevada or California areas, you was always on. If a fan approached you, you had to be polite, yet still sell the aura of who you were on screen. SCW stars were not actors who could sign autographs with their own name in their own way. They were in the fans eyes, who they saw on television. Sometimes it was always nice to do just that, but home was across the country, hotel rooms had become stale and boring, another escape was needed, one from the eyes of the fans, and he had it planned...


Melody: What are we doing here, Jam? The park was ok for me.

J2H holds on to Melody's hand as the two walk down a small dock on the Charles River, their fingers locked together as they wander down the wooden pier, Melody still holding the bear won earlier. He looks at her with a smile, sunglasses covering the young couples eyes, but he lowers his to look at her directly.

J2H: Well, I know I haven't exactly wrestled on this tour, because well, I haven't had to, but it's starting to drain me a bit. You've been down about it since you lost the belt.

The mention of the championship draws a frown from Melody as she looks back at him.

J2H: Yeah, I know, mentioning it hasn't exactly filled you with joy or laughter, but we got a huge show coming up, a chance for you to get that back, but I know you're not in the right mindset for this one just yet. You're over thinking it all, so I thought it was about time to forget it all and spend the afternoon on that.

He points to a yacht at the end of the pier and starts to lead Melody closer to it, the glossy white paint of it shining in the sun. They two get closer to see what it on board, a table set with fresh fruit, everything from strawberries to peaches, grapes, sliced oranges. In an ice bucket nearby is a huge bottle of champagne. Melody smiles as the two move closer to the end of the boat.

Melody: You didn't have to do this.

J2H: I don't have to do anything I don't wanna do, but this is something I wanna do. I'm tired of people Mel and this gets us out there with not many people around, other than the guy who's gonna be serving us and the guy driving the thing. Other than that, it's gonna be just us.

Melody smiles towards him and grips his hand a little tighter.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H returns her thank you with a nod, and the two continue to walk towards the end of the dock. Stopping at the back end, he steps over on to the boat and holds his hand out towards Melody, helping her, and her bear, safely on to the boat. He points to a nearby seat and Melody sits down, placing the stuffed bear to her left. He joins her, sitting next to her on her right and putting his arm around the blondes shoulder, pulling her closer to him. He waves towards the man behind the wheel, who quickly starts the engine of the boat as a steward appears with two glasses, placing them on the table in front of them and reaching for the bottle. He grabs the top of the bottle and pops the cork, quickly filling the glasses. He hands the first glass to Melody, before handing the second to J2H. J2H nods at him, and he moves away as the boat starts to glide over the water. The couple take a sip before placing their glasses on the nearby table and J2H looks towards Melody.  

J2H: See, no one around, nothing to over think here, just us.

Melody half smiles at J2H, gripping hold of his free hand.

Melody: I do appreciate it, I just need to get out of this slump.

J2H: Easy to do Mel. You losing the title doesn't mean you've forgot how to be the best. Just because you don't have the belt, doesn't mean you're not the one people are talking about. Look at me, I lost the belt and my contract is like everyone else's contract, for every month you hold the title, you can have a week off. Thirteen weeks Mel, just over three months I could have gone fuck it and walked away for a bit, not including off weeks. I coulda ended up with like five months off if I wanted to, but no. I stood there and I annoyed the fuck out of the people I'm gonna be facing. When I lost the belt, people wasn't talking about Rage. They wasn't even talking about Drake Green.

Melody pulls herself closer to him, her hand gripping on to his tighter.

Melody: I know that.

J2H: Babe, they were talking about me losing the title. I heard Rage sulked and kicked things because not enough people mentioned him after the show. I heard he cried like a bitch because no one was talking about him. Drake Green wasn't mentioned, his return did nothing for people, him getting lucky and taking the belt from me did nothing at all for people. People couldn't care less because all they were talking about was me losing the belt. Look at Hardin, the only reason people mentioned him was because he needed help to win the belt to start with. If he didn't need help, no one would even care about him.

Melody sighs as she looks at J2H through her sunglasses.

Melody: No one is talking about me either.

J2H: That's bullshit. People are talking about you more than they're talking about a women who got lucky against you. The fans are talking about you, I don't think they'll be giving a damn about Polly. The woman had to get in the ring and beat up a couple of fakes last week, in a skit that's been done many times. People were waiting for you to get out there and talk to them. People are more interested than what you have to say this week than Polly. More people are more interested in what I have to say than Rage, half champ, and Green put together.

Melody: This is you, people are always interested in what you have to say.

J2H takes off his sunglasses and looks at Melody, looking at the seriousness in her eyes.

J2H: Also bullshit. You're the most popular bombshell on the roster and you know it. You're feeling down right now, but fuck that, you're wanted on the screen more than most. No one wants to see you off screen, people want to see you back with the belt, people want to see you with the title. You're all for making the people happy, get out of this slump and get that belt back. Fuck Polly, and fuck Crystal. I forgot that woman was even on the roster. Waste of roster space just showing up whenever she wants, putting in sub par performances, I don't even know why she's getting a shot.

Melody sighs as she puts her head on his chest, not looking him directly in the eyes, but in to the distance as the boat moves across the water.

Melody: I don't know either, but can we talk about something else?

J2H: If you want. I just don't wanna see you in this slump. Into The Void VI is a big night for us, it's a night we kick off golden couple part two. It's the time we take hold of the top divisions and never let go.

Melody: Is that what you want from life? To be known for wrestling?

J2H pauses for a second, looking at the top of Melody's head as she keeps it on his chest.

J2H: No, not just for wrestling. There a while world out there and I have the wrestling world conquered by the age of twenty three. I didn't need to be lucky like Drake Green, I didn't need to sneak attack a tired man like Rage and I didn't have to cheat to get my hands on my belt, or use someone else to help me win like Hardin. I conquered the wrestling world so I don't think it will be too long before I go conquer another world.

Melody: You could conquer the music world.

J2H: Do I look like a singer to you?

Ah, the nice little shot to all you uncreative people who can't separate the real world from a fantasy one. Try and be a little more creative please future opponents.

Melody: What world do you want to conquer next?

He breathes deeply, looking at the Boston skyline in the distance as he thinks about the answer.

J2H: I don't know but I know I'm confident enough to do whatever I want and become the best at it. You can put me in any situation and I can take control. As for wrestling, I want us to get those titles, hold them for over a year, and me personally, I wanna beat each and every person in SCW. I know I've beaten most of them but I wanna beat them all. I think I could do that in a year.

Melody: And then what?

Another tough question comes from Melody, forcing J2H to think a little more about the answer.  

J2H: I have no idea but happy to see where things take me. First off we get the gold, then we kick the hell out of everyone who wants to get near it, then we become the first couple of enter the Hall of Fame at the same time.

This bring a smile to Melody's face as she looks up at J2H, her eyes still covered by reflective sunglasses.  

Melody: So you don't have a five year plan?

He smiles as he shakes his head at her.

J2H: People shouldn't have a five year plan Mel, they spend so much time and effort trying to get to that five year plan so they can sit and brag about it to their friends, they forget to get out there and live life. Spend so much time being limited. I didn't sit there and say I'm gonna win the world title in so many years, I said I was gonna win the thing some time and I did. If I focused on wanting to win it in five years, I would have done nothing but train. We'd have met but I wouldn't have had time for anything, so fuck five year plans, just go out there and do what you do.

Melody inhales deeply, her eyes looking up towards J2H still, her hand switching from his, to wrapping her arm around him.

Melody: Do you ever think where you'd have been without us together?

Stinging question for a man who spent time trying to avoid her, before drunkenly marrying her, only to find out they wasn't married, to Melody disappearing to a country she has no affinity to,  to deep down knowing where she was the day he won the world title. The couple have had a roller coaster of a relationship, so many ups and down that would break many couples up, or at least leave a deep rooted resentment for the other. Most couples at their young ages would walk away from each other with ease in this day and age, most wouldn't have even considered getting back together to start with.

J2H: I try not to think about it. I doubt I'd be in a better place. I'd probably spend most of my time locked in the house, watching old movies and hating the world. Anyway, no need to worry about all this now babe.

Melody: I guess I'm just thinking out loud.

He looks at Melody, biting his lower lip as he searches for the next words to come from his mouth, taking a few seconds to think. The comfortable silence between the two is only overshadowed by the hum of the boat engine moving through the waves over the Charles River. He breathes deep and looks at her with his eyes narrowed under his sunglasses.

J2H: Don't think about shit like that, we're together for a reason and I have no intention of changing that. Here's what we both focus on. We focus on getting that gold back and starting the golden era of us again. After that, we'll figure it out as we go along.

Melody sighs and she grips him tighter, causing him to smile at her.

Melody: Babe, I miss home.

Light bulb! A day at home could be just what the doctor ordered for Melody, a chance to be in more familiar surroundings.  

J2H: That's a good idea, let's go back home tomorrow for the day.

Melody: Really?

A firm nod comes from his head as he looks at her.

J2H: Really. It will probably do you good to hang out with Dexter and Puppy.  

Melody sits up, wrapping her arms around J2H's neck giving him a huge squeeze as the camera fades out to black.




Plane trips are often a bore, no matter where the exciting place is that you may be travelling to. Travelling is part and parcel of a wrestlers life, especially working for a touring company, but each wrestler is different. Some prefer the life on the road, feeling like a rockstar moving from town to town and putting on a show. Some prefer the more local shows, being able to go home every night, others prefer to distance themselves from wrestling completely when they don't work and find themselves living further away to escape the noise.

J2H preferred to be at home, being able to finish up a show and being back at home before it got too late, but the tour has stopped him from doing so. His urge to return home for Melody grew stronger and the two decided to take the six hour plus flight back from Boston to Los Angeles, if only for a few days to be closer to home.

This flight was no different to most, long, boring, only so much Vampire Diaries Melody could watch before her eyes got heavy and the only destination for her was a dream state.

J2H sat next to her as he watched her sleep, peacefully in a far away dream, only she knew what she was dreaming about. In front of him sat an open laptop. Looking across the aisle, he saw Simpson, his eyes locked firmly on to the pages of a book. J2H looks towards the clock on the laptop, seeing that he is just forty five minutes from his destination. The plane cuts through the sky and he takes a deep breath, quickly clicking on his e mail and seeing one that takes his interest, from none other than SCW boss, Hot  Stuff Mark Ward. He quickly clicks the e mail and reads out loud in the mumbled voice.


J2H: James, SCW are planning a new blog style thing for the SCW studios media page, since Zelda Clark seems to have fallen off the face of the planet. Not that I'm worried, she wasn't exactly consistent, good help is hard to find these days. Either way, Christian and I have discussed replacing it with a ten questions style thing from SCW stars. The fans submit questions, we randomly draw them, send the to wrestlers and they answer. We thought we'd test the waters with you. We've randomly drawn ten questions for you. We want some detailed answers, rather than just short and to the point answers, and if this works, we'll post this as issue one and get the ball rolling with others. Just respond to this e mail, the questions are below. ~ HS.

He bites his lower lip before shrugging.

J2H: Fuck it, why not?

His eyes glance down the questions as he stretches his shoulder back, getting ready to answer the first one - and to avoid any confusion, consider him talking as he's typing.  

Question: If you wasn't a wrestler, what would you be?

J2H: Why would I need to do anything? I have a degree in business so I would have probably pumped money in to failing businesses and turned them around, sold them for more money than everyone reading this would ever have. Then I'd do it all over again. Wrestling is what I wanted to do, not what I needed to do, and that's why I did it.  

Question: How many hours a day do you spend in the gym?

J2H: Two in the morning, and hour at night, throw in the occasional run in between when I need to clear my head and refocus on certain aspects of my life. I'm already in great shape and I don't wanna be one of those freak steroid abusing muscle types. I won't over do things, I don't need to. People sit there and hit the gym longer and longer and it slows them down, they get slow in the ring and turn in to Rage where every move can be seen half an hour before he attempts it.

Question: Who is your best friend in SCW?

J2H: I don't really have friends in SCW and I couldn't give a damn but even for the blind, it's obvious that I'm with Melody all the time so if I had to put a friendship label on anyone, it would clearly be her.  

Question: Where's Despayre?

J2H: Who gives a damn? Maybe you should ask Despayre this question and not me. My best guess is he's causing chaos around his house, breaking things and blaming the teddy bear.

Question: Do you say something and instantly regret it?

J2H: God no! Everything I say, I'm justified in! If I come out there and tell people they suck, you know what? They suck! I don't sugarcoat anything for anyone and I don't really give a damn if they like me or not. I really don't. To me, it's simple. Why lie to people? Why hide something the rest of the world can already see. I don't regret much at all, I do regret letting people be around me that don't deserve to be around me. I think we all know who I'm talking about here...

Question: Who doesn't deserve to be where they are in SCW?

J2H: In the women's division, Kate Steele. Seriously, the woman goes on a hot streak, holds a belt forever, then disappears and cuts promos that are so poor, I could give a mic to a chimpanzee and they could come up with better. She doesn't deserve to be upper mid card, barely deserves to be an opener. As for the men, Jeremiah Hardin. The guy is awful from top to bottom, he does nothing in matches that he thinks don't mean a lot, and then all of a sudden when there's something on the line, he steps it up. Problem is, he's full of bull, he lucked in to a match he didn't deserve after a week where he let his partner down, to thinking he deserves to be at the top, it's proof to me that he's just disillusioned, and he too doesn't deserve to be anywhere near where he is.

Question: What annoys you most about SCW?

J2H: Laziness. Absolutely laziness. People sit there thinking they should be higher than they are, yet too damn lazy to work for it. They beg for title shots, they cry and try and put a case out there that they should be getting these shots, yet they're too damn lazy to even watch what's going on around them. You could randomly ask most SCW stars what they think about a certain storyline and they'll look at you with a blank look on their face cause they can't be bothered to watch anyone else's stuff. People hiding things in SCW annoys me too. The ones who don't admit to what's really going on, the ones happy to string others along for their own gain. They're not real men or women, they're cowards.

Question: What's the worst tag team or stable name you've ever heard?

J2H: The Monsitimals is a pretty awful name, just squashing two words together and expecting people to get it. Believe me, they don't, and they could have had a much better name than that. Also this Blood Legion stable.... Seriously what the hell! I mean it's terrible, no one knows what a blood legion is and to make matters worse, it's a bunch of people thrown together that make no sense. Hardin with The Fallen has never made any sense, he's never fitted in there, but throwing in the Unholy Alliance to that, also means Tuscini doesn't fit. The Unholy Alliance were a team that never gelled to me anyway, but now you have these dark side characters along with a guy like Tuscini that doesn't make sense. If anything, switch Tuscini and Hardin in a team, let Dmitri do his freaky vampire thing with whatever one of those broads is a freaky vampire and move on. Not only am I crowning Blood Legion as the worst stable name I've ever heard, but I'm also crowning them as the most pointlessly thrown together stable ever to enter SCW. There really is no point to them and no one will take notice of them anyway.

Question: What's the worst injury you've ever had?

J2H: Probably the injury I've had for the past year. I can't talk about it because it would mean opponents would target it out of jealousy, but as soon as surgery is needed, then I will be retired and finished with wrestling. That surgery would bring on further surgeries which would mean I will be done. I've been risking my health with this injury for a long time, I could break down in the ring, I could break down getting out of bed and it will all be over for me just like that, but I have faith in my body, I have trust in what it can and can't do. I've been able to go two months between matches to let it heal a little more, it's good body management but just don't be surprised if one day out of the blue, I walk to the ring and say I'm done, I'm having to retire and I won't be back. I could do that tomorrow if I wanted and had the surgery, but right now, I'm still all good.

Question: What predictions do you have for Into The Void VI?

J2H: Ah, people seemed to like my predictions last time it seems. Ok, lemme go down the card and predict something for everyone. Jessie Salco will steal the opening seg listening to another shit band no one else has heard of, Veronica Taylor will walk around with her nose in the air, Chelsea Payne will blame others and quit on the spot if she loses. No one will see the Acquin vs Laki match, cause they'll all have a bathroom break, if the new guy even shows up, the Female Elders will try hock some more cola, the Boss Ladies will get laughs at their name, boss ladies? Don't think so. Amy Marshall will screw herself over like last week. Devona will find a jazz bar and miss the match, Ivan Darrell and Max Burke will beat each other up, Kate Steele will talk for twenty seconds before the feed mysteriously cuts off, leaving another Kate segment unfinished, Mercedes will make short work of Kate, because Kate will forget she's in the middle of the match and think it's over. The Bad Boys will smack each other on the rears, Jon Dough will get confused and ask people his last name again, it's Dough, if we know it, you should too. Eyesnsane will have a fight with a mirror because the man in the mirror is looking at him funny.  

J2H stops typing as he smiles at his last comment.

J2H: Dmitri will bite Jamie Dean, Jamie Dean will ask him to do it again because he likes it, the sick freak.... The pair of sick freaks! The Angel Clan will show up and people will ask if it's a new tag team because they forgot who they are, The Fallen will basically unnecessarily pad out a promo and annoy people. Ryan Keys will get distracted by a mid match wedgie, Jamie Tuscini will start rambling mid match about something that happened in the sixties when he was just thirty five years old, Steve Ramone will have another annoying innuendo with Kaylee, when we all know she's a paid actress to distract people from the fact that he cries while masturbating in the broom closet. Kris Halc will wonder if he's stoned after seeing the freak shows he's in the ring with. Sam Marlowe, Evie Baang and Lord Raab will all fight over a microphone at the end of their match to declare their love for Ben Jordan. Crystal Millar will lose, spend the next two months doing nothing and then somehow get in a title match at the next supercard. Polly Playtime will skip to the ring, and fall over her own feet, causing her to hide in embarrassment. Melody Grace will put on a wrestling master class to recapture the belt and become a two time champion.

He looks across at Melody with a smile.

J2H: Rage will spit on a reporter while doing his pre match interview, soaking yet another microphone and risking blowing up the electronics stuff. He seriously spits more than Daffy Duck. Jeremiah Hardin with sit quietly in the corner, conversing with only the other half of him that shows up for big matches, Drake Green will be on the phone to his agent, lining up movie roles where he can play a hero because he is no longer a hero here, and I will give the fans everything they ever dreamed of because no more will they have to see Drake Green with a title, Jeremiah Hardin and his plus one with a belt, or a man who has grinded his teeth so much in anger, that he's down to his gums hold that top belt, because above all else, I predict J2H will become the SCW World Heavyweight Champion once more.

A smile crosses his face as he answers the last question, the fasten seatbelt light brightens up. J2H hits send and shuts the laptop lid. He leans back in the chair as the scene fades out.




Home, sweet home, for a while....

Home is where the heart is and lord know when you're a wrestler on tour, you rarely see it. Most of the tours out of the country put it out of a wrestlers price range to travel home after shows. The world tour not too many years ago made it almost impossible for SCW stars to fly in and out of countries constantly, what would have been the point working if your money was constantly eaten up by travel costs? J2H never had that problem financial wise, yet he opted to stay on tours for the most part, and although it would have been very easy to fly in and out from this American tour, flying across country rather than across oceans, both he and Melody had spent the best part of the tour moving from city to city along with the SCW crew. Melody's ambitions to see as much in this world as possible drove them to immerse themselves with the locals, with everything a city had to offer, but the draw of home had become too much for the young couple. Even J2H, a man who claims to hate every city that is not his own, had travelled through this tour with an open mind, and with the urge to see Melody happy, and could see when the moments of darkness had cleared from her, she was lost in a world of happiness as her eyes cast glances at new things. He did things Melody's way this time with the tour, trying to see as much as he could, but he'd become tired, he wanted to go home. Surprisingly to him, so did Melody!

It was almost music to his ears to hear Melody mention going home, going back to Beverly Hills. It wasn't that she was turning against her good nature, but after weeks of hotel rooms, it was time to lay her head on a familiar pillow. As soon as she said she missed home, J2H wasn't no time in mentioning a return to their Beverly Hills mansion and was more than happy at Melody's response. The popular blonde and her boyfriend were on their way back to Beverly Hills...

Her eyes looked through the window excitedly as the car pulled through the familiar streets of Beverly Hills, Simpson behind the wheel and the young couple in the back of the car. A wider smile paints over her face as she sees the gates of their home appear in the distance. She looks towards J2H, sitting next to her, music playing through earphones in his ear as his eyes are lightly closed. Her hand reaches through his arm and she tugs, causing him to open his eyes and look towards her. He reaches up, pulling an earphone from his ear.


Melody: We're home babe!

His eyes look towards where Melody's finger points and a smile appears on his own face. It was always good to be home for him. When SCW wasn't in a different state, he made a point to spend as much time at home as possible, other than the occasional vacation with Melody.

J2H: Thank fuck for that. I don't mind the touring sometimes but home is where it is.

Especially when you have a home like these two. Everything you could possible need under one roof, more so than most vacation resorts these days. He could walk two doors down in the house and go for a fully stocked replica of a public house, complete with machines and pool table, to a cinema room, to slipping next door where bowling lanes are hosted.

Melody: I can't wait to see Dexter and Puppy! They've probably missed us soooooooo much!

J2H turns and looks out the opposite window, his eyes rolling at the thought of Melody's duck and fish. Melody had been calling J2H their daddy since she moved in to the house, not a term he liked, although Dexter acted more like a spoiled teen than a duck most of the time.

J2H: Probably coming back to one hell of a fucked up house. That duck has probably had party after party in that place from the second we left the house.

Melody: Well I wanted to bring them with us, but you told me hotels wouldn't allow them in, so we couldn't.

J2H: They would have caused chaos. We'd have had higher hotel bills than a rockstar on a drug binge.

Melody rolls her eyes at her boyfriend as Simpson turns in to the gates of the house. Reaching in to his pocket and pulling out a tiny remote and clicking a button on top. The gates open up slowly automatically and he drives in, the tiny sounds of gravel cracking under the tires echoing up through the car. Melody's eyes start to grow wider as the car moves closer to the house and slowly draws to a halt.  

Melody: I can't wait to see them!

The excitement grows in her voice as Melody opens the car door and steps out, her feet crunching on to the gravel below.

Simpson: I'll bring the bags, sir.

J2H: Thank you, Simpson.

J2H quickly joins her outside of the car and steps forwards, quickly striding to catch up with Melody as she reaches the door and excitedly fiddles her hand in to her pocket, looking for her keys. J2H stands watching her struggle for her door keys for a few seconds and smiles. He reaches in to his own pocket and pulls out the door keys and slides the right key in to the lock and twists. He points to the door and Melody smiles, reaching for the handle and twisting in downwards before pushing the wooden door open. She quickly runs in to the house, followed by J2H.

Melody: We're hoooooooooooooooooooome!

J2H watches Melody tear off towards the big living area and starts to follow her, watching her dart through the living room door, but she stops dead in her tracks.

Melody: Oh my God!

Her words causes J2H to lower his eyebrows, looking towards the room. He starts to move quickly towards her, entering the living behind her as he sees her frozen in horror.

J2H: Dexter!

J2H puts his arms behind Melody, wrapping them around her as he looks across at the scene. A poker table is set up in the middle of the room, and Dexter the duck sits on one side. Four other ducks sit at random places, with cards in front of them. Five glasses sit on the table, each with a shot of dark liquid in them, as well as two ashtrays with cigars in them.  

Melody: I saw a painting like this once, but it had dogs in it.

Five sets of duck eyes look at the couple from the table, Melody's face in shock, J's in pure anger as the couple return the duck's look.

J2H: If that's my good whiskey, you five are heading towards the barbeque. The four of you that are not Dexter, fuck off!

J2H stares around the table as four ducks quack towards Dexter and quickly jump off the table as J2H walks over, opening the back door and letting the exit the building, resisting every temptation to throw an "accidental" boot in their direction. Melody walks towards the poker table and looks at Dexter, her hands planted firmly on her hips as she looks sternly at him.

Melody: So what do you have to say for yourself?

Dexter: QUACK!

Melody waves her finger firmly towards the duck.

Melody: Don't you take that tone with me!

J2H walks over, picking up a glass that's on the table and holding it under his nose, inhaling the scent from the glass and looking towards Melody.

J2H: This is my good stuff! Simpson! Fire up the barbecue!  

Melody fires J2H a firm look, part of her hoping that he is joking, yet wouldn't be surprised if he was indeed being completely serious.

Melody: Dexter Carpenter Huntington-Hawkes!

J2H: Say what now?

J2H looks taken off guard by this comment, as he looks towards Melody, watching her shake a finger at Dexter.

Melody: Now you go to your room and think about what you did!

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter jumps off the table and on to a chair before waddling away and off camera. Melody turns towards J2H and sighs as she looks at him.

J2H: Maybe you should go check Puppy. I mean he might have all his friends over playing roulette or something. Never can tell in this place.

Melody's eyes widen as she gulps hard, her eyebrows raised as the thought rushes though her mind.

Melody: Eep!

Melody charges off in the direction of the fish tank, charging past Simpson as he walks in to the room. He looks towards J2H as he places two suitcases, one carried in each hand, just inside the room.

Simpson: Is everything alright, sir?

J2H turns towards the taller Simpson, trying to hide a smile as he speaks.

J2H: Yes Simpson. We just came home to see Dexter up to his old tricks again.

Simpson looks towards the set up poker table, looking back towards J2H again with a state of confusion on his face.

Simpson: Makes one wonder how he moves the chairs, sir?

J2H nods slowly at the bigger man, scratching the side of his head with a blank look on his face.

J2H: I have no idea how he does half the stuff around here that he gets away with Simpson. I don't even know why he gets away with it. Believe me, if there was a military school for ducks, that little shit would have been signed up and in uniform already.

Melody enters the room, looking towards the two with a relieved look on her face. She moves towards the two and stands next to them.

Melody: Its all good news, Puppy is not playing roulette with any strange fishes, and he smiled at me so everything is good.

Simpson looks towards J2H, not quiet sure what the comment from Melody meant. J2H whispers towards him.

J2H: Don't worry about it.

Simpson nods his head and looks towards the back door of the house, leading to the outside area. He walks towards it and opens it up, surveying the land outside. He scratches his head as he turns back towards the two.

Simpson: Sir, have you seen the outside?

J2H walks towards him with Melody by his side, her arm wrapped in his as they make quick work of walking across the living room to the back door.

J2H: I opened the door to let those mooches out that seem to always appear with that damn duck whenever he thinks we're not about.

The two reach the door and look outside to see the hot tub on, bubbling away as well as beer cans, snack packets and other various little strewn around the outside area.

J2H: Seriously, that duck is going on the barbeque.

Melody tugs at him, pulling on J2H's arm as he makes that comment.

Melody: How do you know it was him?

She asks J2H with a stern voice, but the former champion looks at her with one raised eyebrow.

J2H: How do you know it wasn't?

Melody bites her lower lip, her eyes pointed upwards as she looks for a reason no win the mini debate. She shakes her head and looks back towards him.

Melody: I'll get a trash bag.

Partly defeated, she turns to walk in to the house but Simpson interjects.

Simpson: Allow me Ms. Grace.

He puts his hand up and stops her from walking back through the house. He turns around and walks in to the house, leaving the couple to look at the mess.

J2H: At least he didn't burn the house down.  

J2H puts a reassuring arm around Melody's shoulder, giving it a squeeze and pulling her close.

J2H: Right, how about we quickly go grab some ice cream or something?

Melody: Well, it's funny you should say about going out, cause you know tomorrow we have that party? I think we could get Lucas a few more presents.

J2H closes his eyes for a few seconds before opening them and looking at Melody.

J2H: I just talked myself in to shopping, didn't I?

Melody nods and smiles at him as he closes his eyes and the camera fades out.




So the day breezed by as the couple shopped and enjoyed a rare moment of relative normality, being at home. The night had fallen and darkness filled the home as the two had long gone to bed, the feel of their own bed too much of an urge after the long, almost finished tour. They knew they had a trip to Las Vegas the next day, followed by a trip to New York over the weekend, for the last week of the SCW tour. Still, for just a few hours, normality was called for and much appreciated. We all love to be in our own beds until....

BUZZ, BUZZ, BUZZ!

The moment in the morning that we all tend to dread so much, the alarm that pulls us from our slumber and back in to the real world.

Melody shoots up straight in bed, more awake than any human should be at the first alarm, her eyes darting around the room. She looks next to her to see J2H sleeping peacefully, his back towards her. Melody waits for a few seconds, letting the thoughts of what he could be dreaming about enter her mind.


Melody: I really hate to do this but...

She puts her hand on his shoulder, giving him a firm shake, dragging the young man from the world of fantasy, pulling him in to the world of reality once more.

J2H: Ugh, ah.

He pulls the cover up to his head, covering over his ear but Melody moves in closer, whispering towards him.

Melody: Time to get up babe. We got a party to get at soon and we really don't wanna be late.

A soft growl comes from his throat as he shakes his head, trying to get his bearings back from whatever place in dreamland he called his own for a few hours.

J2H: Ugh, are we late?

Melody shuffles towards him, moving next to him and reaching down, gently brushing the hair away from his face.

Melody: I wouldn't say late as such, but we really need to go. We can't take the chance of being late. We really need to be there on time.

J2H: Fine.

He breathes deeply before sitting up, slowly opening his eyes to let them adjust to the dim light in the room.

J2H: Ok, we have a flight at ten to Vegas, hotels already booked at the party is in the evening time. What time is it now?

Melody: Ummmm five thirty.

37
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: March 17, 2017, 12:13:29 AM »
  Here we go, supercard week, the biggest show of the year is always something special and Blaze of Glory is the biggest on the SCW calendar. People work hard all year round to be headlining this supercard, people work all year round just to have a shot at a championship at this supercard. The effort that goes in to one of these shows is immense for staff and superstars, extra training sessions are normal, but we all need a little time out from them, don't we?

And this is where we start, as a time out has been called and J2H, dressed in a black suit, with white shirt, looks out of the window of a Los Angeles office block, looking at the road below. Melody stands next to him, a light blue business suit covers her body as she looks towards her boyfriend.


Melody: So any idea at all why we're here?

A million dollar question to J2H as he shakes his head towards her. He had people, people who arranged things for him to benefit both his image and financial future. People who would look for opportunity for him, so he didn't have to. It felt odd to him to be told to appear in an office bloke overlooking the city a few miles from his home, but it wouldn't be the first time he had been told to be somewhere which had some how managed to work out for him.  

J2H: I don't know babe. I got a call from my guy who said to be here, to bring you along because it effected you too, and it could make some serious money out of it.

Melody's hand moved down to his, her fingers locked in with his right hand as his eye wandered across the skyline.

Melody: Last time we was in a building like this, you was signing over half the house.

Indeed it's true, these tower blocks had countless offices in them for various different reasons. Los Angeles was riddled with these buildings.

Melody: In fact, I think it was that one right there.

Melody points with her free right hand, through the window to a tower block across a freeway, it's windows as bright and shiny as the building they stood in. Before either can continue, a secretary called out from behind her long desk.

Secretary: Mr Terry will see you now.

J2H's head turns around to the woman in her early twenties and looks at her with a frown on his face.

J2H: I don't even know who Mr Terry is, or why I'm even here.

Melody tugs at J2H's arm as the secretary opens the door to the office and J2H walks through the door first, Melody following, her hand still wrapped in his - After all, in J2H's mind, he never arranged the meeting, this Mr Terry must have something to sell, giving our golden couple the leverage for whatever it may be - The office is what you'd expect, a huge curved desk, covered in papers and a computer screen, with a huge painting behind the man sitting behind the desk, the skyline sits glaring through a huge window to the right of the office. The man stands up and looks at the couple.

Mr Terry: My name is William Terry, please take a seat.

He points to two chairs in front of the desk but J2H just stops behind the chairs, looking at the man.

J2H: How about you shut up and tell me who the fuck you are. My people set this bullshit up, I don't know what this meeting is all about, so before I sit down here, I want to know what this is all about.

Mr Terry cranks his neck back, looking towards the champions, his hands out flat in front of him.

Mr Terry: That's a fair question Mr Huntington-Hawkes, that deserves a fair answer. I'm a television executive, that has some amazing ideas for yourself and Melody, where we can get you out to a much wider audience than you're currently exposed to on a more regular basis.

Melody and J2H share a slight look before looking back towards Mr Terry.

Melody: Maybe we should at least listen to his ideas Jam, we're here after all.

J2H looks towards Melody with a shake of his head.

J2H: I don't trust people with two first names to make up their names. Look at this guy, he don't look like he's even an executive for McDonalds.

Melody observes the way Mr Terry is dressed, an expensive looking silver suit covers his body, his hair nearly cut, and giving off the aura of a well groomed man.

Melody: He looks ok to me.

J2H: Mel, you can put lipstick on a pig, but it doesn't mean that pig is gonna be pretty. It's still gonna be a pig.

Melody cranks her head back a little, a frown crossing her face as she looks at J2H.

Melody: Erm... What?

J2H: Sorry, something Austin used to say on the ranch all the time.

J2H turns his head to face Mr Terry, looking him in the eye

J2H: You got yourself ten minutes to get me interested or I'm walking out that door and firing my people for setting whatever this is, up.

J2H points to the chair and Melody releases his hand and walk around to the chair closest to the right of her, while J2H moves towards the left chair, sitting down just a second after Melody. He looks across the desk at the man.

Melody: So you said you was a television executive.

Mr Terry: That I am, Ms. Carpenter, and I was more than impressed with your movie.

J2H scoff at Mr Terry's comment.

J2H: That shit never came out, it got finished and they was too embarrassed by Drake Green's performance to ever let that hit the cinema.

Mr Terry: Friends in the business, Mr Huntington-Hawkes. I was more than impressed with Ms. Carpenter's performance. You should be very proud of her.

Melody's face beams with a smile as she looks at the man across the desk.

Melody: Thank you.

Mr Terry: You're welcome Ms. Carpenter. I saw that and have followed both your wrestling careers and both of you are on fire career wise, so I thought now might be the time to strike while the iron is hot.

A confused look passes both their faces as they look at the man.

J2H: For what?

Mr Terry: For a reality television show based around you two. A show where fans get to see what's going on at your house when the working day is done. It will open the world to see who you are and bring you so many opportunities.

Melody: Like Keeping up With The Kardashians?

Mr Terry: Exactly like that but with a twist. A lot of those reality shows, for want of better words, are partly scripted to keep ratings up. Do you think people really fight that  much, or would if the cameras wasn't on. These people are boring without a few words from the producer, but you two have an interesting dynamic where we wouldn't need to prompt you to do anything. You would be yourself. I mean come on, how many people have a butler and a duck as a pet? Who wouldn't want to see SCW's top champions more.

An excited look passes Melody's face, but the polar opposite runs over J2H's skin, an unimpressed look on his face, while Melody squeeze her hands together with delight.

J2H: SCW would never allow you to do that. We're contracted to them, they have their own studios, they wouldn't let two of their biggest stars make money for someone else.

Mr Terry: James... Can I call you James?

J2H: No, you can't

An uneasy look crosses Mr Terry's face as he looks towards the smirking champion. Melody quickly reaches down and grabs his leg.

Mr Terry: Mr Huntington-Hawkes, the budget we're talking about is far beyond the means of SCW's, but we will try to broker a deal to use SCW studios to produce the show for our network. They will make a lot of money, we will make a lot of money, you will make a lot of money and your star power will go through the roof.

J2H: How about no for an answer! Why the fuck would I let anyone walk around my house watching my every move?  

Mr Terry: Just think of the specials. We could do an episode based on Dexter the Duck.

Melody's eyes light up as she clenches her hands together, looking at J2H with hopeful eyes, but J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Who the fuck would watch Dexter for half an hour or so? All he does is sleep and be places he shouldn't be.

Melody elbows J2H in the arm, looking at him through narrowed eyes.

Melody: I would! I'd watch it, and record it, and watch it again, and again.

J2H: That fancy pigeon is already a diva, what do you think this will do for him?

J2H turns his head back towards the man behind the desk and shakes his head.

J2H: This is a really fucking stupid idea. I don't want people in my house, I don't want someone following a duck around my house with a camera, I don't want.... Whatever this show is called...

Mr Terry: House Of Jamel, where the A is styled like a heart.

Melody: Oh my god! That is so cute! Jam...

He waves his hand towards Melody, almost dismissing her with the back of his hand as he looks at her.

J2H: No Mel, not a chance, never gonna happen, refusing to do this shit. Your times up, you didn't impress me.

J2H stands up and Melody joins him on her feet. J2H just shakes his head and turns, walking towards the door, but Melody looks back towards Mr Terry, looking over her shoulder as J2H heads through the door. In a hushed voice, she speaks to Mr Terry.  

Melody: We'll think about it and get back to you!

Melody turns around and moves after J2H as the camera fades out.




Well the meeting was a bust in J2H's eyes, nothing gained for him for behind there, but for Melody, the thoughts of a reality show, where she could show the side only a few get to see, was running wild in her imagination. Her thoughts drifting from everything from showing the world who she really was, to making her baby Dexter a star, run through her mind at the speed of light, on the other side of the coin, J2H's thoughts of never gonna happen were stuck firm in his own mind.

The two had spoke about it all the way home, Melody trying the impossible task of trying to sway the mind of the stubborn J2H, but J2H himself hearing nothing more than white noise coming from his excitable girlfriends lips. The two now stood outside their home in Beverly Hills, standing just outside the front door.


Melody: But baby, it could be good for us. I mean we could just hang around the house all day and call it a job.

J2H: I don't want people seeing what I do at home. They get to see me enough for SCW. They don't need to see me more. Besides, we're not even in the country that much.

J2H pushes the door open and walks in to the house, holding it open for Melody to follow him in and softly shuts the door behind them both. He turns around to see Simpson standing in the hallway, just looking at them.

J2H: What the hell Simpson!? I just nearly jumped out of my skin seeing you standing there!

An apologetic look crosses the big man's face, mixed with a look of nerves.

Melody: Is everything ok Simpson? You look nervous. Don't worry, he won't fire you for scaring him. If he does, I'll make him sleep on the couch forever.

Simpson: I'm fine Ms. Grace, but I'm afraid that you sir, have a visitor.

J2H cranks his neck back as he looks at Simpson, more confusion than anything else running over his young face.

J2H: A visitor? I wasn't expecting anyone Simpson, so feel free to tell whoever it is, to pick up their shit and leave.

Another look of nerves runs over the big man's face.

Simpson: I can't sir.

J2H: Why can't you? You've thrown many people out of this house and I have no doubt you'll throw many more out of this house at some point.

Simpson: I have sir, but I've never thrown out your father before.

Melody: His father?

That's what Simpson said. James Huntington-Hawkes Jr, father of J2H was right there in the house he once owned before ownership was given to James Huntington-Hawkes III at the age of sixteen before his parents retired away to Florida. James Jr had rarely visited the house that now belonged to his son and girlfriend over the last seven years, all J2H had was the loyal Simpson guiding him through his late teens. The respect for his father had long gone many years ago when he was thrown in to a sink or swim situation with only Simpson as his life preserver and the look transferred to his face.

Nothing could stop the redness creeping from his neck to his face as the thought of the man who abandoned him, not to better his life, not to get away, but to retire across the country, was sitting in his home. The rage flew through his body as he looked up at Simpson, speaking through gritted teeth.


J2H: Where is he?

Simpson: He's outside on the deck sir.

J2H: He'll be outside of my house permanently soon Simpson, and from now on, if that man gets within ten feet of my door, I want him kicked away, do you hear me?

Simpson: As you wish sir.

The anger flowed through his muscles, causing his entire body to uncontrollably shake. He placed his hands out straight in front of him, visibly watching his hand involuntarily shaking. Melody moves next to him, cupping both her hands around one of J2H's hand and softly squeezing.

Melody: Calm down babe. You don't need to get so angry.

The words sounded distant in his ears as the sound of blood rushing to his head had drowned Melody's soft tones out. He looks toward a door at the end of the hallway, his breathing getting heavier. His head turns towards Melody, distance in his eyes.

J2H: I'm gonna do something you've been asking me to do for a long time but I always got Simpson to do it. I'm gonna take out the trash.

He walks towards the door at the end of the wide hallway and past the stairs. As Melody tries to follow, Simpson puts his arm out to stop her.

Simpson: I think he might want to do this one alone, but if you would join me in the kitchen, I have just made some fresh hot chocolate.

Simpson points to the kitchen and Melody walks towards it slowly, her eyes not moving from the door J2H just stormed though. Reassuring herself, she speaks softly.

Melody: I'm sure he'll be fine.

But would he though? The champion was already halfway across the living room floor, spying the man through the open door on the other side, his back towards the house. He knew it was his father, the smell of aftershave and cigar smoke never changed, he could even see the thick cigar in the distance, spirals of smoke dancing in to the air. The closer J2H got, the anger grew, dancing through his body, the smell of fresh smoke didn't help his mood. He steps through the door, not waiting for his father to turn around.

J2H: What the fuck are you doing in my house? Did you aim for the golf course and get lost?

Without turning around, James Jr looks in to the distance, the grass moving from side to side in the gentle Beverly Hills breeze.

James Jr.: Right over there, I remember you running along there, falling over a stone and scraping your knee, you cried for hours.

J2H: And you sent Simpson to deal with it because you was too fucking busy reading about the stock exchange and all that shit. Couldn't even bother to get off your ass to help your own son.

James Jr.: This house was expensive, it had to be paid for somehow.

J2H moves in front of his father, looking him in the eye.

J2H: Except you paid as much for this house as I did because your father gave it to you. Except he had the decency to wait till you was twenty one to do that. When you was legally an adult instead of leaving a kid in a house like this.

The camera turns, showing the side of the face of James Jr, father of J2H. James Jr places the cigar in his mouth, taking a long puff, but his son quickly pulls it from his teeth, and spies an ashtray on a nearby table, next to a whiskey glass. J2H quickly sticks the cigar, lit end own in the ashtray.

J2H: Don't smoke that shit in my house or on my grounds. No one needs to smell that or be around that.  

J2H picks up the glass of whiskey, lifting it to under his nose and breathing deeply.

J2H: I see you've been making yourself at home, but this is not your home. So how about you answer my question and tell me what the fuck you're doing here.

J2H grabs a nearby chair and spins it around, sitting on it backwards and looking at his father, his elbows resting on the chair top.

James Jr.: Well you haven't responded to any of my calls, since we last spoke. If you did, you might have known I would be here.

An eye roll comes from the champion as he looks at his father, sarcasm in his voice.

J2H: Oh sorry, I forgot to respond to both of your calls over the last few months, a whole fucking two calls. What a bad son that must make me. Well when it comes to being a bad son, I learned from you.

James Jr takes the glass of whiskey, picking it up to his lips and taking a sip.

James Jr.: I came to talk to you about the house.

J2H: My house, get that right, not the house, my house.

James Jr.: Not strictly true. My house that I gave to you that you've signed over to your girlfriend.

J2H lowers his eyebrow as he looks at him.

J2H: If we want to talk technical, it's the house that grandfather gave you, that you gave half to mom, which you both gave to me, which I gave half to someone who may end up having your grand kids in the future.

Let's just hope Melody's ears wasn't burning at that point, or she wasn't nearby listening, because that was the first time he ever come out and said such a thing, and the look of surprise at himself was evident on his face.

J2H: What I did was no different from what you did years ago, the difference between me and you, is I wouldn't fuck off and leave my kids like that. This is Melody and I's house, and the only thing you can do is buy it from me. Seventy million should be enough.

James Jr moves the whiskey to his lips, smiling at his son.

James Jr.: First off, seventy million is peanuts to me and you know it. Secondly, I didn't come here to buy this place. I came here to meet the woman who now owns half of it.

J2H: Well, here's the thing. That is not happening now, it's not happening ever. I wouldn't subject her to being around you. In face, I'm gonna go in there and take her out, by the time I come back, you better be on a plane back to Florida. If not, I will personally grab you by that dye job you got on your head and throw you out. You're not welcome in my house.

With that, J2H walks back in to the house as the scene fades out once more.




Out of the house and in to a coffee shop? Yes coffee shop. It's rare for J2H to be around the public willingly, his personal time is often spent away from the camera, most would head towards the nearest bar after the day he had so far, but not today.

Having grabbed Melody on the way out of the house, hoping that his father would not follow him through the house to just talk to her, the two were now sitting face to face in a quiet corner of a mom and pop owned coffee house - Take that Starbucks! Support your local businesses! A quaint little place, badly in need of some modern decoration, but the rustic feel brought the locals to the small place. It was odd to see a very well dressed couple in a place like this, neither J2H nor Melody had a chance to change from their earlier meeting, but for the most part, neither were looked at any differently as an assortment of people entered and exited with their purchased cups of caffeine. The corner booth saw the two SCW top champions sitting opposite each other, in front of J2H, a large cappuccino, extra foam, rested between his fingers, while Melody whirled the spoon in a cup of steaming hot Vanilla chai latte with a dash of cinnamon and almond milk. Melody removes the spoon and looks up at J2H, his eyes distant.


Melody: Wanna talk about it champ?

Instantly his eyes come back in to focus, looking at Melody.

J2H: Not really champ.

A smile crosses her face as she pushes a strand of blonde hair from his face, moving it behind his ear.

Melody: What did your dad want? I mean if he came all the way from Florida to see you, it must have been important.

J2H: It was nothing. I'm more shocked that he could pull himself away from the golf course long enough to actually remember who I was.

Melody reaches her hand out on the table, placing it on his hand and giving it a slight squeeze.  

Melody: why haven't I met your parents? I mean we've been back together for about a year now, so why have we never paid them a visit.

A sigh comes from the young man's lips as he looks towards his coffee, taking just a few seconds to think about his response.

J2H: Probably because he wouldn't take the time to actually pull himself away from his five bucks a glass whiskey, or the golf course, or his strange friends who think a one dollar bill is trash, long enough for the trip to be worth while. The man only cares about himself and how much money he has.  

Melody: What about your mother? I'd like to meet her.

J2H: He's broke her down so much over the years, she's like a robot, she does what he says, when he says it. Trust me, a visit to them wouldn't be worth it.

Melody: But he came all this way to see you, so he must have done it for a reason.

J2H shrugs. He hated keeping things from Melody, but he had no intention of ever subjecting her to his parents, especially his father.

J2H: It was nothing. I didn't return his calls, so he made a point of just showing up cause he can afford it. Trust me, tomorrow morning, he'll be in the club house bragging about it to his friends. It's a huge pissing contest with those guys.  

Without warning, Melody's phone starts to ring. She reaches in to her pocket and pulls it out, looking at J2H.

Melody: I think we spoke about parents too much. I should take this.

J2H nods as Melody stands up, off to talk to one of her parents. J2H sits and wraps his fingers around his coffee, but a man approaches him, clearly a hipster. J2H tilts his head, looking at him as he stops next to him.

J2H: Who are you?

Steve: Steve Stone, local blogger, you're J2H, right?

J2H: Yeah, but...

Steve: Mind if we talk? I would love to write a blog on you and the show coming up.

Usually J2H would tell this guy where to go, only partly for being disturbed but mostly because of his disdain for hipsters, but supercard week. The company encourage all SCW superstars to go out of their way to be media friendly on supercard week, really push the show, really do whatever they can to advertise the show - Even if they was approached by a hipster.

J2H: I guess so, but can we make it about the upcoming show?  

Steve: Sure, sure. I'm a big wrestling fan and I already have tickets to see the show. I can't wait. This is not your first Blaze of Glory, is it?

J2H: It's not, I defended the Roulette championship against Thatcher Rex at Blaze of Glory II and defeated Connor Murphy and Travis Nathaniel Andrews at Blaze of Glory V last year to keep my title that I still have today.

Steve: Do you think that Drake Green is a step up in class from the previous Blaze of Glory shows you've been on.  

J2H picks up his coffee cup and takes a sip before answering the question.

J2H: Of course. I mean what the fuck ever happened to Thatcher Rex? He's probably retired or something. He was an old man then, so he's probably in the retirement home for washed up wrestlers. Connor Murphy, he too, couldn't last the pace, and as for Travis, he's been everyone's little bitch boy for a whole year. Come on, from main eventing Blaze of Glory V, to opening Blaze of Glory VI should show you all you need to know. Drake Green is past it, but at least he took top gold in SCW, while the others turned out to be less than nothing.

Steve: It's a pretty stacked card, but not the biggest Blaze of Glory.

J2H: It's not but you look at the matches on there and with eight belts being defended, me and Melody in the top two matches against two Hall of Fame people, you know it's a big card there.

He hated playing nice to anyone with a media outlet, switching from who he is to who the press want in front of them. He could happily smack most of the people who approach him, but had to play nice this time.

Steve: What made you target Drake Green? I keep my ear to the ground, a lot of chatter saying that you wanted Simon Jones, but SCW couldn't agree terms with him.

J2H runs his hand across his chin as he looks at the man.

J2H: You wanna beat the best, and to me, Simon Jones is one of them, I rate him so much more than Drake Green. I see Drake Green as a leech to wrestling, he uses it for his own gain. He returns when one of his shitty movies are about to be announced, then he leaves again. I wouldn't be surprised if he's entire promo for the show is based around some shit film. Simon Jones on the other hand is a real wrestler to me, I would have loved to be facing Simon Jones on Sunday, but Drake Green stole his spot by attacking me. Like I said, only shows up to boost a failing career somewhere else.  

Steve: What matches do you think might just steal the show?

A moment of pondering takes place as he picks up his coffee once more, just looking across at the blogger with his notepad in hand.

J2H: Lots of good ones but believe me when I say I think that only mine and Melody's will steal the show. I know there's some hype around Despayre's match, and the Roulette title, the battle royals, but we're fighting hall of famers. We ain't fighting a pair of chumps, well I am, but I'll just make him look good so I don't look shit. I'll be shocked if Drake can even do a hiptoss anymore, but I'll steal the show on my own, or Melody will. It's why we're at the top.

Steve: What's it like going home with Melody, knowing the whole company is looking at you?

J2H: Bro, I thrive under pressure. It's why I've had my belt for so long, it's why I will keep my belt. Me and Melody go home, the belts get locked away and we become us. I couldn't give a fuck if people are plotting and planning against us, cause they will need to plot and plan a lot more than they do against say an idiot like Travis, or a loser like Amy Marshall. We're the best for a reason and try as they might, they will never get their hands on what's ours. We go to bed at night knowing they wish they could be us. It's a championship house and I plan on keeping it that way for a long, long time.

Steve: With the Blast From The Past draw happening that night, if you retain, will you be keeping an eye on that tournament?

A deep breath fills his lungs as he looks at the man, forcing him to wiggle slightly in his chair.

J2H: If I retain? Bro, this belt ain't going nowhere, ya hear that? I couldn't give a damn about that tournament, I've beat like most of the people in there already, they can put anyone against me, and I'll make sure I'll take them out. I don't fear anyone in SCW.

J2H looks up and sees Melody looking close to getting off the phone, indicating it by holding up a finger through the store window towards him.

J2H: One more question Steve and I wouldn't mind some more time with Melody, and before you ask, she won't be answering questions.  

Steve: Predictions for Sunday night?

J2H: I retain, Melody retains, Despayre probably bites Xander Bishop and stomps on Calvin Harris' foot, Mikah wins the Bombshell Internet title, because J2Hism has drove her there, Rage puts Jeremiah Hardin in hospital, Travis Nathaniel Andrews will pretend he has a private dressing room, Steve Ramone's fuck toy will get sore knees, The Fallen will probably be filmed doing some shit no one understands, James Tuscini will do some kinda segment that makes him sound like a throwback from the 80's, Dmitri will be some female vampires bitch, Ryan Keys will show up after forgetting to wear clothes, we'll be subjected to a ton of pointless Bad Boys and Mean Girl's skits that flood the show and no one cares about, Veronica Taylor will call someone basic, Jessie Salco will be listening to some God awful band where no one can understand the singer and Polly Playtime will still wish it could always be playtime.... Good enough?

A smile breaks out on Steve's face.

Steve: That works well. Thanks for your time, before I go, could I....

As his voice trails off, he puts the notepad and pen in front of J2H. J2H nods and quickly gives the man an autograph. The man looks at the page proudly and stands up, moving away from the scene as Melody returns, Melody takes her seat once more

Melody: Who was that?

J2H: Some blogger.... Hey, can we spend some time on the boat?




Ah, thankfully Melody said yes. Time on the boat it was. He'd had hoped that his father had headed to the nearest airport and was half way to Florida by now, but the SCW World champion couldn't be too sure. He knew if he played it safe, he could get Simpson to bring his championship belt to him for what he needed to do with it, and Simpson had delivered, with word that his father planned on waiting around for another hour before giving up on his son.

Time on the yacht with Melody? A perfect setting to cut a little promo and relax for the night. The two had prepared for stays on the boat, and fresh clothes would always be there. J2H was relieved for that reason as he made his way on to the deck of the boat, dressed in just red shorts, a baseball cap and a gold chain around his neck. His freshly delivered SCW World Championship sat comfortably over his shoulder. The champion moved towards a chair facing the camera and quickly opted to sit down and pull the championship belt across his legs and looks down the camera.


J2H: Now this right here is the perfect place to reflect on so many things and I have done just that since I've been here. Last year at Blaze of Glory, I successfully defended this bad boy in my first supercard that I headlined properly, the first supercard where this face was on the poster.

He points to his own face.

J2H: And here I am doing it all over again. Headlining a show for the second year running. Everyone expected my reign to end there and then, no one thought I was good enough, everyone thought wham, bam, thank you ma'am and I'll be gone and look at me now, I'm still the fucking champion.

An arrogant, yet confident smirk crosses his face.

J2H: Look at how far I've come, look at all the people I've defeated to sit here and hold this title for so long. Let's take out the shit like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Connor Murphy, cause they're more of a pain in the ass than a challenge. I defeated Despayre, not once, but twice within months. Most people don't beat Despayre once in a lifetime. In fact, I probably have more wins over Despayre than the rest of SCW combined, but I did it, because I am truly that good. I beat the unbeatable twice, that was a highlight of my last year, and then on to the vampire Dmitri.

He waves his finger at the camera.  

J2H: Now I won't lie, Dmitri brought it harder than anyone else ever has against me, he drove me to hell and dragged me back, we went through a war three fucking times and all he got from me was my respect, but the title, it stayed right where it should have stayed all along. He damn near killed me but I went above and beyond to keep what was mine. I felt pain like never before, but I looked at this and a big smile crossed my face.

He looks down at the world championship belt on his lap.  

J2H: The Jamie Dean had a fair shot at it, but he froze and I destroyed him in that ring. It probably wasn't fair, it was a mismatch and I tore him up, just to keep this.

He taps the belt with his forefinger.

J2H: Those are just the big shows, but I took out countless people in between those shows. I was on every fucking show from Climax Control 140, to Climax Control 174. Thirty seven Climax Control's as champion, seven supercard's, I have been the fucking man. That has been my title reign, something most people will be proud of, right?

He tilts his head slightly.

J2H: But I've never taken out a Hall of Famer in that run, but that changes on Saturday.

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: Drake Green, you naive bastard. Did you really think for a second I didn't know what you was up to. Did you really think I didn't know you had my eyes on my title belt? How fucking stupid do you think I am bro? You're the attention seeking, grab hold of coattails worm you've always been, I knew you really wanted my title, but you just wanted the attention a little more, so that's what I gave you. I gave you what you craved so much, I made you feel fucking special cause I knew that's what you wanted Drake, but here's the thing I didn't tell ya.

He looks up, breathing deeply before looking down the camera once more with a smile.

J2H: I wanted you to feel like that, because I have plans of my own. See, being a champ this long, not that you'd know, because of all your injuries....

He air quotes the word injuries.

J2H: Being a champ so long, you have to learn to deal with people who think they're entitled to the belt, you have to deal with people who surprise you a bit, you have to deal with new people who think they can just come in and take what's yours, you have to deal with the ass kissers and you have to deal with people just like you, wanting five minutes of fame.

He pauses.

J2H: Thing is, those people who want their five minutes of fame Drake, they're no Hall of Famer's, they're just ex stars. I got bored of beating regular people, so I'm taking out a Hall of Famer. You played right in to my hands you stupid son of a bitch. I've beat everyone here but they never had that prestige title you have Drake, being one of the immortals in SCW. We might as well just admit it.

A wide arrogant smirk plasters itself on his face.

J2H: I am a fucking genius!

He waves his finger at the camera.

J2H: You thought you was playing me for a title shot, when all the time I was playing you to steal your credibility as a Hall of Famer. I am a genius, admit it Drake?

J2H laughs as he continues to look down the camera.

J2H: And you fell for it. Thank you for being such an idiot. When I make a plan, I go through with it, there's no half orders with me, I go through with everything I say and this is no different. I will go through with everything I say. I'm stealing any star power you thought you still had here and I'm stomping you in to the ground. After Jamie Dean froze like a nudist in winter, I knew I needed to wipe out someone much bigger and you just so happened to choose that moment to express your anger. This title belt was the lure and you took it hook, line and sinker, but you're gonna wish you never did. You're gonna wish you just ignored every little shot I've made about you for the last year. You're gonna wish you didn't bother showing up here again because you're not even half the man you used to be.

He pauses to take a deep breath.

J2H: I admit, I thought it would take you a lot longer to do it, I thought it would take months worth of more sly shots at you. I thought it would take Mikah going home to you and telling you more and more what a great leader of people that I am. I didn't recruit her Drake, she came to me to get her career back on track, she didn't come to you, she came to me. I knew she'd go home and tell you what a great effect I was having on her, and that's when I thought you'd snap, but you couldn't wait.

J2H rubs his chin.

J2H: I'm ok with that because I've had this belt so long, it's long over due that I step up that level and add another title to my collection. This one won't be a physical title but everyone will know Drake. Everyone will remember at the biggest supercard on SCW calendar, I stepped up from not only being the World Champion, not only being the man who breaks records for fun, the man who is more like a god in SCW, but I will be the man who has killed the wrestling career of one of the most decorated men in SCW history.

He shrugs

J2H: You lucked out on most of those achievements but the record will still show them.

J2H stands up, lifting the championship belt over his shoulder.

J2H: The record will also show that after Blaze Of Glory VI, the legend of Drake Green has come to an end, he was shot down past his prime, he was ripped apart by the young lion. He was banished back to Mikah's shadow where he was never seen again. You can call me God Drake, cause I'm about to plunge your world in to darkness.... Let there be light? Bro, no one wants to see your face again and I will give them that wish. This belt is coming home with me.

He points to the belt.

J2H: And you can't stop it, no one can stop it. Just pray I don't beat you so bad that you can still walk in the morning old man.  

He takes one last deep breath

J2H: I have no problem smashing up a senior citizen, and Drake, on Sunday when my boot crushes your jaw, I'll be proving that. That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns and walks away, stepping back inside the yacht as the camera fades for the last time.

38
  The door swings open to see Austin Parker standing behind the door. J2H smiles at his mentor as he waves them in.

Austin: Get yer asses in here before the kittens get out.  

Melody's eyes light up as she tugs on J2H's sleeve.

Melody: Kittens... J...

J2H: I've spent all afternoon saying no to you taking home animals, what do you think I'm gonna say here?

Melody: You're gonna say yes, because you've said no so much, a yes is right around the corner.

J2H: Swing and a miss babe.

Melody: You're no fun!

The two walk in to the house, J2H shutting the door behind them and the two walk in, led towards the dining room by Austin. Ms. Angel stands in the room, looking down at the vast array of food.

Melody: This looks amazing, Angel.

Melody was correct, the round table was filled with southern delights. beef ribs, BBQ, fried chicken,  fried green tomatoes, roasted oysters, mint julep, buttermilk biscuits, devilled eggs, chicken and dumplings, tomato pudding, shrimp and grits, crab cakes, cornbread.... Much more than four people could possibly consume, but it was the Parker's way, never leave a visitor hungry.

Angel: Oh I didn't cook this time. Austin knocked himself out and did it all.

J2H: Oh god! I'm gonna die!

Austin: Shuttup boy!

J2H fires Austin a wide smile as the four take their seats at the table and the scene fades out.




The evening passed in jovial fashion as the group of four enjoyed a very well prepared meal by the hands of Austin Parker, but to the surprise of J2H, who could not remember Austin once in the kitchen at his time in the ranch. The night time had set in and the SCW World champion sat on the wooden porch of Austin Parker's home, looking up at the night sky for just a few seconds, before looking down the camera in front of him.


J2H: I was actually pretty excited when I was told I was cleared to wrestle again, when I was told I could once again get in the ring and smack a bitch all over an SCW arena again. It's been a long time coming since I've been able to do that and actually do what I was put on this earth to do. Xander Bishop may have said recently I don't defend the title enough, well genius, injury stops you from doing that, but I was excited that I now get the chance to get back in the ring and show people just who I am, just what I can do.

J2H puts his palms out in front of him, a tone of disappointment spilling from his lips.

J2H: And then they tell me I'm facing Lord Raab.

He runs his fingers over his forehead, the shaking of his head matching the tone of disappointment.

J2H: Lord Raab. Well that, as you can probably tell, really disappoints me no end. You gotta sit there and think about things when it comes to booking my opponents, because you need to give me a challenge, or it all looks like shit, and someone in the bosses office thought Lord Raab should be the one. It's not only about the challenge, it's about who deserves it the most. Who has done enough to catch the eye, who has stood out as a single competitor and go with them. Who does the fans wanna see get a golden opportunity to lead a company I have pulled up from depressing times, in to a new golden era. Someone must have been on acid to think Lord Raab has matched any of the criteria I've just mentioned.

He rolls his shoulders back with another hint of disappointment on his face.

J2H: Has he caught the eye recently? No, he has done nothing at all. Has he been a solid singles competitor lately? No, he's been tagging with his butt ugly stuttering freak boyfriend. Do the fans wanna see that disgusting man lead the company? God no! Fuck, most of the fans didn't even know that fat bastard was even employed here anymore. Does the guy show up to work when he's not booked? Does he go above and beyond for this company? Does he do anything but curse and make people sick watching his promo work? No, but this is the guy deemed worthy above all else in SCW to get a shot at the biggest prize in the game. Not only does this make the staff look bad letting this fat fuck jump from a mediocre tag team, to the top of the rank, it makes every wrestler working hard for this chance think why bother when someone like Raab, the man with zero talent and a bad heart gets to jump the line and take a spot he doesn't deserve. How can a man who has done nothing on his own lately seem to be ahead of the rest of the roster.

He holds his arms out as if he's waiting for an answer from someone.

J2H: Great booking again guys. If you wanted to write a book on how to piss off a roster and give undeserved title shots, you're clearly ahead of the game here.

J2H sits back, resting his hand on his chin and his elbow on his knee.

J2H: But I guess it's the hand I'm dealt so it's the poker game I will win again. Let me ask you directly Raab. How does it feel to be handed something you haven't earned? How does it feel to not show up every week and put the effort in, like someone like Tuscini and still piss on your co-workers by jumping ahead of them and stealing a spot that you should never be near? This is what you've done, and don't give me the I'm trying to be a better man bullshit, because better men wouldn't have leaped ahead of everyone and everything, just to think of themselves. You deserve shit Raab and you've gone and jumped ahead when you're trying to be a better person. You must be so fucking proud of yourself.

The intense tone of J2H feels the Atlanta air, his words focused and direct.

J2H: You can claim it's not your fault that you're in this spot, that you've just been told to do that, to face a champion, but if you have an integrity, you will come out there before the live crowd and tell the world that you don't deserve this shot, that this belt should not be considered to be yours, that others deserve the chance more than you. Man up Raab and admit to the world that you shouldn't be here. That you should sit there in the tag division and pull that useless husband up to recognition so you can just wander off.

J2H lifts his hand, using two fingers in a walking motion to stab his point home.

J2H: You're just full of bad decisions lately, aren't you Raab? You clearly can't say no to an all you can eat buffet, because man you're piling on the pounds a bit there to the point if you had more hair, an audition to play Fat Bastard in the next Austin Powers films and you'll get it with ease. Bad choice letting yourself get out of shape. Another bad choice, you come out and tell the world you have a heart condition. You know what sports stars do when they have a heart condition? They retire and work with charities to help stop heart conditions, but no, you train, you get involved in MMA bullshit and you still try to wrestle. You think that's a good decision? No, it's really not, fuck, it's stupid that anyone employs you out of fear you'll drop dead in the ring and that fuck tard husband of yours learns how to sue someone. Another bad decision Raab, you went to a guy like Ben Jordan to help you be more relatable. The guy barely speaks good English and he's from fucking England! The only thing that could have saved you was J2Hism.

Confidence flows through J2H as he looks deeply down the camera.

J2H: Mikah is back to being the heel she always should be, and will take that Bombshell Internet title with ease, Rage won King of the Hill, meaning he can take on any champion at any time, so Despayre should have one eye over his shoulder as Rage looks to destroy the last of The Seven Deadly Sins. Shipman couldn't do it but Rage can, and J2Hism put them both in that position. More importantly, Melody took what she deserved by listening to me and will go down in history as the greatest ever Bombshell champion because she listened, she learned and she's go the world in her hands. You Raab, you went to someone else to try and soften yourself up. Another bad choice on your part.

He looks down the camera with a firm nod, a look of seriousness on his face.

J2H: I would have made you feared again, I would have delivered those tag titles on a plan for you and stuttering Joe, but no, you went a different route. You got one more bad decision to make Raab, one more bad call to make this week and that's getting in the ring with me.  

He slowly shakes his head and smirks.

J2H: The thing is, a couple of years ago, you was feared, people were scared of you Raab, people saw your name on the card and prayed they wasn't facing you, they hated the thought of having to go up with you, because you was unpredictable, you was the one people didn't know what to expect from, but now, you are predictable, you're all huff and puff, but you're no longer blowing houses down. You're the little piggie in the house made of straw.

Another smirk crosses J2H's face before he continues to talk.

J2H: You used to be the guy that would throw wildly and people didn't know how to handle it but now people are used to you, they're used to seeing what you have to offer and like me, they're no longer impressed with your outdated moves and the urge to just go steaming in like a pissed off bull chasing that red flag. People see the flaws that you have and none see them more than I do, none see them with eyes wide open more than I do and that will make your choice to step in the ring with me your next bad call.

He pauses for a second to breathe deeply. He exhales and continues to speak.

J2H: I know I called for you to come out in front of the fans and step away from this match, tell them that you don't deserve it, tell them that you shouldn't have ever been offered it, but let's be straight on the nose here Raab, you're a selfish, deluded prick that thinks you earned this someway, that you actually think you're gonna win this match and snap this long undefeated streak. Well you can forget that right away because there's more chance of another human being finding you attractive, than you ever ripping the championship belt out of my hands. It's simply not gonna happen because better people than you have already tried. Do you think for a second you're better than Despayre? How about Dmitri? Think you're better than him? Let me tell you this for free Raab, you're not better than those two, they pushed me to and beyond the limits and I still walked out with my championship belt, I still walked out as the man who leads the company through the rough waters, through the cut throat wrestling business. I am the man who leads and what I do, you could never keep up with.

He pushes his hands together, his head slightly tilted as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Could you show up at all the events that get planned as a champion, when you can't be bothered to show up at shows you're not even booked at? I don't think so, and even if you did, no one would show up to see you. You don't have what it takes to lead SCW in the ring and you sure as hell don't have what it takes to lead SCW out of the ring. Fuck, can you imagine this freak turning up at corporate events to drag in sponsors? Can you see him trying to sell a match at a supercard? That freak will be putting CEO's through tables an' shit, just because they said hi. If he gets lucky and somehow manages to rip the gold from my hands, everyone in SCW better start looking for new jobs because who would want to sponsor a show with that guy as the face of it? Sponsors will be dropping out in seconds after seeing just thirty seconds of a Lord Raab promo. They'll be gone and everyone will be having to look for work somewhere else.

He runs his fingers through his hair, his fingers locked behind his head as he shakes it from size to side. After a few seconds, he moves his hands back in front of him, his right fist balled in to his left hand.

J2H: It will be a disaster but luckily Raab, you're not blessed with the wrestling talent I have, so the SCW roster can breathe a sigh of relief. I will keep them all in work. Being able to grunt while you punch a bag doesn't make you a wrestler Raab. Being able to attack defenceless people doesn't put gold around your waist. Being talented, being able to be able to out think your opponent, that's what makes you championship material. You don't have that and with the IQ of an ape, you sure as hell don't have the brain power to out think me. You don't have the intelligence to even come close to my level. You're just another tag team wrestler that somehow got put in a match that you really can't handle.

He sharply exhales through his nose as he smiles.

J2H: Look at the effect I had on Jamie Dean. He came in with hopes and dreams of bucking the trend, of starting a brand new era and I broke him physically and mentally. The guy stopped talking to his friends because I mentally ruined him. Now I know you don't have friends to stop talking to so you can sulk like a kid who's mother won't buy them a two dollar, made in China, cheap, plastic toy, but I'm pretty sure Jamie Dean has a much higher IQ than you and he couldn't even out think me and I broke him. Isn't Jamie Dean the guy that stopped you from winning the tag titles more than once?

A wide smirk plasters itself on J2H's face as he thinks back to Raab's failings.

J2H: You couldn't beat a man I mentally and physically tore to pieces, you will not be fairing any better against me. You're stupider than I thought if you even entertain ideas like that. The simple facts of everything Raab is that if you was any good, if you was ready for this shot, if you was even in the same ballpark as me, you'd put in the effort and people would see why you're a good choice, instead, you've left people confused at how you're even in this match. You've left them wondering because you spent more time at home on a Sunday night, than you have in the arena putting yourself out there. You can be the biggest bad ass in the world, but if no one sees it, then you ain't worth shit, and no one sees it with you Raab, so by that logic, you ain't worth shit.

J2H stands up, looking at the camera angle slightly below him.

J2H: Your star fell from grace a long time ago, it crashed down never to rise again and this is not the start of your name to be out the front on the marquee, this is not your time for people to know the name of Lord Raab, the only way they will know your name is when they see that I've claimed another victim, that I've confidently strolled through another SCW star, and I use the term star very loosely when it comes to you. It doesn't end like this for me Raab. It doesn't end with me losing to a talentless freak of nature, it doesn't end with me losing to someone who doesn't deserve it. I'm still gonna be champion after Sunday, and beyond that. You can only dream of taking my title, you can only dream of being the one to lead the company, but here's the thing about dreams Raab.

He waves his finger firmly and confidently down the camera.

J2H: Dreams can be broken, dreams can be crushed, and I love to do just that. Stomping over someone's hopes and dreams give me great pleasure and on Sunday, in my home state, fuck, half an hour from where I live, I'm gonna take your dreams, and put them on the end of my boot and grind away until they're dust. This will be the end of the masked German monster, which is a fucking stupid nickname anyway, and people will go back to thinking that you're no longer employed in SCW. They thought it before and they will think it again after I've finished with you.

J2H presses his hands together as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Now that Lord Raab, should have dragged you back to reality, so just enjoy being in the main event against the man of the year, just enjoy the brightness of my limelight, because it is mine Raab, you're just an unwanted visitor to my limelight and believe me, it won't be lasting long, cause you're worthless, untalented, chest banging ass will be back in the tag team division before you know it, right where you belong with the rest of the roster than needs someone to hold their hands. This ain't bullshit bro, this ain't even ego. What this is Lord Raab, and I want you to crane that big ugly head of yours closer to the screen while you listen to this, are you ready?

J2H pauses, putting his ear closer to the camera as if he is listening, in part mocking what he wants Lord Raab to do. Slowly, he turns his head with a serious look on his face.

J2H: That, is real talk bitch!

J2H turns his back to the camera, walking towards the house with a satisfied feeling running through his body, justified in every word that has left his lips, in every comment he made about Lord Raab, and gaining more and more confidence as the seconds pass. He knew Raab was a challenge, but not one that he couldn't over come and knew every word would have stung Lord Raab like a bee sting. Without turning back to face the camera anymore, he pushes the door to Austin's ranch house open and forces it open before walking through and in to the hallway. He shuts the door behind, causing a slight thud as the camera finally fades to black.

39
  Seething is an understatement of what was rushing through J2H's body as he stepped back through the curtains at Climax Control. Once again, his attempts to lure Drake Green back to the ring had failed miserably and a look of disgust was on his face again.

He'd offered the man a chance to relight his fledging career, a chance to prove he wasn't the selfish prick J2H knew him to be, the man to be driven by the limelight, by his ego. Many wondered if he'd married Mikah just to cling to a level of fame, just to make himself look better in the public eye, and J2H had offered him a chance to be in the public eye again, yet no matter what the bait, Drake  Green was not biting.

The champion breathed heavy as he stood behind the curtain, feeling all eyes around him burning on him, creating holes in his skin. Staff members, both on and off screen, wrestlers and the lucky fans who had got hold of backstage passes, all eyes were burning in to the champion like the sun to the earth, but his eyes darted around looking for one person, the boss. He moved his eyes towards Polly Playtime, waiting to make an entrance, and over towards Xander Bishop engaging in a brawl, but that too didn't bother him. The SCW World champion was looking for that one man.

His breathing slowed as he decided to make his way through the hallways, directly towards the bosses offices, passing other wrestlers as they get set to make their mark on tonight's show. He ignored most of them, not even acknowledging their existence before walking towards a certain door. He looked up at the name plate, reading the name as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Gritting his teeth, he knew he had to make an impact, he knew his point needed to be put across to the staff. He quickly put his hand on the door handle, thrusting it down and pushing it forward and moving in to the room. His eyes fall upon not one, but two figures in the room, the figures of Christian Underwood as well as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Hot Stuff sits behind his desk, while Christian sits on the corner of the desk. Christian looks him up and down before turning towards Hot Stuff.


Christian: He's like Beetlejuice, you said his name too much.

Hot Stuff looks towards J2H, slowly shaking his head.  

HS: Least it saved me having to look for him.

J2H: I'm sick of this bullshit! I'm sick of this guy appearing and attacking, what the fuck?

The bosses share a look before returning their glare towards J2H.

Christian: He must have hit you harder than I thought, cause clearly you're having a few memory problems, because you was the one who struck him first.  

HS: All because you don't like the word no.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair, messing it up slightly without a worry about how he might be looking at this point.

J2H: What is wrong with you two? I thought you was meant to be owners, I thought you was meant to be thinking of your business. Forcing that stupid son of a bitch in to a match with me, would mean more people would pay to see me kick his ass all over the place. It's a fucking supercard! You need it to sell. People would pay to see me beat that washed up hack.

Hot Stuff stands up, looking towards J2H, his palms pressed firmly on the desk.

HS: You can't force people to work somewhere they don't really want to and in fairness, I don't really want them to work. You can't force people to do shit. Christian is an expert and forcing men to do what he wants.

Christian just nods his head in approval of Hot Stuff's comment.

HS: But you can't force someone to go to work when they don't want to. He hasn't worked for me for a long time, and chances of him working for us again are about zero.

J2H throws his arms up in the air, turning his head at disappointment with that comment from the boss.

J2H: You forced him to work here before! You used every trick in the book to get him to work here and it did work.

HS: That's the old me, he's the bastard now.

Hot Stuff points his forefingers towards Christian, who rolls his eyes at Hot Stuff. J2H turns with a hopeful look on his face to Christian.

J2H: Well...?

Christian lowers his eyebrows as he looks at J2H, not sure where he's going with things.

Christian: Well, what?

J2H: If you're the bad boss an' shit, what tricks do you have up your sleeve to get him back in the ring?

Christian looks at the young man, running his fingers through his hair as he raises an eyebrow.

Christian: You're presuming that I want to help you, which I really don't.

J2H looks at Christian, his eyebrows now moving towards a lowered position as he stares at him through narrowed eyes.

J2H: What's wrong with you people? Are you allergic to money or something? You get him back and people will pay serious amounts of money to see me beat the living hell out of him.

HS: Or to watch him beat the living hell out of you.

J2H: That's not gonna happen. What will happen is I will show the world what a fraud that man is, I will show the world that he has no right to his so called star power. I will show him that he doesn't deserve to have people even know who he is.

Hot Stuff raises a hand, stopping the champions rant.

HS: It all boils down to the fact that Drake Green doesn't want to fight you, he don't want to wrestle you, and I doubt he even wants to be in the same building as you.

Christian: Maybe not even the same city as you. Maybe the same country.

Hot Stuff can't help but smile at Christian's additional comments as he looks back towards J2H.

HS: That too. I can't force him to do a thing around here, don't really want to. You know my history with him and I couldn't really give a damn if he's a wrestler, a movie star or if he worked at Starbucks, but for a guy with a business degree, you can be stupid as fuck sometimes.

The last comment draws looks from both Christian and J2H.

HS: A rule in business is to give the person you're negotiating with, something that they want.  

J2H: I don't know what that chicken shit wants! He shows up, uses a lot of words to say nothing at all and leaves again. Can't you two just sit there and just sign the match, and if he doesn't show, the media will rip him apart. He'll never work in wrestling or Hollywood again! He'll have to show up.

Christian: Or he can sue us for false advertising his name in order to get people to buy the show. Here's clearly a new concept for you, but have you asked him what he wants?

J2H shrugs at Christian, knowing his blind rage had stopped him from asking the most basic of questions.

J2H: What do you want me to do? Go find him so I can ask him what it will take to let me beat his ass at Blaze of Glory VI?  

HS: Wouldn't work right now, last I saw of him, he was on his way to the garage and on his way home.  

J2H: Fine, then get him back here next week then and I'll ask him.

Christian: Cause getting him here this week, worked so well for you.

The sarcasm drips from the smiling boss as he looks at the champion. He looks at Hot Stuff, trying to ignore Christian.

J2H: Give people what they want, right? That's what you just said.

Hot Stuff nods his head at him.

Christian: Well, what do ya know? He actually listened for a change.

Again, J2H ignores Christian and looks at Hot Stuff.

J2H: Well, I'll give you what you want. If you get Drake to show up next week, and he says no to facing me, like the chicken that he is, I will not come in here and bother either of you again about this at all, and you two can go ahead and find me someone else to beat at Blaze of Glory.

HS: One more time and I get some peace and quiet?

J2H: On the condition that you two have a contract written up and ready to sign so he can't weasel his way out of it.

Hot Stuff rubs his chin, looking at J2H with a slight nod.

HS: I'll see what I can do, but I make no promises. If Drake doesn't want to show up, he doesn't have to. I can't make him.

The hope brings a smile to the champions face as he nods his head and turns to leave but Christian clears his throat, causing J2H to turn his head back around to look at him.

Christian: Before you go and celebrate. I got a note from your doctor today, seems you got the all clear to return to the ring next week, so just before you burst in here, we decided to book you in a match next week.

J2H: Against who?

HS: Lord Raab.

J2H rolls his eyes as he lifts the championship belt higher on to his shoulder.

J2H: Great, another tag team wrestler who has done nothing to earn a shot at my title. Great booking.

Now the sarcasm rolls from J2H's tongue as he turns to walk out of the door. He reaches down, walking out of the room and shaking his head.

J2H: Seriously, Lord Raab, a man who has done nothing here lately. Gotta wonder what the criteria is here to actually get a title shot.

J2H walks away from the door of the bosses and almost directly in to Pussy Willow.

Pussy: Hi J, I saw what happened out there.

A lowering of J2H's eyebrows greet Pussy Willow, his silent stare just cutting a hole through the interviewers face.

J2H: And?

Pussy looks at him, trying to find her next words.

Pussy: Just making sure you're ok.  

J2H: Drake Green hits like a girl, the man couldn't hurt anything. I've been hit harder than that in my life.

Pussy: Oh, ok. Where's Melody? I haven't seen her around today.

J2H: She's at home, sick...




The two hour drive home from Santa Barbara flew by as J2H made his way back from the show, trying to be by the side of the sick Melody Grace. He knew Simpson had it in hand when it come to taking care of sick people, but the urge to spend the night in Santa Barbara, as most would after a show, felt pointless being so close to home. He made good time on the way back as his limited edition Aston Martin One-77 pulls up outside his house. The engine starts to silence as J2H, behind the steering wheel, powers down the car, just looking around at the house. Quickly opening the door, he reaches in for a bag on the passenger seat, pulling it out with him as he steps out, closing the door behind him.

His night had not been his greatest, but it wasn't about him anymore, it wasn't J2H that was around at this point. It was just James, the man with the sick girlfriend that needed him.

He pulls the bag over his shoulder, feeling the weight of a few pieces of clothing, and the SCW World championship belt safely inside before. He quickly moves towards the door of the house, reaching in to his white pants pocket and grabbing a key and moving it towards the door, quickly finding the lock and placing the key in. He turns the handle and moves inside, the lights in the hallway on already as he closes the door behind him. He looks down as Dexter the duck waddles towards him.


Dexter: QUACK!

J2H sighs as he looks down at Melody's feathered pet.

J2H: I knew you was gonna say that. Maybe we need to learn you to bark or something, just to surprise us every now and then.

J2H walks past Dexter, only to see Simpson walk casually out of the kitchen door, holding a steaming hot cup of something in his beefy right hand. He turns his head to see J2H in the hallway of the house and greets him with a warm, cheery smile.

Simpson: Good evening sir, how was your night?

J2H places the bag next to him, looking towards Simpson as Dexter catches up, just sitting on the black sports bag the champion has placed down.

J2H: Well Drake Green was a coward as expected, I spoke to the bosses about him appearing next week and got told I'm good to go and been booked against someone who doesn't deserve a shot at my title because once again, he's been in a tag team again. I don't understand why the bosses are so hell bent on tag team wrestlers getting a shot at my title. First Jamie Dean, who let everyone down and now this guy.

Simpson: What guy would that be sir?

J2H: Lord Raab.

Simpson prods his lower lip out as he thinks about his employers next opponent.

Simpson: I believe he will be a bit of a challenge sir, a phone call to Mr Parker might be in order to help you gain some kind of advantage. Mr Raab has a mixed martial arts background.

J2H: Dmitri and Despayre were tougher opponents than Raab will ever be, the guy is just sloppy in the ring. Forgetting that thing for now. How's Melody?

Simpson: Still not completely recovered sir, but she is on the mend.

J2H: Where is she?

Simpson: She's in the living room sir. I just left her to make her some hot tea with lemon and hope this helps.

J2H: Well, let's go see how she's doing.

J2H reaches down to pick up his bag, lifting it up and spying Dexter sitting on top of it. He rolls his eyes at the duck.

J2H: You knew I was gonna pick up the bag and take you back to Melody, and you didn't want to walk, right?

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You are one lazy duck at times. You probably want me to get another duck to pull you around in a cart all day, don't you?

Dexter stands tall on the waving his wings about in possible duck excitement.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Ain't happening buddy. You got feet for a reason, use them.

Simpson leads the way to the living room as J2H follows him, as well as carrying Dexter down on his bag. Simpson moves in to the room first, where Melody lays on a sofa, her head on a pillow, and her body covered by a blanket. Simpson places the tea on a small table near her head and Melody looks towards him.

Melody: Thank you Simpson.

Simpson turns to J2H as he puts the bag down behind the sofa, and watching Dexter hop off the bag and waddle around towards Melody.

Simpson: Can I get you anything sir?

J2H: I'm fine Simpson.

Simpson nods and turns to leave as Melody sits up a little bit, not yet seeing her boyfriend standing right behind her. J2H leans down behind her as she sits up, putting his arms around her from behind and leaning closer. Melody looks at the arms around her and tilts her head backwards to see J2H behind her, and a smile forms on her face as he kisses her on the forehead. Her smile turns to a frown as she looks at him.

Melody: Don't get too close, you know I'm sick and I don't want you getting sick too.

J2H releases Melody and quickly moves around the sofa, sitting next to his poorly girlfriend before wrapping an arm around her shoulder.


J2H: I'll be fine. Don't worry about me.

Melody moves in closer, her head moving on to his chest as he looks down at her.

J2H: How are you feeling?

Melody: Better than I did yesterday so that's a win.

J2H: Did you watch the show?

Melody looks away from her boyfriend, her eyes looking up at the ceiling as she avoids the question for a few seconds.

Melody: I might have fell asleep and woke up five minutes from the end, but I will watch it tomorrow, I promise.

J2H runs his fingers through Melody's hair, looking at her with a smile on his face.

J2H: Don't worry about it babe. It wasn't a great show, not a lot happened but I'm back in the ring next week against Lord Raab.

Melody screws up her nose as he says Lord Raab, and understood why. Lord Raab had a way of creeping people out constantly with his promos. He knew the fans didn't like the fact that he and Samuel have to use their sexual exploits as a way of trying to entertain the fans, when in the real world, it caused a lot of fans to just switch off and not bother watching a Lord Raab or Samuel promo. Sadly, as champion, J2H took it upon himself to watch everything in SCW, regardless of how stomach churning it may be. He'd even drilled that in to Melody, using himself as an example on how it really helps. Melody took it to heart, she saw Lord Raab promos and like J2H, didn't care for their content.

Melody: Is he even still in SCW?  

J2H: Apparently so, not that you'd notice outside of when he shows up for matches. It's not like he goes the extra mile for SCW like I do by showing up every week, but some genius in the office thought it was a good idea for this guy to come after my title and I really have no idea. It's not like he's won a lot of single matches lately.

Melody puts her arm around J2H, her eyes closing as she breathes steadily.

J2H: You should be in bed, not laying around here. Should be sleeping this thing off so that maybe we can work on that house on the beach.  

He looks down at Melody, her eyes shut and not responding, just softly breathing as she falls in to a dream state, her mind drifting a million miles away from reality. J2H looks down at her and shifts his body around, just leaving her to sleep on his chest. Simpson enters the room and looks towards him.

Simpson: Do you need any help sir?

J2H: Nah, I'm good, I'll take her up to bed in a few.

 Simpson nods as J2H puts his arms under her legs, lifting her up in air as he stands up, walking her off camera.




The following morning, a new day, a new start. Melody had slept peacefully that night, in her mind knowing that J2H was not that far away, but he'd had the night from hell in terms of sleep, his constant tossing and turning kept him awake, and also filled him with the fear that he might also keep Melody from recovering. His eyes were heavy as he sat on the sofa, the television in front of him on but his eyes wasn't focusing on what was being shown. He just sat motionless with his hand wrapped tightly around a cup of coffee. A yawn escaped his lungs as he watched mindlessly, watching something about celebrities on the television.

He was a celebrity in many eyes, but hated the whole celebrity world. He'd got use to the cameras following him around, the people asking questions, wanting autographs, but hated the celebrity life at times. No one cares what shade lipstick some fat ass Kardashian might be wearing, or who's fucking who in Hollywood. He'd turned down wearing so many brands on television that people would have paid him handsomely for, to see their products getting more exposure, but he hated that as much as he hated reality television. No one really gives a fuck who wants to be rewarded with a date with a guy in a suit holding a rose.

Still, he somehow found himself watching this celebrity garbage, various people clasping at their five minutes of fame until something did make his eyes focus on the screen, an image that sent rage flying through his body.

The smug face of Drake Green.

He shook his head as if to clear something from his ear, leaning forward and listening to every word the female voice over reporter is saying.


Reporter: And in another news, Drake Green will not be returning to an SCW ring to face J2H we can confirm exclusively! The former three time world champion has ruled out a return to the ring, stating he would only return if the opponent was good enough. However, we have learned that his recent appearances on Sin City Wrestling television, is due to a new movie announcement that will see on screen SCW rival J2H, otherwise known as James Huntington Hawkes III, to star opposite him in his first movie role, as the villain to Drake Green's hero. We'll bring you more as we find out.

It was like the heat was rising from his feet all the way to the top of his head, he could feel the burn move up his body inch by inch until it reached his forehead. Anger inside him began to boil his blood as he yelled at the screen.

J2H: Good enough! Fucking good enough! I am the best fucking wrestler in the world and he won't return because I am not good enough? Bullshit Drake Green! Bullshit! Just like you are, just like your career!

His breathing becomes shorter and sharper as he feels his heart racing more and more, almost beating through his chest. It was like the heat from his body was making his own skin blister and peel.

J2H: And a fucking movie with that piece of shit? Are they for real? Why would I ever work with that guy when he can't act for shit! I wouldn't lower myself to even bother to make him look good. Believe me, he'd be the victim of an on set accident!

That comment made his soul feel like it's turned an extra shade darker. He knew he was going to hell regardless of what he did with the rest of his life, but he knew these thoughts were dragging him one step closer, but he didn't care. He hated Drake Green with a passion and he has for a long time. Ever since that movie that bombed regardless of Melody in there, he always saw Drake Green as a snake. He saw his relationship with Melody almost fall apart because of that man, and he had the boiling pool of hate pressed deep in his stomach for that long. He wanted to get his hands around Drake Green's throat and end him.

These thoughts did nothing to calm the champion and he could feel his soul being ripped to shreds inside, the darkness trying to take over from his rational thought and process, turning him in to the man that wanted to cause nothing but damage on to his rival. Drake Green had got under his skin and he could already feel his squeezing his heart with both hand just because he could.

J2H closed his eyes before opening them, feeling like a flash of red shot through them, feeling like the devil in him had been woken up. He'd never felt so angry in his life at just images on a television screen, hopefully at Climax Control he will be face to face with the man. He knew he couldn't control himself now, he had no clue how he could possibly control himself on Sunday night when he saw the smug face of Drake Green just feet away from him.


J2H: I will destroy him on Sunday, fuck the match, just keep punching and punching and punching until he stops moving.

The darkness was filling the young man with more hatred then he'd ever felt in his life, it filled him with more anger than he needed or that was healthy for any human to have. Gripping the coffee cup in his hand, he throws it with force, flying in to the television screen, the screen instantly shattering on impact, the coffee flying on to the electrical entertainment system, causing sparks to fly from the screen, he reaches down and wraps his hand around a small coffee table in front of him and picks it up, throwing it across the room and in to the glass door, leading to the outside area, the glass shattering and falling like rain to the floor outside. His thoughts of everyone around him, his neighbours seeing or hearing this, even the thought of waking Simpson or Melody up was a distant thought as he went on his rampage. He was so filled with rage, his normal judgement was clouded like a heavy storm. A dining room style chair was next on his hit list as he pick it up, swinging it towards a cabinet filled with priceless looking china plates.

A huge crash echoes around the room as wood smashes in to china, causing the glass cabinet to shatter and the shelves to fall, bouncing off the floor and shattering in to thousands of pieces. Another swing of the chair takes down the plates, leaving nothing but devastation on the floor of the living room. He turns one hundred and eighty degrees and releases the chair with such force, it flies from his hand and in to a wall, the chair breaking in to pieces on impact.

He stood motionless, the rage still coursing through his veins as he stares at the broken chair, the heat in his body still building up. It was almost as if he could feel his skin turning a bright shade of red. He didn't hate feeling like this, but this was a new feeling to him, he'd let the anger take over his already tainted soul and was willing to stop at nothing to get what he wanted. He could feel the demons inside using their claws to rip at his soul, he could feel them taunting him to push it further, to continue to destroy what he created, but he felt a hand on his shoulder.

He spins around but seeing no one there, he turns again as he feels fingers grip in to his shoulder, but no one stands before him. He looks around the room with narrowed eyes but he sees no one. This time a firm shake on his shoulder forces him to open his eyes, the setting changed from what he thought.

The morning sun outside his Beverly Hills home was just rising as he sat by the pool. Simpson stood before him, ready for his day work.


Simpson: Sir, are you ok? I came out here and it was like you was fighting something that wasn't there.

J2H springs to his feet, turning around and looking towards the glass door, yet the door was in perfect condition, not a scratch. He peers in to the room, and everything is in it's rightful place, no broken chair, television or even cabinet. Everything was where it should be. A strange look crosses the fast breathing champion as he moves in to the room.

What just happened felt so real to him, like he lived it. He felt the chair in his hand, he smelt the smoke coming from the television screen. It was real to him, he felt the rage in his body, the anger, the intense feeling to destroy everything in front of him. He felt the blood boil in his veins, he felt the lightning flash in his eyes, but nothing...


Simpson: Sir?

Simpson's voice pulled him back to reality as he spun around and looked at the bigger, bald man and bites his lower lip.

J2H: I'm fine Simpson, I just had this crazy dream or something, I don't even know what the fuck it was, but it felt real.

Simpson looks at J2H with a touch of sympathy.

Simpson: It's probably the stress you're under sir. You've had a lot on your mind lately. Might I suggest a day on the boat? It might help you relax.

J2H: Not the worst idea you've ever come up with Simpson. I'll see if Melody is up and if she feels like it.

With that, the champion walks through the room, stopping at the door to look back to see if what he felt was so real minutes ago, really did happen. He takes a deep breath, shakes his head and leaves the room as the scene fades out.




Ah, the boat, a place where J2H does come to relax. He'd spoke to Melody, who was well on her way to recovery, was not exactly there just yet. Another day of ordered rest from J2H was on the cards under Simpson's watchful eye. He took the opportunity to sit on his expensive luxury yacht, not too far from his home, but relaxing wasn't completely on his mind as he sat in front of a computer screen on the main deck, the tones of a Skype call ringing and ringing. The shirtless champion rolled his eyes as he waited for an answer from the other end, eventually, it came as Austin Parker's face appeared on the screen.


Austin: Ah don't need help, ah got it, ah got it!

A smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at his manager and mentor.

J2H: Well this is a vast improvement. You've learned how to use Skype without one of your kids showing you how to do it.

Austin grits his teeth as he stares down the camera towards J2H.

Austin: Shuttup smart ass. Why ye calling me anyway? Ah got better things to do than speak to you on this thing.

Austin wasn't the most technically minded when it came to modern technology, choosing to shun the busy city life in favour of a ranch in Atlanta, Georgia.

J2H: Well, I'm back in the ring on Sunday...

Austin: Well bully for you.

His southern tone dripped with sarcasm, but J2H chose to ignore his tone.

J2H: Look, I'm facing Lord Raab.

Austin screws up his face as he peers down the camera at J2H.

Austin: Wha' th' hell, he ever do to get up there?

A casual shrug comes from J2H as he looks back at Austin.

J2H: Been asking myself the same fucking thing since I found out about this match. I mean the guy is a tag team wrestler, an average tag team wrestler at best, it's not like he's set that division on fire. Somehow, he's been put in a match against me.

Austin: Well what do ya want me to do about it?  

J2H: Well some advice from you might come in handy Austin. You're meant to be my manager and mentor. This guy is like something I haven't faced before for the title. The guy isn't the most orthodox guy out there.

Austin: Boy, ah've told you so many times ta take what they think is strength an' turn it ta weakness. The guy can't control his temper. He sees red an' dunno wha' he's doing in there. He don't have the guy who he stay in control for ready to tag in. Ah dunno if ya noticed, but he's different when he's on his own in the ring.

J2H: I noticed his style is more aggressive in the ring when he's on his own.

Austin: Cause he ain't got no one else out there to think of. When he's gotta do it with a tag partner, he don't wanna let that big oof outside the ring down. The man is changing and he's startin' ta think of Samuel's success an' not just his own. When he's in the ring on his own, he don' have that control. That's what ya use against him. He goes all blind an' ya pick him apart.

J2H leans back in his seat, nodding his head towards Austin.

J2H: So set him off and pick him off like he's not even there.

Austin: Exactly. The guy ain't got the stamina to keep up with ya in the ring anyway. Five minutes and he'll be blowin' up like a balloon. Jus' fly around the ring a lot and he won' be able to keep up with ya.

As J2H nods, taking in every work Austin has told him, another face appears on the camera, the face of Austin's wife, Ms. Angel. Her cheery complexion lights up the screen as she partly knocks Austin out of the way.

Angel: James! So great to see you!

J2H: Likewise Ms. Angel, you're looking very well.

Angel: You too darlin'. I'm so glad Austin has you on here. I wanted to invite you and your good lady to the ranch on Friday for dinner, to celebrated your championship run.

Austin's face appears on the corner of the screen, a look of confusion on his face.

Austin: Wait... what?

J2H ignores Austin and looks towards Angel on the screen.

J2H: We'll be delighted to. We'll fly in on Friday morning.

Angel: Wonderful. I will see you then.

Ms Angel blows a kiss towards the camera before walking away from the screen. J2H waves a finger in Austin's direction.

J2H: I guess we'll talk more about this on Friday.

Austin: Son of a...

Before Austin can finish, J2H closes the computer screen down and smirks. There were times he missed being at the ranch, Angel made him feel like family, she watched him grow like a mother would watch a son. One day, he'd like to know what that feeling felt like, but for now, the excitement grew. Friday, he would be back in Atlanta...

Where the rebirth happened, where evolution took him from James Huntington-Hawkes III, to year long SCW World champion, J2H....




Friday morning in Atlanta, the old familiar dirt road, familiar to the eyes of J2H, and the minds of people who care to remember, fills the screen as a car moves along it, the crackle of loose stones beneath the wheels can be heard. Inside the presumably rental car, J2H sits behind the wheel, in the passenger seat, a nervous looking Melody Grace sits wrapped up in a puffer jacket, the morning Atlanta February air still chilly. J2H casts an eye towards his young lady, smiling eyes hidden beneath dark sunglasses as he turns his attention back to the road as he passes a small gas station and convenience store, also familiar to himself and anyone with a good memory.  


J2H: What's wrong? You haven't said much since we got off the plane.

Melody shifts in her seat, looking at J2H contently driving along the road, before her attention switches back to the ranch in the distance growing ever closer to the couple.

Melody: Nothing, I'm just a little bit nervous.

J2H reaches his hand from the steering wheel and squeezes her leg just a little to reassure her.

J2H: You got nothing to be nervous about. Austin's wife, Angel, invited us here for dinner to celebrate my year long run as a champion and you get to see where I was reborn a little bit. See what I had to put up with just to be where I am wrestling wise. Plus there's a few things on the farm that you can do, and I don't mean shovelling horse shit like Austin made me do.

Melody's eyes widen with excitement as she looks towards J2H.

Melody: There's horses on the farm?

Beneath the sunglasses J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: That's what you got from that whole sentence? Yes babe, there's horses, chickens, goats, lots of things.

Melody claps her hands together in excitement as J2H drives through the gates of the ranch and towards a modest house. He stops slowly outside the house and the door opens to see Ms Angel Parker, the wife of Austin Parker steps out of the house, the old wooden door opening slowly. A beaming smile crosses the face of the southern belle as the door stops behind her. J2H turns the engine off and looks towards Melody, who is taking a nerve calming deep breath.

J2H: Ready?

Melody breaks from her deep breaths and looks towards J2H and nods before reaching for the handle of the car. Both step out and Angel runs to greet them, her arms flying around J2H's neck. Melody looks on with a smile as she sees an unusual bright smile on the face of J2H. Angel releases the young man and places her hands on the top of his arms, looking at him proudly.

Angel: Look at you, it's like ya grown up even more since ah last saw you. I'm so proud of ya James. Over a year as champion.

She hugs him once again, like a proud mother would, squeezing him with all of her tiny might, before letting him go. She turns towards Melody with a warm smile.

Angel: And this must be the young lady in ya life.

J2H: It is. Ms. Angel, this is Melody. Melody, this is Angel Parker. A woman who not only taught me how to grow up a bit, but told me some great stories about Austin that should never be repeated.

Melody: It's nice to meet you Mrs Parker.

Respect flew from Melody's mouth for an unknown reason, but Ms Angel drew the respect of everyone on first meeting. Maybe it was a natural aura, maybe it's because people know she'd somehow managed to tame Austin Parker, but either way, there wasn't a person alive that had a bad thing to say about her.

Angel: Please call me Angel.

She moves towards Melody and wraps her arms around the startled blonde, the friendliness of some southerners, taking her back slightly. She steps back away from the now smiling Melody and looks her up and down.

Angel: What a beautiful couple you make.  

A smile from the couple instantly cross both faces as Melody moves closer to J2H, wrapping her arms around just one of his.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H: Where's Austin?

Angel: He's in the house, but why don't ya take ya bags to the guest house, an' give Melody the tour and come join us at the house a lil' later.

J2H: Sounds good. We'll be back with you in a while.

J2H looks towards the car, nodding towards it and Melody waves towards Angel. The two walk to the car and quickly jump in as Angel stands cross armed on the porch, looking at the two. J2H jumps in the drivers seat and Melody in the passenger seat and J2H starts the car.

Melody: When can we go see the animals?

J2H: Soon. Let's go to the guest house first and leave the car there, then we'll have a walk around and you'll see a few animals.

J2H starts to move the car, moving it towards the guest house he spent the best part of a year living in while he trained.

J2H: Now don't expect too much from this. When they say guest house, it's more of a shed with like four rooms.

Melody: I'm sure it's perfectly fine.

J2H slows the car down outside the small building and J2H eventually stops the car and looks at Melody with a smirk.

J2H: Your not so much of a palace awaits.

He opens the car door, prompting Melody to do the same and walks towards the guest house, opening the unlocked door and leading the way in. Melody follows him in the building and looks around, the front door leading directly in to the living room, with just basic immensities, a small sofa against the back wall, and a small television set on the other wall.

J2H: Home, sweet hell. Next room through is the kitchen, next one through there is the bedroom and through the next one is the bathroom. Wouldn't expect too much hot water in there.

He sits down on the sofa, wiggling around a little to get comfortable and looks up at Melody.

Melody: You actually lived in here?

J2H: Yeah, for a long time. I kinda got used to it when I worked out I had to do everything for myself or I wouldn't survive. The beds a bit lumpy, the sofa numbs ya ass, the water is cold and that cowboy woke me up at 6am every damn day to shovel horse shit and feed animals before I could even try and train to wrestle. It was hell but it made me a better wrestler, showed me I could over come anything at all.

Nostalgia kicks in as he thinks back to the times where he wasn't where he was in the wrestling world, where his look was somewhat different to what it is now. The muscle definition, the tattoos, all was non existent back then. He looked like a regular guy, just a face in the crowd. Looking back, he knew that this place could have made him or broke him. Through the rough conditions, he knew it had made him. He knew that the sacrifices made in this place had actually brought him up and not dragged him up. Austin Parker was a bad ass, this was his way of toughening up. The poor conditions wasn't to get any kind of sick pleasure, they were to toughen you up, but Ms Angel was the good cop in this partnership. While Austin toughened you up, Angel tended to show you a human side, a side to keep you grounded.

J2H looked towards Melody with a smile, before forcing himself back to his feet. He moves towards the blonde, her eyes looking around the room.


Melody: Jam, you don't like staying in places that are less than four stars, how did you survive this place?

J2H: It was my last shot to try and be someone. If it didn't work out this time, I was done with wrestling. I was just gonna sit in doors all day and do nothing until  I figured out what to do. Probably just invest money in shit and let everyone else do the work. I knew if I could survive this hell, I could have a future in wrestling. It's what drove me on.

Melody moves towards him, putting her arms around his neck.

Melody: Jam....

J2H places his hands on Melody's waist, wondering what she is going to say next. He tilts his head in anticipation for her next words.

J2H: Yes?

Melody: Can we go see some animals now?

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at her and nods.

J2H: Yeah, let's do that. We can get the bags out of the car later. I know just where to show you first.

Melody smiles at him as she moves her hands around from his neck and slides her arms down his body, to his side and spins around, wrapping her hand around his own and leading him out of the house. She looks around the farm land and quickly back towards J2H.

Melody: Where to first?

J2H: There.

He points his free hand towards a wooden barn in the distance to the left and starts to lead Melody towards the aged building. J2H leads her down the path, the ground soft under their feet as they move through the mud and grass. The chilly air bites at their skin as they reach the barn, J2H looking up at the tall wooden doors. He reaches towards the rusting ring handle and pushes the barn door open and steps inside. Melody peers around the corner and sees a wrestling ring, it's best days long behind it.

J2H: This is where I learned to wrestle, right here in this ring. This is where I spent every day, after I could lift that stupid bale of hay.

J2H points to a bale of hay nearby, causing Melody to look towards it. She walks over to it and puts her hands on the straps holding it together and lifts it at least a foot off the ground before dropping it on the floor.

Melody: It's not that tough to do Jam.

J2H: Took me weeks to even lift it that high off the ground!

A proud smile crosses Melody's face as J2H tells her this new information before looking back towards the ring, turning his head away from an almost gloating Melody.

Melody: I thought we was gonna see some animals J.

J2H: Oh we are.

He turns around towards this ring, moving towards it and sitting on the apron. He taps his hand on the canvas next to his leg and calls out.

J2H: Get out here Chuckie, I know ya in here somewhere.

A curious look crosses Melody's face as she looks around the, what seems like, empty barn, but clucking appears to be coming from under the ring. J2H smirks at her as chicken appears by his feet. J2H looks down towards the bird and reaches down as he jumps off the ring apron and picks him up, lifting him on to the ring apron.  

J2H: This is Chuckie, he's the first chicken that ever wanted to be a wrestler it seems. This guy was forever in the ring trying to ankle peck me.

Melody moves closer as J2H taps him on the head causing the chicken to look at him. More clucks come from under the ring and three baby chickens toddle out from under the ring. Melody looks down, her eyes filled with joy as she sees them.

Melody: I don't think he came alone babe.

J2H looks down to see them and reaches down. He picks one up and places it on the ring apron. He reaches for a second and Melody picks up the third. J2H looks at the father chicken.

J2H: Someone's been busy since  I've been gone.

Melody: They're so cute! Jam...

J2H: No, we can not have a baby chicken Mel. We already got a duck and a fish. No need for a chicken.

Melody pouts towards J2H, her lower lip quivering at him, but J2H stands firms in his choice as he looks at her.

J2H: Not a chance.  

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiine.

J2H looks at Chuckie as he walks up and down the ring apron. J2H waves his hand at the bird who returns to his side.

J2H: Someone needs to give you the talk. I think we'll leave that one down to Austin thought cause I don't speak chicken.

J2H places the chick down on to the floor and reaches for the second on the ring apron and picks it up, also placing it down on the floor. Melody reluctantly does the same with the one she's holding and J2H watches Chuckie as he jumps off the ring apron and to the floor.

J2H: That chicken has no fear. If he could throw a dropkick, he'd probably be better than half my opponents.  

The two watch as the chicken and chicks wander under the ring again. J2H takes Melody by the hand and the two walk for the exit. He quickly let's go of the Bombshell champions hand and closes the door of the barn behind them. He reaches back for Melody's hand and wraps his fingers around it, walking past it, to where a field sits with goats in, five to be exact, two adults and three kids. The group of five instantly move towards the couple as again, Melody's eyes filled with joy as she crouched towards them, the younger goats moving towards her quickly. She reaches out a hand as one of the younger ones get near, licking at the top of her palm, causing her heart to melt.

Melody: They're so precious! I'm almost jealous that you got to live with the animals for so long.

J2H: You wouldn't be saying that if you had to run around feeding them every day, cleaning up after them and checking the fences every day.

Melody: I would love to feed animals every day and run around with them.

J2H: Until you got animal shit on your Jimmy's and spent hours cleaning them.

Melody stands up, putting a playful elbow in to J2H's ribs, causing the World champion to smile at her.

Melody: Baaaaaaaaaabe....

J2H quickly shakes his head, knowing what coming next.

J2H: No, we can not take home a baby goat either. What would the neighbours think?

Melody taps her chin, thinking for just a few seconds before looking back at him.

Melody: They'll think "Awe, what a cute goat, we need a cute goat like that too!"

J2H: I don't think they'll be thinking that. I think they'll be thinking "Why is this damn goat eating my lawn!"

Melody holds on to J2H's arm and he leads her away, moving just past the main house of Austin and Angel Parker and towards an empty looking field, with a hill partially in the middle of it. He stops at the wooden fence and climbs up, taking a seat on it. He reaches down to Melody helping her up on to the fence. Melody sits next to him and looks around, looking for anything that could be in the field but spies nothing.

Melody: Jam, there's nothing here.

He brings his fingers to his lips and whistles, the sound echoing around the open field. Melody looks around as he smiles at the sound of hooves in the distance, charging towards the duo, the sound getting louder. Over the hill, a black stallion leads the charge of four other horses, heading towards the couples location. The horses stop sharply in front of J2H and Melody, the black one moving forward away from the pack and towards J2H, his eyes locked on him. J2H looks directly at the horse.

J2H: We gonna do this stare down shit again? You know I always win.

The horse lifts his head and turns away as J2H strokes him on the head, the horse looks at Melody sitting next to him on the fence.

Melody: Hi horsey!

J2H: You can stroke him, he won't bite, unless he thinks you're a carrot or something.

Melody puts her hand out to him, and the horse moves closer, allowing Melody to stroke him on the head. He moves closer to Melody as excitement fills her eyes.

Melody: J....

J2H: No....

Melody: Rats!

He knew what was coming and decided to end it before it could even begin. He looked at Melody, her attention already turned back to the horse, seeing the happiness in her eyes. It was nice to see that Melody return, having been ill for a couple of weeks, seeing her smile so much actually made him feel perkier. Melody ill equalled a very sad Melody, but seeing her like this gave him a bu.


J2H: Ok, we should probably go and take the bags in. I'll show you the rest of this place a little later....

The rest of the day flew by as J2H kept his word, he spent the afternoon walking around the vast ranch, showing Melody everything it had to offer, from the running springs in the hills, to the rest of the farm yard animals, causing Melody to wonder how Austin had time to look after so many, and more so, how Angel coped while Austin was at SCW shows. The day wore on nicely as the afternoon turned to evening time and the duo stood outside the main house of the ranch, both dressed in evening wear for the night.

J2H knocks on the door with his right hand, causing the door to slightly swing open, only to be greeted by a cat walking through the door. J2H looks down as the cat makes a beeline toward J2H, rubbing her body around his leg.


J2H: God damn, you're still walking around like a six year old.

J2H turns towards Melody.

J2H: This cat is about eighteen years old. Still, Austin's probably got underwear that's older.

Austin: Ah heard that, smart ass!

40
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Jamie Dean
« on: January 20, 2017, 05:15:55 AM »
 J2H: Jamie beat nine other guys to get to this spot, this will be the biggest match of his career. He has the fans behind him and I know they're desperate to see me fall short of holding my title belt for a whole year. He will step up his game and I will fight to keep what's mine.

Freddy: Are there tickets left to see the show for people who want to travel to Vegas to see the show?

J2H: Sadly not, but you can subscribe to scwrestling.net and see the show live on pretty much anything you can get the internet on. You can sit in the bath and watch the show on your phone if you want. It's not too expensive and it will be a huge night of actions.

Freddy: We're coming to the end of our time here, but before we go, what's your plans for 2017?  

J2H: Just do the same as last year, just keep going and going and going. Don't ease up, just get stronger.

Freddy: That is all the time with have with this busy young man, J, we can not thank you enough for stopping by to talk about your life, wrestling and of course Inception II, January twenty second, live on scwrestling.net. J, it's been a pleasure to talk to you today.

J2H: No problem at all.

Freddy: We'll be right back after these messages.

The two stand to shake hands as the camera fades out.




Well our story is almost coming to an end as we head in to deadline day, the day that SCW takes all promos and airs them constantly on scwrestling.net, can you feel the excitement in the air? Well there's something else to be excited about before that....

Melody's birthday!

Yes, tomorrow, Saturday, Melody's birthday rolls around and he'd be a shitty boyfriend not to do something different, and that is where you join us.

The grand dining area of the house of J2H and Melody Grace is much busier than usual. A round table is seen in the middle and five people are seen decorating it to perfect. Expensive china is placed on the table in front of a floral centrepiece. To one side, J2H stands with Simpson, watching proceedings.


Simpson: You've spared no expense here sir?

J2H looks at Simpson with a smile, nodding his head up and down.

J2H: She's worth it Simpson. Besides, it will help take her mind of certain things that happened lately.

Simpson looks down on the young man with a raised eyebrow

Simpson: Oh?

J2H scrambles for words. The private conversations between Melody and himself were just that, private. He hadn't gone outside of the two to talk to anyone, Dexter getting a free pass because, you know, he's a duck!

J2H: Oh, you know Simpson. She took her loss to Crystal hard the other week and now she's stepped up to headlining a supercard, hopefully this will help clear her mind. She's heard Crystal brag about wanting to be the longest serving Bombshell champion and it effects her. She thinks Crystal's determination will see her through.

Danger averted as J2H gets himself through a sticky moment.

Simpson: Oh, you disagree with her sir?

A quick sharp nod comes from the champion.

J2H: Oh course, Crystal Millar is not all she cracked up to be. How often in her run have you seen her on SCW television? She's not been like me showing up every week to show I am the leader of my division. She's made that division like a ship without a captain. Plus no one knows if she's a good guy or a bad guy. They made a Mr. Men after her Simpson, little Miss Bi-Polar. Melody has nothing to worry about, Crystal's ego will explode and her good side will end up arguing with her bad side. The woman is a mess and the division will be a lot better with Melody running it.

Simpson: I somewhat agree sir. The division needs a leader.

J2H looks across at people setting up the table, moving things around, trying to live up to the perfection J2H has demanded. He quickly turns his head towards Simpson.

J2H: You're welcome to join us. Melody would want you there.

Simpson: I appreciate the offer sir, but I do have other plans. I think this would be the perfect time to bring yourself closer to Ms. Grace and her family. I will certainly see you both in the morning to give Ms. Grace her present.

J2H: I'm sure she'll appreciate it Simpson.

From behind the pair, Melody stands looking at the two of them, her eyes then darting curiously around the room at the scene of people moving around.

Melody: What's going on?

Simpson and J2H slowly look at each other, both with curious looks on their faces. They both slowly turn around to see Melody Grace standing behind them, hand on her hips as she looks at them.

Melody: Well...

Simpson: You'd have to excuse me sir, I believe I left the oven on.

Simpson quickly darts away from the two as J2H shakes his head at the big man.

J2H: Coward!

Melody puts her finger up to J2H's face, pushing his face across to look her in the eye. He looks at her blankly as she returns his look, a much more sterner look on her face.

J2H: Hi....

Melody continues to sternly look at J2H at he smiles, trying to take away her attention.

Melody: Hi, now what's going on around here, Jam?

The surprise had gone and he knew it as he took a deep breath inwards. He looks at Melody with a half smile and confesses.  

J2H: Well babe, I thought you was out all day today, so I decided to do something for you. It's your birthday tomorrow, we have a really busy weekend so I thought I'd do something for you tonight instead, so I made some calls and set this up.

Melody looks around the room, seeing people busy themselves working on arranging flowers and place settings.

Melody: Set what up?

J2H: Well, I invited a couple of people over tonight for dinner. It's all taken care of. These guys are the best in the business at arranging tables perfectly so I'm told and caterers are on their way in, and our guests will be here in a couple of hours to join us. I just thought you was out for a little longer so it could all be done before you got home.  

She reaches out, grabbing his hand with both hers.

Melody: That's sweet babe. Who's our guests?

A smile crosses his face, knowing that brownie points are almost certainly on their way.

J2H: Your parents.

Melody's eyes light up as she wraps her arms around his neck

Melody: Oh my God! I can't believe it.

J2H: Well they're be here soon, so go make yourself look prettier than you already do right now, and you'll see them soon.

Melody quickly squeezes J2H around the neck and charges off without another word, the excitement taking over her body. He smiles as the scene fades out.

This one continues over in Melody's second promo, so go on, go check it out and I'll wait here patiently.




To speak about one's opponent is more than tradition in wrestling, it's to build up a match, it's to put asses on seats and something J2H is very much known for is the effort he puts in to building up a match at a supercard, or indeed any card, but the supercard is his thing, he's known for putting everything he has in to it and this will be no different.

The camera moves around a room, dedicated to wrestling memorabilia, Pictures of J2H holding titles above his head are seen wall to wall. Replica title belts sit in clear display boxes around the room. The camera turns around to a wall of photographs, candids of J2H and Melody with various people from SCW, including a group picture of Melody and the Seven Deadly Sins. Another shows her in between Roxi Johnson and Misty. J2H walks in front of the camera, moving in front of a box showing the SCW Tag Team championship he won in the past and turns to face the camera, the camera seeing him wearing baggy grey pants, and white sleeveless shirt. Around his neck sits a thick gold chain, and a baseball cap slightly pushed to the left. The SCW World championship sits around his waist.  


J2H: Looks like this title belt is the only think I have in common with my opponent.

His fingers dance on the box containing the SCW Tag Team championship belt, sliding along the glass box as a smile slowly creeps on to his face.

J2H: This is my room of achievements, a room in the house dedicated to wrestling for Melody and myself. This room alone tells a story, it shows that starting with nothing and coming back with something is something I've spent my career doing.  

J2H looks towards a photograph on the wall, clearly years younger, his hair very different and muscles and tattoos non existent. Over his shoulder is a custom made championship belt.

J2H: Day one, me with the Universal title.

He looks deep down the camera.

J2H: Yeah, I made that shit up, fuck everyone else trying to copy me, you know who I'm talking 'bout.

He turns back to the photograph, a smile on his face as he thinks back to the start. It wasn't always the easiest time in his life and he didn't know it till long after, that although miserable then, every single move he made brought him to here and made it worth it. Took a long time of beatings and liberty taking for it all to be made worth it.

J2H: This is a room of memories Jamie Dean, this is a room of accomplishments and memories from my time in wrestling, from my time in SCW.

He turns back to face the camera, an arrogant, cocky look on his face.

J2H: Let me guess what you do with your memories of wrestling Jamie. I bet you keep them all in a shoe box because realistically, you've not done a whole lot, have you?

He taps his chin with his middle and forefinger as he smiles down the camera.

J2H: While you have a box of pictures of drunk karaoke moments with a goody two shoes, an English guy who wants to be friends with the world, and a woman not used to standing up unless she's bending over, I've been making something of myself Jamie. I've done all this and I got rewarded with this.

He points down to the title belt with both hands and smiles.

J2H: See, I started to make something of myself while you relied on someone to help give you a hand. I remember how you returned to SCW. You returned because someone sold you a dream of becoming a champion and that's exactly what you bought in to and well done, you came in and won a belt when that division was on it's knees. There was no competition there and now look at it, Jet City, The Unholy Alliance, The Monstimals, Dying Breed, The Bad Boys, The Elders, look, there's competition and I ain't shocked to see you running from the division to hide in the singles division, praying you'll get lost in the shuffle because you're not good enough to stand out on your own.

He knew what he was doing, he knew he was zeroing on doubts that Jamie Dean may have about himself. His shocked reaction to his position, to his unbelievable rise to the top of SCW by winning just one match.

J2H: I know you can argue that you beat nine men Jamie, but I could have beat you all at the same time. I could have pinned you all, but nope, over the top rope where others did a lot more work than you did. That's gotta make ya feel proud that you had others throw some people over the top rope so that you can take the glory. It's a bit like your tag career, let the other guy do the work and claim victory, raise your hand like you earned it. These people don't see it Jamie, but I do, I see the dark side to you, it's there in everyone but I see it a lot in you, and I've been around Brother Grimm, but your dark side isn't far off.

He hold up both hands to the camera.

J2H: Oh let me explain before you condemn me. Let me tell you just how it is because claiming I'm wrong.

He lowers his hands, his mind already knowing where he wants to take this, what he wants to spell out for the fans who cheer Jamie Dean unconditionally.

J2H: This is a man who couldn't save his tag partner twice from losing in a title  match. This is a man who hasn't been pinned in a tag match while his partner took the fall. This is a man who couldn't be bothered to jump in the ring and save him. This is a man who looked out for himself and no one else. His reputation didn't get tarnished, and he has the balls to wonder why he's in this match, why he was in the battle royal over his more successful tag team partner? He played this one to perfection and you lot all swallowed it up. This is the man who broke a home by taking away someone's husband just days after he became a father to triplets! This is the fucking man you cheer, this is the man who brags about it, yet you cheer him, and I'm the scum of the earth? I'm the bad guy who swoops lower than a snake, but he can go and break a home and everyone applauds him. If I did that, would you applaud me?  

He slowly shakes his head, knowing that the fans would rip on him if he ever did that.

J2H: No, you'd call me all the names under the sun. You'd pull me in to the street and stone me, but Jamie Dean does it and no one raises an eyebrow, no one batters an eyelid. Not even his closest friends, the oh so moral driven Sam Marlowe or Ben Jordan have told him he was wrong for it. He can argue the man just showed up, but there's this word called no Jamie, and you could have used it, but as usual, you was too busy thinking of what suited you, rather than the people it destroyed on the way. It's been the story of your career Jamie. You've used people to get where you are, you've put of a smoke screen of being this good guy, when you're not.

He looks around the room in disgust at Jamie Dean's actions before looking back at the camera.

J2H: Even your little charity thing is bullshit Jamie. A club for homeless gay people. You sit there think you're helping out people, but what you're doing is alienating people. You're undoing years of peoples work who tried to end segregation between straight and gay people, by just making your little charity for one certain set of people and not others. Gay people wanted equality, to be treated like any straight person in the world, people like you fought for that, fuck even I agreed with that, that people should be treated equal, but in your eyes, if they don't play for your team, then fuck them, let them stay out on the streets and freeze to death, but if you like the same sex, please come on in.

He places his arm out behind him as if he's inviting someone in to the room, before moving back to tall confident stance.

J2H: You scream for equality but then you stop people because they're not like you. How about you practice what you fucking preach you hypocrite.

J2H grits his teeth, his jaw line tightening up as he looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: Gay people can join the military in the worlds eyes, but straight people gotta stay on the street if you look through Jamie Dean's eyes. Your friend Ben Jordan has a charitable organization set up, does he not? One that helps under privileged kids, named after that ex of his that strangely vanished. Maybe someone should dig up his old garden, might find her again, but he has that charity Jamie. Do you think he asks kids if they're straight or gay before offering to help them?

He turns his ear to the camera as if to wait for a Jamie response before turning back to face it.

J2H: This is the kinda guy you cheer, this is the kinda guy you want to see end my reign as champion and walk away with the gold. This is the fraud you wanna see raise his hand with my title belt at the end of the next but I am going to tell you this. It will not be happening. He has no one to hide behind in this match, no one to reach out and tag in to, no one to yell to to help him. This is just my skill as an undefeated for over a year wrestler, to a man who like to pull the wool over everyone's eyes and pass himself off as a good guy and top level wrestler, but I can assure you, he is neither. I didn't raise the bar when it came to wrestling, I am the bar and I'm miles ahead right now, of what Jamie Dean will ever be in his SCW career.

He takes a deep breath, letting the air fill his lungs before exhaling and continuing.

J2H: You know you're out of your depth in this match Jamie, it's ok to admit it to the world. You're not facing any man in SCW, you're facing THE man in SCW. There's no one on the roster that even compares to me. I'm better than anyone you've faced in the past and I'm better than anyone you'll face in the future. Pick one guy on the roster as good as I am. I've taken out Dmitri and Despayre back to back in wars, there's no one else on this roster that is as good as I am, and you've never faced anyone even half as good as I am Jamie. Hell, SCW can't find anyone as good as I am or they would have signed them by now. There is no one in the wrestling world that can stand up to me, so why do you think a guy with no title history on his own, can stand up to a guy that's done all this.

He points around the room and smirks, basking in the glow of his own personal achievements.

J2H: This is what I've done Jamie, you have done nothing compared to me, so what makes you think you can dethrone this king?  

He pushes his hands together and looks down the camera with a tilted head.

J2H: The fans might be cheering you on, they might be yelling your name and screaming for you to win but they know deep down, they know in their hearts that it's more hopeful than anything else. They know I ain't gonna lose this one bro, because as much as they wanna see an upset, they know they're not gonna see an upset. They know I'm way too good for you, they know that this is a foregone conclusion man where you don't have a chance in hell. You know you don't Jamie, they're just hopeful, why are you even gonna bother showing up at all. It will be more than a little pointless with you wasting my time and their time. It will be just plain fucking stupid getting your hopes up when I have more than a chance to batter them down in to nothing, in to less than nothing. I can crush your dreams with just a few moves Jamie, send you back to where you want to be and lost in the crowd so you can ruin other people's lives under the radar while masquerading as this good guy.  

He looks down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: You don't deserve to be in this match in terms of being a wrestler, you don't deserve to be in this match in terms of being a man. You don't deserve to be anywhere near me Jamie. The only joy you'll get out of this match is the fact of being able to touch me without getting arrested. Everything else is gonna just be an uphill battle for you to even last in the ring with me.

He smirks down the camera.

J2H: You thought Rage hitting you with a chokeslam was something? You wait until you're in the ring with me. I've done everything Jamie, I've gone through hell with monsters, I've walked alongside demons and I've battled everything people can throw at me. You've won a few tag matches and a battle royal. You're not ready for this Jamie and you won't be for a long, long time. You won't be able to last in this match on your own Jamie because what I'm about to bring is beyond anything you've ever seen before, it's bigger than you can ever be, it's stronger than anything you'll ever have to face again and you won't be able to handle this at all. I didn't become a champion by luck, I picked my time and I shocked the world and since that moment, SCW has been a much better place. I lifted SCW with my bare hands and turned it in to the right place to be for everyone. I showed people on the roster that dreams fucking come true and I am the living proof of that but with that Jamie, I now also have the power to kill dreams, to end them there and then and that is something I intend on doing with you and ending your one shot of big time SCW glory. Maybe you should go back down to the lower levels, have a go at the roulette title, or piss of Steve Ramone or Travis Nathaniel Andrews because they're about your level.  

Arrogance drips from the young mans voice as he feels justified in looking down on Jamie Dean.

J2H: Until that battle royal, you wasn't a big name in SCW let alone the wrestling world and that's probably why we ended up bumped down to not closing the show. No one really wants to see you that high up, outside a few fans, the only reason they want you to win is because the fans love an underdog, but I don't give a fuck what they want, SCW is the J2H show. There's not many others around people care about, this show is all about me, it will always be about me. I know I'm the one all eyes are on and unlike you Jamie, I refuse to disappoint.

Confidence runs through the young mans body as he continues.

J2H: Do you think these people would buy a ticket to see you hold my World championship? No! Do you think these people would be interested in seeing you with my title and holding it proudly around? No! They come to see me, they come to see me talk real and tell people how it is and I'm doing that right now. I'm telling you all how it is, I'm telling you now that I speak no lies when I tell you this is where I belong, not where you should step Jamie. You will only be disappointing yourself by trying, you'll only let down those handfuls of fans that have come to see you. You will only fall short, because I will have my belt for over a year and I will not let you think you can stop me by winning a battle royal. I will not let you even come close to trying and stop me. This title is coming back to this place with me. My record will stay in tact. There's no tag team partner there for you to take the fall Jamie, this one is on you, this one is where your eyes will open to see that any talent you thought you had bro, is all in your head.

He smirks down the camera, his eyes focused.

J2H: I am more than capable of putting you away in record time Jamie, and I just might do that so we can move on to see Melody win the SCW Bombshell championship. Everyone knows I will beat Jamie Dean, everyone knows that the win is as good as mine already without me even to have to try too hard against him, everyone knows that I am going to walk out victorious. You can bring your little friends if you want Jamie, you can have Ben Jordan down here, you can have Sam Marlowe down here, you can get Amy Marshall off her back or her knees and you can get her down to the ring to will you on, urge you on, push you to try and do better, to give it your all, to push you to victory, but by the end of the match, all they will have is a sore throat and a look of disappointment in their eyes as you fail in front of them, as you lose with them that close to the ring. They'll be right there to pat you on the back and tell you it was hard luck, that I got lucky.

He scoffs at the thought of being lucky.

J2H: Let me tell you Jamie, it won't be luck, it will be nothing but skill. I will rip you to pieces with relative ease, they'll just be trying to make you feel better after a crashing defeat. Let me tell you Jamie, it's no fun getting so close and falling on your face but it's something you have to experience just once in your life. I have been there and I vowed never to be there again, never to have that feeling again, never to feel like I was worthless again, and I will not. Come Inception II, you will have that feeling, you will fall face first and you will know what it's like to have that crushing feeling of defeat. You won't like it Jamie but out there on your own, it won't be the last time you feel that cold sting. It won't be the last time you feel that agony shooting through you knowing that you just couldn't stand up to the man who has ruled this roost for a long fucking time and will rule it for a long time to come.  

He nods and smiles, impressed by himself but continues once more.

J2H: The facts are there in front of your face Jamie and you won't be able to stop what's about to happen. Bluntly, I'm just too fucking good and you're not. I was born to be a champion, you was not, I was made to take federations and lead them to greatness, you were not. I am the greatest man to step in a ring, and you're just an average run of the mill wrestler never destined for anything great. You're here in this match based on one little match where others did the work, now Jamie you're all alone and you will know it as soon as you step in that ring, look up the entrance ramp and wait for that music to hit. As soon as it does Jamie, there will be nothing you can offer to this match, there will be nothing you can do to stop me. You will just end up on the list like the rest of them that have tried and failed.

He takes a step closer to the camera, looking down it with intent in his eyes and a smirk on his face.

J2H: Just enjoy being in my limelight while you can Jamie, because the limelight will fade for you just as quickly as it appeared. It will fade so soon, that you might not ever notice you was in it. This is all about me Jamie, and it didn't matter who won the battle royal, each and every person was just being fed to this great champion, each and every person was just about to walk in to the same fate and that's ten minutes in the sunshine before the rain falls once again. This is your one moment Jamie Dean and trust me, you will fuck it up. You will fall just like the rest of them. I don't doubt it at all Jamie, and neither should you.

He casually shrugs his shoulders, a look of non concern on his face.

J2H: So there you go Jamie Dean, your fate has been written and you will disappear as quickly as you appeared. Now that, is real talk bitch!

J2H smirks as he walks away from the camera, leaving the scene to fade to black.

Pages: 1 [2] 3 4 ... 6